Bill Amendment: IL HB2170 | 2019-2020 | 101st General Assembly

NOTE: For additional amemendments please see the Bill Drafting List
Bill Title: SCH CD-SEAL OF BILITERACY

Status: 2021-01-14 - Added as Alternate Chief Co-Sponsor Sen. Robert Peters [HB2170 Detail]

Download: Illinois-2019-HB2170-Senate_Amendment_001.html

Sen. Kimberly A. Lightford

Filed: 1/5/2021

10100HB2170sam001LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
AMENDMENT TO HOUSE BILL 2170
2 AMENDMENT NO. ______. Amend House Bill 2170 by replacing
3everything after the enacting clause with the following:
4
"Article 5.
5 Section 5-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section
62-3.64a-10 and by changing Section 27A-5 as follows:
7 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64a-10 new)
8 Sec. 2-3.64a-10. Kindergarten assessment.
9 (a) For the purposes of this Section, "kindergarten"
10includes both full-day and half-day kindergarten programs.
11 (b) Beginning no later than the 2021-2022 school year, the
12State Board of Education shall annually assess all public
13school students entering kindergarten using a common
14assessment tool, unless the State Board determines that a
15student is otherwise exempt. The common assessment tool must

10100HB2170sam001- 2 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1assess multiple developmental domains, including literacy,
2language, mathematics, and social and emotional development.
3The assessment must be valid, reliable, and developmentally
4appropriate to formatively assess a child's development and
5readiness for kindergarten.
6 (c) Results from the assessment may be used by the school
7to understand the child's development and readiness for
8kindergarten, to tailor instruction, and to measure the child's
9progress over time. Assessment results may also be used to
10identify a need for the professional development of teachers
11and early childhood educators and to inform State-level and
12district-level policies and resource allocation.
13 The school shall make the assessment results available to
14the child's parent or guardian.
15 The assessment results may not be used (i) to prevent a
16child from enrolling in kindergarten or (ii) as the sole
17measure used in determining the grade promotion or retention of
18a student.
19 (d) On an annual basis, the State Board shall report
20publicly, at a minimum, data from the assessment for the State
21overall and for each school district. The State Board's report
22must disaggregate data by race and ethnicity, household income,
23students who are English learners, and students who have an
24individualized education program.
25 (e) The State Superintendent of Education shall appoint a
26committee of no more than 21 members, consisting of parents,

10100HB2170sam001- 3 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1teachers, school administrators, assessment experts, regional
2superintendents of schools, and citizens, to review, on an
3ongoing basis, the content and design of the assessment, the
4collective results of the assessment as measured against
5kindergarten-readiness standards, and other issues involving
6the assessment as identified by the committee.
7 The committee shall make periodic recommendations to the
8State Superintendent of Education and the General Assembly
9concerning the assessments.
10 (f) The State Board may adopt rules to implement and
11administer this Section.
12 (105 ILCS 5/27A-5)
13 Sec. 27A-5. Charter school; legal entity; requirements.
14 (a) A charter school shall be a public, nonsectarian,
15nonreligious, non-home based, and non-profit school. A charter
16school shall be organized and operated as a nonprofit
17corporation or other discrete, legal, nonprofit entity
18authorized under the laws of the State of Illinois.
19 (b) A charter school may be established under this Article
20by creating a new school or by converting an existing public
21school or attendance center to charter school status. Beginning
22on April 16, 2003 (the effective date of Public Act 93-3), in
23all new applications to establish a charter school in a city
24having a population exceeding 500,000, operation of the charter
25school shall be limited to one campus. The changes made to this

10100HB2170sam001- 4 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Section by Public Act 93-3 do not apply to charter schools
2existing or approved on or before April 16, 2003 (the effective
3date of Public Act 93-3).
4 (b-5) In this subsection (b-5), "virtual-schooling" means
5a cyber school where students engage in online curriculum and
6instruction via the Internet and electronic communication with
7their teachers at remote locations and with students
8participating at different times.
9 From April 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016, there is a
10moratorium on the establishment of charter schools with
11virtual-schooling components in school districts other than a
12school district organized under Article 34 of this Code. This
13moratorium does not apply to a charter school with
14virtual-schooling components existing or approved prior to
15April 1, 2013 or to the renewal of the charter of a charter
16school with virtual-schooling components already approved
17prior to April 1, 2013.
18 (c) A charter school shall be administered and governed by
19its board of directors or other governing body in the manner
20provided in its charter. The governing body of a charter school
21shall be subject to the Freedom of Information Act and the Open
22Meetings Act. No later than January 1, 2021 (one year after the
23effective date of Public Act 101-291) this amendatory Act of
24the 101st General Assembly, a charter school's board of
25directors or other governing body must include at least one
26parent or guardian of a pupil currently enrolled in the charter

10100HB2170sam001- 5 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1school who may be selected through the charter school or a
2charter network election, appointment by the charter school's
3board of directors or other governing body, or by the charter
4school's Parent Teacher Organization or its equivalent.
5 (c-5) No later than January 1, 2021 (one year after the
6effective date of Public Act 101-291) this amendatory Act of
7the 101st General Assembly or within the first year of his or
8her first term, every voting member of a charter school's board
9of directors or other governing body shall complete a minimum
10of 4 hours of professional development leadership training to
11ensure that each member has sufficient familiarity with the
12board's or governing body's role and responsibilities,
13including financial oversight and accountability of the
14school, evaluating the principal's and school's performance,
15adherence to the Freedom of Information Act and the Open
16Meetings Act Acts, and compliance with education and labor law.
17In each subsequent year of his or her term, a voting member of
18a charter school's board of directors or other governing body
19shall complete a minimum of 2 hours of professional development
20training in these same areas. The training under this
21subsection may be provided or certified by a statewide charter
22school membership association or may be provided or certified
23by other qualified providers approved by the State Board of
24Education.
25 (d) For purposes of this subsection (d), "non-curricular
26health and safety requirement" means any health and safety

10100HB2170sam001- 6 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1requirement created by statute or rule to provide, maintain,
2preserve, or safeguard safe or healthful conditions for
3students and school personnel or to eliminate, reduce, or
4prevent threats to the health and safety of students and school
5personnel. "Non-curricular health and safety requirement" does
6not include any course of study or specialized instructional
7requirement for which the State Board has established goals and
8learning standards or which is designed primarily to impart
9knowledge and skills for students to master and apply as an
10outcome of their education.
11 A charter school shall comply with all non-curricular
12health and safety requirements applicable to public schools
13under the laws of the State of Illinois. On or before September
141, 2015, the State Board shall promulgate and post on its
15Internet website a list of non-curricular health and safety
16requirements that a charter school must meet. The list shall be
17updated annually no later than September 1. Any charter
18contract between a charter school and its authorizer must
19contain a provision that requires the charter school to follow
20the list of all non-curricular health and safety requirements
21promulgated by the State Board and any non-curricular health
22and safety requirements added by the State Board to such list
23during the term of the charter. Nothing in this subsection (d)
24precludes an authorizer from including non-curricular health
25and safety requirements in a charter school contract that are
26not contained in the list promulgated by the State Board,

10100HB2170sam001- 7 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1including non-curricular health and safety requirements of the
2authorizing local school board.
3 (e) Except as otherwise provided in the School Code, a
4charter school shall not charge tuition; provided that a
5charter school may charge reasonable fees for textbooks,
6instructional materials, and student activities.
7 (f) A charter school shall be responsible for the
8management and operation of its fiscal affairs including, but
9not limited to, the preparation of its budget. An audit of each
10charter school's finances shall be conducted annually by an
11outside, independent contractor retained by the charter
12school. To ensure financial accountability for the use of
13public funds, on or before December 1 of every year of
14operation, each charter school shall submit to its authorizer
15and the State Board a copy of its audit and a copy of the Form
16990 the charter school filed that year with the federal
17Internal Revenue Service. In addition, if deemed necessary for
18proper financial oversight of the charter school, an authorizer
19may require quarterly financial statements from each charter
20school.
21 (g) A charter school shall comply with all provisions of
22this Article, the Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act, all
23federal and State laws and rules applicable to public schools
24that pertain to special education and the instruction of
25English learners, and its charter. A charter school is exempt
26from all other State laws and regulations in this Code

10100HB2170sam001- 8 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1governing public schools and local school board policies;
2however, a charter school is not exempt from the following:
3 (1) Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this Code regarding
4 criminal history records checks and checks of the Statewide
5 Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and Violent
6 Offender Against Youth Database of applicants for
7 employment;
8 (2) Sections 10-20.14, 10-22.6, 24-24, 34-19, and
9 34-84a of this Code regarding discipline of students;
10 (3) the Local Governmental and Governmental Employees
11 Tort Immunity Act;
12 (4) Section 108.75 of the General Not For Profit
13 Corporation Act of 1986 regarding indemnification of
14 officers, directors, employees, and agents;
15 (5) the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act;
16 (5.5) subsection (b) of Section 10-23.12 and
17 subsection (b) of Section 34-18.6 of this Code;
18 (6) the Illinois School Student Records Act;
19 (7) Section 10-17a of this Code regarding school report
20 cards;
21 (8) the P-20 Longitudinal Education Data System Act;
22 (9) Section 27-23.7 of this Code regarding bullying
23 prevention;
24 (10) Section 2-3.162 of this Code regarding student
25 discipline reporting;
26 (11) Sections 22-80 and 27-8.1 of this Code;

10100HB2170sam001- 9 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (12) Sections 10-20.60 and 34-18.53 of this Code;
2 (13) Sections 10-20.63 and 34-18.56 of this Code;
3 (14) Section 26-18 of this Code;
4 (15) Section 22-30 of this Code; and
5 (16) Sections 24-12 and 34-85 of this Code; .
6 (17) the (16) The Seizure Smart School Act; and .
7 (18) Section 2-3.64a-10 of this Code.
8 The change made by Public Act 96-104 to this subsection (g)
9is declaratory of existing law.
10 (h) A charter school may negotiate and contract with a
11school district, the governing body of a State college or
12university or public community college, or any other public or
13for-profit or nonprofit private entity for: (i) the use of a
14school building and grounds or any other real property or
15facilities that the charter school desires to use or convert
16for use as a charter school site, (ii) the operation and
17maintenance thereof, and (iii) the provision of any service,
18activity, or undertaking that the charter school is required to
19perform in order to carry out the terms of its charter.
20However, a charter school that is established on or after April
2116, 2003 (the effective date of Public Act 93-3) and that
22operates in a city having a population exceeding 500,000 may
23not contract with a for-profit entity to manage or operate the
24school during the period that commences on April 16, 2003 (the
25effective date of Public Act 93-3) and concludes at the end of
26the 2004-2005 school year. Except as provided in subsection (i)

10100HB2170sam001- 10 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1of this Section, a school district may charge a charter school
2reasonable rent for the use of the district's buildings,
3grounds, and facilities. Any services for which a charter
4school contracts with a school district shall be provided by
5the district at cost. Any services for which a charter school
6contracts with a local school board or with the governing body
7of a State college or university or public community college
8shall be provided by the public entity at cost.
9 (i) In no event shall a charter school that is established
10by converting an existing school or attendance center to
11charter school status be required to pay rent for space that is
12deemed available, as negotiated and provided in the charter
13agreement, in school district facilities. However, all other
14costs for the operation and maintenance of school district
15facilities that are used by the charter school shall be subject
16to negotiation between the charter school and the local school
17board and shall be set forth in the charter.
18 (j) A charter school may limit student enrollment by age or
19grade level.
20 (k) If the charter school is approved by the State Board or
21Commission, then the charter school is its own local education
22agency.
23(Source: P.A. 100-29, eff. 1-1-18; 100-156, eff. 1-1-18;
24100-163, eff. 1-1-18; 100-413, eff. 1-1-18; 100-468, eff.
256-1-18; 100-726, eff. 1-1-19; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-50,
26eff. 7-1-20; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-291, eff. 1-1-20;

10100HB2170sam001- 11 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1101-531, eff. 8-23-19; 101-543, eff. 8-23-19; revised 8-4-20.)
2
Article 10.
3 Section 10-5. The Early Intervention Services System Act is
4amended by changing Section 11 as follows:
5 (325 ILCS 20/11) (from Ch. 23, par. 4161)
6 Sec. 11. Individualized Family Service Plans.
7 (a) Each eligible infant or toddler and that infant's or
8toddler's family shall receive:
9 (1) timely, comprehensive, multidisciplinary
10 assessment of the unique strengths and needs of each
11 eligible infant and toddler, and assessment of the concerns
12 and priorities of the families to appropriately assist them
13 in meeting their needs and identify supports and services
14 to meet those needs; and
15 (2) a written Individualized Family Service Plan
16 developed by a multidisciplinary team which includes the
17 parent or guardian. The individualized family service plan
18 shall be based on the multidisciplinary team's assessment
19 of the resources, priorities, and concerns of the family
20 and its identification of the supports and services
21 necessary to enhance the family's capacity to meet the
22 developmental needs of the infant or toddler, and shall
23 include the identification of services appropriate to meet

10100HB2170sam001- 12 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 those needs, including the frequency, intensity, and
2 method of delivering services. During and as part of the
3 initial development of the individualized family services
4 plan, and any periodic reviews of the plan, the
5 multidisciplinary team may seek consultation from the lead
6 agency's designated experts, if any, to help determine
7 appropriate services and the frequency and intensity of
8 those services. All services in the individualized family
9 services plan must be justified by the multidisciplinary
10 assessment of the unique strengths and needs of the infant
11 or toddler and must be appropriate to meet those needs. At
12 the periodic reviews, the team shall determine whether
13 modification or revision of the outcomes or services is
14 necessary.
15 (b) The Individualized Family Service Plan shall be
16evaluated once a year and the family shall be provided a review
17of the Plan at 6 month intervals or more often where
18appropriate based on infant or toddler and family needs. The
19lead agency shall create a quality review process regarding
20Individualized Family Service Plan development and changes
21thereto, to monitor and help assure that resources are being
22used to provide appropriate early intervention services.
23 (c) The initial evaluation and initial assessment and
24initial Plan meeting must be held within 45 days after the
25initial contact with the early intervention services system.
26The 45-day timeline does not apply for any period when the

10100HB2170sam001- 13 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1child or parent is unavailable to complete the initial
2evaluation, the initial assessments of the child and family, or
3the initial Plan meeting, due to exceptional family
4circumstances that are documented in the child's early
5intervention records, or when the parent has not provided
6consent for the initial evaluation or the initial assessment of
7the child despite documented, repeated attempts to obtain
8parental consent. As soon as exceptional family circumstances
9no longer exist or parental consent has been obtained, the
10initial evaluation, the initial assessment, and the initial
11Plan meeting must be completed as soon as possible. With
12parental consent, early intervention services may commence
13before the completion of the comprehensive assessment and
14development of the Plan.
15 (d) Parents must be informed that early intervention
16services shall be provided to each eligible infant and toddler,
17to the maximum extent appropriate, in the natural environment,
18which may include the home or other community settings. Parents
19shall make the final decision to accept or decline early
20intervention services. A decision to decline such services
21shall not be a basis for administrative determination of
22parental fitness, or other findings or sanctions against the
23parents. Parameters of the Plan shall be set forth in rules.
24 (e) The regional intake offices shall explain to each
25family, orally and in writing, all of the following:
26 (1) That the early intervention program will pay for

10100HB2170sam001- 14 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 all early intervention services set forth in the
2 individualized family service plan that are not covered or
3 paid under the family's public or private insurance plan or
4 policy and not eligible for payment through any other third
5 party payor.
6 (2) That services will not be delayed due to any rules
7 or restrictions under the family's insurance plan or
8 policy.
9 (3) That the family may request, with appropriate
10 documentation supporting the request, a determination of
11 an exemption from private insurance use under Section
12 13.25.
13 (4) That responsibility for co-payments or
14 co-insurance under a family's private insurance plan or
15 policy will be transferred to the lead agency's central
16 billing office.
17 (5) That families will be responsible for payments of
18 family fees, which will be based on a sliding scale
19 according to the State's definition of ability to pay which
20 is comparing household size and income to the sliding scale
21 and considering out-of-pocket medical or disaster
22 expenses, and that these fees are payable to the central
23 billing office. Families who fail to provide income
24 information shall be charged the maximum amount on the
25 sliding scale.
26 (f) The individualized family service plan must state

10100HB2170sam001- 15 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1whether the family has private insurance coverage and, if the
2family has such coverage, must have attached to it a copy of
3the family's insurance identification card or otherwise
4include all of the following information:
5 (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the
6 insurance carrier.
7 (2) The contract number and policy number of the
8 insurance plan.
9 (3) The name, address, and social security number of
10 the primary insured.
11 (4) The beginning date of the insurance benefit year.
12 (g) A copy of the individualized family service plan must
13be provided to each enrolled provider who is providing early
14intervention services to the child who is the subject of that
15plan.
16 (h) Children receiving services under this Act shall
17receive a smooth and effective transition by their third
18birthday consistent with federal regulations adopted pursuant
19to Sections 1431 through 1444 of Title 20 of the United States
20Code. Children who receive early intervention services prior to
21their third birthday and are found eligible for an
22individualized education program under the Individuals with
23Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A), and under
24Section 14-8.02 of the School Code may continue to receive
25early intervention services until the beginning of the school
26year following their third birthday in order to minimize gaps

10100HB2170sam001- 16 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1in services, ensure better continuity of care, and align
2practices for the enrollment of preschool children with special
3needs to the enrollment practices of typically developing
4preschool children.
5(Source: P.A. 97-902, eff. 8-6-12; 98-41, eff. 6-28-13.)
6
Article 15.
7 Section 15-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the
8Equitable Early Childhood Education and Care Act. References in
9this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
10 Section 15-5. Findings; policies.
11 (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
12 (1) Long-standing research shows that high-quality
13 early childhood experiences have an impact on children's
14 short-term and long-term outcomes, such as educational
15 attainment, health, and lifetime income, particularly for
16 children from low-income families.
17 (2) Early childhood education and care programs
18 provide child care so parents can maintain stable
19 employment, provide for themselves and their families, and
20 advance their career or educational goals.
21 (3) Illinois has a vigorous early childhood education
22 and care industry composed of programs that serve children
23 under the age of 6, including preschool and child care in

10100HB2170sam001- 17 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 schools, centers, and homes; these programs also include
2 home visiting and services for young children with special
3 needs.
4 (4) A significant portion of the early childhood
5 workforce and of family child care providers are Black and
6 Latinx women.
7 (5) Illinois was among the first states in the nation
8 to enact the Pre-K At-Risk program and services for infants
9 and toddlers in the 1980s and reaffirmed this commitment to
10 early childhood education in 2006 by creating Preschool for
11 All to offer State-funded, high-quality preschool to
12 3-year-olds and 4-year-olds.
13 (6) Illinois was one of the first states in the nation
14 to commit education funding to very young children and to
15 have a statutory commitment to grow funding for
16 infant-toddler services as it grows preschool services,
17 including prenatal supports like home visitors and doulas.
18 (7) Countless children and families have benefitted
19 from these services over these decades and have had the
20 opportunity to enter school ready to learn and succeed.
21 (8) Despite progress made by the State, too few
22 children, particularly those from Black, Latinx, and
23 low-income households and child care deserts, have access
24 to high-quality early childhood education and care
25 services, due to both the availability and affordability of
26 quality services.

10100HB2170sam001- 18 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (9) In 2019, only 29% of all children in Illinois
2 entered kindergarten "ready"; only 21% of Black children,
3 17% of Latinx children, 14% of English Learners, 14% of
4 children with IEPs, and 20% of children on free and reduced
5 lunch demonstrated readiness, highlighting the critical
6 work Illinois must do to close gaps in opportunity and
7 outcomes.
8 (10) The State's early childhood education and care
9 programs are maintained across 3 state agencies, which
10 leads to inefficiencies, lack of alignment, challenges to
11 collecting comprehensive data around services and needs of
12 children and families, and obstacles for both children and
13 families and the early childhood education and care
14 providers to navigate the fragmented system and ensure
15 children receive high-quality services that meet their
16 needs.
17 (11) The State's current mechanisms for payment to
18 early childhood education and care providers may not
19 incentivize quality services and can lead to payment
20 delays, lack of stability of providers, and the inability
21 of providers to provide appropriate compensation to the
22 workforce and support quality programming.
23 (12) Illinois must advance a just system for early
24 childhood education and care that ensures racially and
25 economically equitable opportunities and outcomes for all
26 children.

10100HB2170sam001- 19 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (13) In 2017, Illinois became a national leader in
2 passing the K-12 Evidence-Based Funding formula for public
3 schools, creating a mechanism to adequately fund and
4 equitably disburse resources throughout the State and
5 prioritize funding for school districts that need it most.
6 (b) The General Assembly supports the following goals of
7the Illinois Commission on Equitable Early Childhood Education
8and Care Funding:
9 (1) To create a more equitable, efficient, and
10 effective system and thereby increase access to
11 high-quality services, particularly to serve more Black
12 and Latinx children and populations of children where
13 children of color may be disproportionately represented,
14 such as children from low-income households, with
15 disabilities, experiencing homelessness, and participating
16 in the child welfare system.
17 (2) To ensure a more equitable system, we support the
18 Commission's goal of consolidating programs and services
19 into a single, adequately staffed State agency to align and
20 coordinate services, to decrease barriers to access for
21 families and make it easier for them to navigate the
22 system, and to better collect, use, and report
23 comprehensive data to ensure disparities in services are
24 addressed.
25 (3) To ensure equitable and adequate funding to expand
26 access to high-quality services and increase compensation

10100HB2170sam001- 20 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 of this vital workforce, a significant proportion of which
2 are Black and Latinx women. The General Assembly encourages
3 the State to commit to a multi-year plan designed to move
4 the State toward adequate funding over time.
5 (4) To redesign the mechanisms by which the State pays
6 providers of early childhood education and care services to
7 ensure provider stability, capacity, and quality and to
8 make sure providers and services are available to families
9 throughout the State, including in areas of child care
10 deserts and concentrated poverty.
11 (5) To ensure comprehensive data on children and
12 families' access to and participation in programs and
13 resulting outcomes, including, but not limited to,
14 kindergarten readiness, to understand and address the
15 degree to which the State is reaching children and families
16 and ensuring equitable opportunity and outcomes.
17 (c) The General Assembly encourages the State to create a
18planning process and timeline, with a designated body
19accountable for implementing the Commission's recommendations,
20that includes engagement of parents, providers, communities,
21experts, and other stakeholders and to regularly evaluate the
22impact of the implementation of the Commission's
23recommendations to ensure they impact children, families, and
24communities as intended and lead to a more equitable early
25childhood education and care system for Illinois.

10100HB2170sam001- 21 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
Article 20.
2 Section 20-5. The Illinois Act on the Aging is amended by
3adding Section 4.01b as follows:
4 (20 ILCS 105/4.01b new)
5 Sec. 4.01b. Uniform demographic data collection.
6 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
7statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
8program participants for each program administered by the
9Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
10collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
11shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
12program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
13following:
14 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
15 (2) Asian alone.
16 (3) Black or African American alone.
17 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
18 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
19 (6) White alone.
20 (7) Some other race alone.
21 (8) Two or more races.
22 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and
23ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
24 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject

10100HB2170sam001- 22 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
2and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
3ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
4may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
5under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
6from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
7 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
8collected under this Section available to the public which at a
9minimum shall include posting the information for each program
10in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
11Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
12report information about program participation for any program
13administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
14that mechanism or process to include the demographic
15information collected under this Section. If the Department
16does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
17information about program participation for any program
18administered by the Department, then the Department shall
19create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
20information collected under this Section.
21 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
22or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
23Assembly a report that contains the following:
24 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
25 participants for each program administered by the
26 Department, as required under this Section, during the

10100HB2170sam001- 23 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 prior 2 fiscal years.
2 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
3 racial and ethnic data, of inmates and parolees eligible
4 for each of the programs detailed under paragraph (1)
5 according to either eligibility guidelines or the best
6 available information.
7 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
8 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
9 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
10 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
11 (2).
12 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
13specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
14the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
15preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
16the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
17specified information.
18 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
19relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
20information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
21General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
22agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
23subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
24agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
25ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
26agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to

10100HB2170sam001- 24 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the State Board of Education.
2 Section 20-10. The Department of Central Management
3Services Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
4amended by adding Section 405-535 as follows:
5 (20 ILCS 405/405-535 new)
6 Sec. 405-535. Uniform demographic data collection.
7 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
8statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
9program participants for each program administered by the
10Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
11collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
12shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
13program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
14following:
15 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
16 (2) Asian alone.
17 (3) Black or African American alone.
18 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
19 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
20 (6) White alone.
21 (7) Some other race alone.
22 (8) Two or more races.
23 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and
24ethnic classifications provided in this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 25 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
2to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
3and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
4ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
5may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
6under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
7from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
8 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
9collected under this Section available to the public which at a
10minimum shall include posting the information for each program
11in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
12Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
13report information about program participation for any program
14administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
15that mechanism or process to include the demographic
16information collected under this Section. If the Department
17does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
18information about program participation for any program
19administered by the Department, then the Department shall
20create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
21information collected under this Section.
22 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
23or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
24Assembly a report that contains the following:
25 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
26 participants for each program administered by the

10100HB2170sam001- 26 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Department, as required under this Section, during the
2 prior 2 fiscal years.
3 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
4 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
5 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
6 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
7 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
8 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
9 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
10 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
11 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
12 (2).
13 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
14specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
15the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
16preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
17the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
18specified information.
19 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
20relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
21information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
22General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
23agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
24subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
25agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
26ethnic disparities within any program administered by the

10100HB2170sam001- 27 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
2the State Board of Education.
3 Section 20-15. The Children and Family Services Act is
4amended by adding Section 44 as follows:
5 (20 ILCS 505/44 new)
6 Sec. 44. Uniform demographic data collection.
7 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
8statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
9program participants for each program administered by the
10Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
11collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
12shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
13program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
14following:
15 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
16 (2) Asian alone.
17 (3) Black or African American alone.
18 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
19 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
20 (6) White alone.
21 (7) Some other race alone.
22 (8) Two or more races.
23 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and
24ethnic classifications provided in this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 28 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
2to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
3and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
4ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
5may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
6under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
7from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
8 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
9collected under this Section available to the public which at a
10minimum shall include posting the information for each program
11in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
12Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
13report information about program participation for any program
14administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
15that mechanism or process to include the demographic
16information collected under this Section. If the Department
17does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
18information about program participation for any program
19administered by the Department, then the Department shall
20create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
21information collected under this Section.
22 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
23or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
24Assembly a report that contains the following:
25 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
26 participants for each program administered by the

10100HB2170sam001- 29 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Department, as required under this Section, during the
2 prior 2 fiscal years.
3 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
4 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
5 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
6 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
7 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
8 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
9 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
10 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
11 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
12 (2).
13 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
14specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
15the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
16preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
17the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
18specified information.
19 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
20relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
21information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
22General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
23agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
24subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
25agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
26ethnic disparities within any program administered by the

10100HB2170sam001- 30 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
2the State Board of Education.
3 Section 20-20. The Department of Human Services Act is
4amended by changing Section 1-70 as follows:
5 (20 ILCS 1305/1-70)
6 Sec. 1-70. Uniform demographic data collection.
7 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
8statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
9program participants for each program administered by the
10Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
11collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
12shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
13program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
14following:
15 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
16 (2) Asian alone.
17 (3) Black or African American alone.
18 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
19 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
20 (6) White alone.
21 (7) Some other race alone.
22 (8) Two or more races.
23 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and
24ethnic classifications provided in this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 31 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
2to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
3and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
4ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
5may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
6under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
7from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
8 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
9collected under this Section available to the public which at a
10minimum shall include posting the information for each program
11in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
12Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
13report information about program participation for any program
14administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
15that mechanism or process to include the demographic
16information collected under this Section. If the Department
17does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
18information about program participation for any program
19administered by the Department, then the Department shall
20create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
21information collected under this Section.
22 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
23or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
24Assembly a report that contains the following:
25 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
26 participants for each program administered by the

10100HB2170sam001- 32 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Department, as required under this Section, during the
2 prior 2 fiscal years.
3 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
4 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
5 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
6 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
7 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
8 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
9 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
10 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
11 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
12 (2).
13 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
14specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
15the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
16preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
17the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
18specified information.
19 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
20relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
21information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
22General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
23agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
24subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
25agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
26ethnic disparities within any program administered by the

10100HB2170sam001- 33 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
2the State Board of Education.
3(Source: P.A. 100-275, eff. 1-1-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
4 Section 20-25. The Department of Labor Law is amended by
5adding Section 1505-220 as follows:
6 (20 ILCS 1505/1505-220 new)
7 Sec. 1505-220. Uniform demographic data collection.
8 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
9statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
10program participants for each program administered by the
11Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
12collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
13shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
14program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
15following:
16 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
17 (2) Asian alone.
18 (3) Black or African American alone.
19 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
20 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
21 (6) White alone.
22 (7) Some other race alone.
23 (8) Two or more races.
24 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and

10100HB2170sam001- 34 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
2 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
3to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
4and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
5ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
6may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
7under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
8from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
9 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
10collected under this Section available to the public which at a
11minimum shall include posting the information for each program
12in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
13Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
14report information about program participation for any program
15administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
16that mechanism or process to include the demographic
17information collected under this Section. If the Department
18does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
19information about program participation for any program
20administered by the Department, then the Department shall
21create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
22information collected under this Section.
23 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
24or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
25Assembly a report that contains the following:
26 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program

10100HB2170sam001- 35 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 participants for each program administered by the
2 Department, as required under this Section, during the
3 prior 2 fiscal years.
4 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
5 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
6 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
7 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
8 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
9 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
10 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
11 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
12 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
13 (2).
14 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
15specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
16the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
17preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
18the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
19specified information.
20 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
21relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
22information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
23General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
24agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
25subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
26agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and

10100HB2170sam001- 36 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
2agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
3the State Board of Education.
4 Section 20-30. The Department of Healthcare and Family
5Services Law is amended by adding Section 2205-35 as follows:
6 (20 ILCS 2205/2205-35 new)
7 Sec. 2205-35. Uniform demographic data collection.
8 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
9statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
10program participants for each program administered by the
11Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
12collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
13shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
14program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
15following:
16 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
17 (2) Asian alone.
18 (3) Black or African American alone.
19 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
20 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
21 (6) White alone.
22 (7) Some other race alone.
23 (8) Two or more races.
24 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and

10100HB2170sam001- 37 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
2 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
3to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
4and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
5ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
6may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
7under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
8from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
9 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
10collected under this Section available to the public which at a
11minimum shall include posting the information for each program
12in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
13Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
14report information about program participation for any program
15administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
16that mechanism or process to include the demographic
17information collected under this Section. If the Department
18does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
19information about program participation for any program
20administered by the Department, then the Department shall
21create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
22information collected under this Section.
23 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
24or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
25Assembly a report that contains the following:
26 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program

10100HB2170sam001- 38 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 participants for each program administered by the
2 Department, as required under this Section, during the
3 prior 2 fiscal years.
4 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
5 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
6 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
7 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
8 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
9 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
10 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
11 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
12 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
13 (2).
14 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
15specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
16the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
17preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
18the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
19specified information.
20 (e) The Governor may require the Department and other
21relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
22information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
23General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
24agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
25subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
26agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and

10100HB2170sam001- 39 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
2agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
3the State Board of Education.
4 Section 20-35. The Department of Public Health Powers and
5Duties Law is amended by adding Section 2310-61 as follows:
6 (20 ILCS 2310/2310-61 new)
7 Sec. 2310-61. Uniform demographic data collection.
8 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
9statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
10program participants for each program administered by the
11Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
12collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
13shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
14program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
15following:
16 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
17 (2) Asian alone.
18 (3) Black or African American alone.
19 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
20 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
21 (6) White alone.
22 (7) Some other race alone.
23 (8) Two or more races.
24 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and

10100HB2170sam001- 40 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
2 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
3to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
4and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
5ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
6may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
7under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
8from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
9 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
10collected under this Section available to the public which at a
11minimum shall include posting the information for each program
12in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
13Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
14report information about program participation for any program
15administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
16that mechanism or process to include the demographic
17information collected under this Section. If the Department
18does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
19information about program participation for any program
20administered by the Department, then the Department shall
21create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
22information collected under this Section.
23 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
24or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
25Assembly a report that contains the following:
26 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program

10100HB2170sam001- 41 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 participants for each program administered by the
2 Department, as required under this Section, during the
3 prior 2 fiscal years.
4 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
5 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
6 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
7 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
8 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
9 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
10 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
11 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
12 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
13 (2).
14 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
15specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
16the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
17preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
18the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
19specified information.
20 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
21relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
22information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
23General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
24agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
25subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
26agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and

10100HB2170sam001- 42 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
2agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
3the State Board of Education.
4 Section 20-40. The Department of Transportation Law of the
5Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is amended by adding
6Section 2705-620 as follows:
7 (20 ILCS 2705/2705-620 new)
8 Sec. 2705-620. Uniform demographic data collection.
9 (a) The Department shall collect and publicly report
10statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics of
11program participants for each program administered by the
12Department. Except as provided in subsection (b), when
13collecting the data required under this Section, the Department
14shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
15program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
16following:
17 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
18 (2) Asian alone.
19 (3) Black or African American alone.
20 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
21 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
22 (6) White alone.
23 (7) Some other race alone.
24 (8) Two or more races.

10100HB2170sam001- 43 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 The Department may further define, by rule, the racial and
2ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
3 (b) If a program administered by the Department is subject
4to federal reporting requirements that include the collection
5and public reporting of statistical data on the racial and
6ethnic demographics of program participants, the Department
7may maintain the same racial and ethnic classifications used
8under the federal requirements if such classifications differ
9from the classifications listed in subsection (a).
10 (c) The Department shall make all demographic information
11collected under this Section available to the public which at a
12minimum shall include posting the information for each program
13in a timely manner on the Department's official website. If the
14Department already has a mechanism or process in place to
15report information about program participation for any program
16administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
17that mechanism or process to include the demographic
18information collected under this Section. If the Department
19does not have a mechanism or process in place to report
20information about program participation for any program
21administered by the Department, then the Department shall
22create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
23information collected under this Section.
24 (d) The Department shall submit to the General Assembly on
25or before December 1 of each year preceding a new General
26Assembly a report that contains the following:

10100HB2170sam001- 44 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
2 participants for each program administered by the
3 Department, as required under this Section, during the
4 prior 2 fiscal years.
5 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
6 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
7 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
8 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
9 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
10 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
11 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
12 program administered by the Department as indicated by the
13 demographic information collected under paragraphs (1) and
14 (2).
15 (e) If the Department is unable to provide any item
16specified under subsection (d), the Department shall submit to
17the General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year
18preceding a new General Assembly the reason for the delay and
19the estimated date by which the Department will provide the
20specified information.
21 (f) The Governor may require the Department and other
22relevant State agencies that are required to report demographic
23information as provided by this amendatory Act of the 101st
24General Assembly to consolidate into a single report each
25agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
26subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each

10100HB2170sam001- 45 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
2ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
3agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
4the State Board of Education.
5 Section 20-45. The School Code is amended by adding Section
62-3.11e as follows:
7 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.11e new)
8 Sec. 2-3.11e. Uniform demographic data collection.
9 (a) The State Board of Education shall collect and publicly
10report statistical data on the racial and ethnic demographics
11of program participants for each program administered by the
12State Board of Education. Except as provided in subsection (b),
13when collecting the data required under this Section, the State
14Board of Education shall use the same racial and ethnic
15classifications for each program, which shall include, but not
16be limited to, the following:
17 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
18 (2) Asian alone.
19 (3) Black or African American alone.
20 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
21 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
22 (6) White alone.
23 (7) Some other race alone.
24 (8) Two or more races.

10100HB2170sam001- 46 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 The State Board of Education may further define, by rule,
2the racial and ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
3 (b) If a program administered by the State Board of
4Education is subject to federal reporting requirements that
5include the collection and public reporting of statistical data
6on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants,
7the State Board of Education may maintain the same racial and
8ethnic classifications used under the federal requirements if
9such classifications differ from the classifications listed in
10subsection (a).
11 (c) The State Board of Education shall make all demographic
12information collected under this Section available to the
13public which at a minimum shall include posting the information
14for each program in a timely manner on the State Board of
15Education's official website. If the State Board of Education
16already has a mechanism or process in place to report
17information about program participation for any program
18administered by the State Board of Education, then the State
19Board of Education shall use that mechanism or process to
20include the demographic information collected under this
21Section. If the State Board of Education does not have a
22mechanism or process in place to report information about
23program participation for any program administered by the State
24Board of Education, then the State Board of Education shall
25create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
26information collected under this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 47 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (d) The State Board of Education shall submit to the
2General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year preceding
3a new General Assembly a report that contains the following:
4 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
5 participants for each program administered by the State
6 Board of Education, as required under this Section, during
7 the prior 2 fiscal years.
8 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
9 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in Illinois
10 who are in need of or eligible for each of the programs
11 detailed under paragraph (1) according to either
12 eligibility guidelines or the best available information.
13 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
14 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
15 program administered by the State Board of Education as
16 indicated by the demographic information collected under
17 paragraphs (1) and (2).
18 (e) If the State Board of Education is unable to provide
19any item specified under subsection (d), the State Board of
20Education shall submit to the General Assembly on or before
21December 1 of each year preceding a new General Assembly the
22reason for the delay and the estimated date by which the
23Department will provide the specified information.
24 Section 20-50. The Unified Code of Corrections is amended
25by adding Sections 3-2-2.5 and 3-2.5-62 as follows:

10100HB2170sam001- 48 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (730 ILCS 5/3-2-2.5 new)
2 Sec. 3-2-2.5. Uniform demographic data collection.
3 (a) The Department of Corrections shall collect and
4publicly report statistical data on the racial and ethnic
5demographics of program participants for each program
6administered by the Department for inmates or parolees. Except
7as provided in subsection (b), when collecting the data
8required under this Section, the Department of Corrections
9shall use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
10program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
11following:
12 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
13 (2) Asian alone.
14 (3) Black or African American alone.
15 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
16 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
17 (6) White alone.
18 (7) Some other race alone.
19 (8) Two or more races.
20 The Department of Corrections may further define, by rule,
21the racial and ethnic classifications provided in this Section.
22 (b) If a program administered by the Department of
23Corrections is subject to federal reporting requirements that
24include the collection and public reporting of statistical data
25on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants,

10100HB2170sam001- 49 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the Department may maintain the same racial and ethnic
2classifications used under the federal requirements if such
3classifications differ from the classifications listed in
4subsection (a).
5 (c) The Department of Corrections shall make all
6demographic information collected under this Section available
7to the public which at a minimum shall include posting the
8information for each program in a timely manner on the
9Department's official website. If the Department of
10Corrections already has a mechanism or process in place to
11report information about program participation for any program
12administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
13that mechanism or process to include the demographic
14information collected under this Section. If the Department of
15Corrections does not have a mechanism or process in place to
16report information about program participation for any program
17administered by the Department, then the Department shall
18create a mechanism or process to disseminate the demographic
19information collected under this Section.
20 (d) The Department of Corrections shall submit to the
21General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year preceding
22a new General Assembly a report that contains the following:
23 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program
24 participants for each program administered by the
25 Department of Corrections, as required under this Section,
26 during the prior 2 fiscal years.

10100HB2170sam001- 50 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
2 racial and ethnic data, of inmates and parolees eligible
3 for each of the programs detailed under paragraph (1)
4 according to either eligibility guidelines or the best
5 available information.
6 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
7 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
8 program administered by the Department of Corrections as
9 indicated by the demographic information collected under
10 paragraphs (1) and (2).
11 (e) If the Department of Corrections is unable to provide
12any item specified under subsection (d), the Department of
13Corrections shall submit to the General Assembly on or before
14December 1 of each year preceding a new General Assembly the
15reason for the delay and the estimated date by which the
16Department of Corrections will provide the specified
17information.
18 (f) The Governor may require the Department of Corrections
19and other relevant State agencies that are required to report
20demographic information as provided by this amendatory Act of
21the 101st General Assembly to consolidate into a single report
22each agency's recommendations provided under paragraph (3) of
23subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures each
24agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
25ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
26agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to

10100HB2170sam001- 51 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the State Board of Education.
2 (730 ILCS 5/3-2.5-62 new)
3 Sec. 3-2.5-62. Uniform demographic data collection.
4 (a) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall collect and
5publicly report statistical data on the racial and ethnic
6demographics of program participants for each program
7administered by the Department for youths in each of the
8Department's facilities and youths on aftercare. Except as
9provided in subsection (b), when collecting the data required
10under this Section, the Department of Juvenile Justice shall
11use the same racial and ethnic classifications for each
12program, which shall include, but not be limited to, the
13following:
14 (1) American Indian and Alaska Native alone.
15 (2) Asian alone.
16 (3) Black or African American alone.
17 (4) Hispanic or Latino of any race.
18 (5) Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone.
19 (6) White alone.
20 (7) Some other race alone.
21 (8) Two or more races.
22 The Department of Juvenile Justice may further define, by
23rule, the racial and ethnic classifications provided in this
24Section.
25 (b) If a program administered by the Department of Juvenile

10100HB2170sam001- 52 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Justice is subject to federal reporting requirements that
2include the collection and public reporting of statistical data
3on the racial and ethnic demographics of program participants,
4the Department may maintain the same racial and ethnic
5classifications used under the federal requirements if such
6classifications differ from the classifications listed in
7subsection (a).
8 (c) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall make all
9demographic information collected under this Section available
10to the public which at a minimum shall include posting the
11information for each program in a timely manner on the
12Department's official website. If the Department of Juvenile
13Justice already has a mechanism or process in place to report
14information about program participation for any program
15administered by the Department, then the Department shall use
16that mechanism or process to include the demographic
17information collected under this Section. If the Department of
18Juvenile Justice does not have a mechanism or process in place
19to report information about program participation for any
20program administered by the Department, then the Department
21shall create a mechanism or process to disseminate the
22demographic information collected under this Section.
23 (d) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall submit to the
24General Assembly on or before December 1 of each year preceding
25a new General Assembly a report that contains the following:
26 (1) The racial and ethnic demographics of program

10100HB2170sam001- 53 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 participants for each program administered by the
2 Department of Juvenile Justice, as required under this
3 Section, during the prior 2 fiscal years.
4 (2) The most recent demographic information, including
5 racial and ethnic data, on individuals residing in
6 Department facilities or who are in aftercare and who are
7 in need of or eligible for each of the programs detailed
8 under paragraph (1) according to either eligibility
9 guidelines or the best available information.
10 (3) Recommendations to eliminate any existing racial
11 and ethnic disparities in program participation for each
12 program administered by the Department of Juvenile Justice
13 as indicated by the demographic information collected
14 under paragraphs (1) and (2).
15 (e) If the Department of Juvenile Justice is unable to
16provide any item specified under subsection (d), the Department
17of Juvenile Justice shall submit to the General Assembly on or
18before December 1 of each year preceding a new General Assembly
19the reason for the delay and the estimated date by which the
20Department of Juvenile Justice will provide the specified
21information.
22 (f) The Governor may require the Department of Juvenile
23Justice and other relevant State agencies that are required to
24report demographic information as provided by this amendatory
25Act of the 101st General Assembly to consolidate into a single
26report each agency's recommendations provided under paragraph

10100HB2170sam001- 54 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1(3) of subsection (d), including a detailed account of measures
2each agency plans to implement to eliminate existing racial and
3ethnic disparities within any program administered by the
4agency. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to
5the State Board of Education.
6
Article 25.
7 Section 22-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section
822-90 as follows:
9 (105 ILCS 5/22-90 new)
10 Sec. 22-90. Whole Child Task Force.
11 (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following
12findings:
13 (1) The COVID-19 pandemic has exposed systemic
14 inequities in American society. Students, educators, and
15 families throughout this State have been deeply affected by
16 the pandemic, and the impact of the pandemic will be felt
17 for years to come. The negative consequences of the
18 pandemic have impacted students and communities
19 differently along the lines of race, income, language, and
20 special needs. However, students in this State faced
21 significant unmet physical health, mental health, and
22 social and emotional needs even prior to the pandemic.
23 (2) The path to recovery requires a commitment from

10100HB2170sam001- 55 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 adults in this State to address our students cultural,
2 physical, emotional, and mental health needs and to provide
3 them with stronger and increased systemic support and
4 intervention.
5 (3) It is well documented that trauma and toxic stress
6 diminish a child's ability to thrive. Forms of childhood
7 trauma and toxic stress include adverse childhood
8 experiences, systemic racism, poverty, and insecurity. The
9 COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated these issues and brought
10 them into focus.
11 (4) It is estimated that, overall, approximately 40% of
12 children in this State have experienced at least one
13 adverse childhood experience and approximately 10% have
14 experienced 3 or more adverse childhood experiences.
15 However, the number of adverse childhood experiences is
16 higher for Black and Hispanic children who are growing up
17 in poverty. The COVID-19 pandemic has amplified the number
18 of students who have experienced childhood trauma. Also,
19 the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted preexisting
20 inequities in school disciplinary practices that
21 disproportionately impact Black and Brown students.
22 (5) The cumulative effects of trauma and toxic stress
23 adversely impact the physical health of students, as well
24 as their ability to learn, form relationships, and
25 self-regulate. If left unaddressed, these effects increase
26 a student's risk for depression, alcoholism, anxiety,

10100HB2170sam001- 56 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 asthma, smoking, and suicide, all of which are risks that
2 disproportionately affect Black youth and may lead to a
3 host of medical diseases as an adult. Access to infant and
4 early childhood mental health services is critical to
5 ensure the social and emotional well-being of this State's
6 youngest children, particularly those children who have
7 experienced trauma.
8 (6) Although this State enacted measures through
9 Public Act -105 to address the high rate of early care and
10 preschool expulsions of infants, toddlers, and
11 preschoolers and the disproportionately higher rate of
12 expulsion for Black and Hispanic children, a recent study
13 found a wide variation in the awareness, understanding, and
14 compliance with the law by providers of early childhood
15 care. Further work is needed to implement the law, which
16 includes providing training to early childhood care
17 providers to increase their understanding of the law,
18 increasing the availability and access to infant and early
19 childhood mental health services, and building aligned
20 data collection systems to better understand expulsion
21 rates and to allow for accurate reporting as required by
22 the law.
23 (7) Many educators and schools in this State have
24 embraced and implemented evidenced-based restorative
25 justice and trauma-responsive and culturally relevant
26 practices and interventions. However, the use of these

10100HB2170sam001- 57 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 interventions on students is often isolated or is
2 implemented occasionally and only if the school has the
3 appropriate leadership, resources, and partners available
4 to engage seriously in this work. It would be malpractice
5 to deny our students access to these practices and
6 interventions, especially in the aftermath of a
7 once-in-a-century pandemic.
8 (b) The Whole Child Task Force is created for the purpose
9of establishing an equitable, inclusive, safe, and supportive
10environment in all schools for every student in this State. The
11task force shall have all of the following goals, which means
12key steps have to be taken to ensure that every child in every
13school in this State has access to teachers, social workers,
14school leaders, support personnel, and others who have been
15trained in evidenced-based interventions and restorative
16practices:
17 (1) To create a common definition of a
18 trauma-responsive school, a trauma-responsive district,
19 and a trauma-responsive community.
20 (2) To outline the training and resources required to
21 create and sustain a system of support for
22 trauma-responsive schools, districts, and communities and
23 to identify this State's role in that work, including
24 recommendations concerning options for redirecting
25 resources from school resource officers to classroom-based
26 support.

10100HB2170sam001- 58 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (3) To identify or develop a process to conduct an
2 analysis of the organizations that provide training in
3 restorative practices, implicit bias, and
4 trauma-responsive systems, mental health services, and
5 social and emotional services to schools.
6 (4) To provide recommendations concerning the key data
7 to be collected and reported to ensure that this State has
8 a full and accurate understanding of the progress toward
9 ensuring that all schools employ restorative, anti-racist,
10 and trauma-responsive strategies and practices. The data
11 collected must include information relating to
12 disciplinary practices employed on a student in person or
13 through other means and to support structures in schools,
14 including school resource officers and the funding of other
15 similar police personnel in school programs.
16 (5) To recommend an implementation timeline, including
17 the key roles, responsibilities, and resources to advance
18 this State toward a system in which every school, district,
19 and community is progressing toward becoming
20 trauma-responsive.
21 (6) To seek input and feedback from stakeholders,
22 including parents, students, and educators, who reflect
23 the diversity of this State.
24 (c) Members of the Whole Child Task Force shall be
25appointed by the State Superintendent of Education. Members of
26this task force must represent the diversity of this State and

10100HB2170sam001- 59 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1possess the expertise needed to perform the work required to
2meet the goals of the task force set forth under subsection
3(a). Members of the task force shall include all of the
4following:
5 (1) One member of a statewide professional teachers'
6 organization.
7 (2) One member of another statewide professional
8 teachers' organization.
9 (3) One member who represents a school district serving
10 a community with a population of 500,000 or more.
11 (4) One member of a statewide organization
12 representing social workers.
13 (5) One member of an organization that has specific
14 expertise in trauma-responsive school practices and
15 experience in supporting schools in developing
16 trauma-responsive and restorative practices.
17 (6) One member of another organization that has
18 specific expertise in trauma-responsive school practices
19 and experience in supporting schools in developing
20 trauma-responsive and restorative practices.
21 (7) One member of a statewide organization that
22 represents school administrators.
23 (8) One member of a statewide policy organization that
24 works to build a healthy public education system that
25 prepares all students for a successful college, career, and
26 civic life.

10100HB2170sam001- 60 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (9) One member of a statewide organization that brings
2 teachers together to identify and address issues critical
3 to student success.
4 (10) One member of the General Assembly recommended by
5 the President of the Senate.
6 (11) One member of the General Assembly recommended by
7 the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
8 (12) One member of the General Assembly recommended by
9 the Minority Leader of the Senate.
10 (13) One member of the General Assembly recommended by
11 the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives.
12 (14) One member of a civil rights organization that
13 works actively on issues regarding student support.
14 (15) One administrator from a school district that has
15 actively worked to develop a system of student support that
16 uses a trauma-informed lens.
17 (16) One educator from a school district that has
18 actively worked to develop a system of student support that
19 uses a trauma-informed lens.
20 (17) One member of a youth-led organization.
21 (18) One member of an organization that has
22 demonstrated expertise in restorative practices.
23 (19) One member of a coalition of mental health and
24 school practitioners who assist schools in developing and
25 implementing trauma-informed and restorative strategies
26 and systems.

10100HB2170sam001- 61 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (20) One member of an organization whose mission is to
2 promote the safety, health, and economic success of
3 children, youth, and families in this State.
4 (21) One member who works or has worked as a
5 restorative justice coach or disciplinarian.
6 (22) One member who works or has worked as a social
7 worker.
8 (23) One member of the State Board of Education.
9 (24) One member who represents a statewide principals'
10 organization.
11 (25) One member who represents a statewide
12 organization of school boards.
13 (d) The Whole Child Task Force shall meet initially at the
14call of the State Superintendent of Education, at which time
15the Governor shall select one member who holds a doctorate
16degree in whole-child research as the chairperson. The task
17force shall thereafter meet at the call of the chairperson. The
18State Board of Education shall provide administrative and other
19support to the task force. Members of the task force shall
20serve without compensation.
21 (e) The Whole Child Task Force shall submit a report of its
22findings and recommendations to the General Assembly, the
23Illinois Legislative Black Caucus, the State Board of
24Education, and the Governor on or before February 1, 2022. Upon
25submitting its report, the task force is dissolved.
26 (f) This Section is repealed on February 1, 2023.

10100HB2170sam001- 62 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
Article 30.
2 Section 30-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the
3Equity in Early Education Act. References in this Article to
4"this Act" mean this Article.
5 Section 30-5. Findings; legislative intent.
6 (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following
7findings:
8 (1) The 2019 Illinois Assessment of Readiness found
9 that only 37% of students in third grade met or exceeded
10 learning standards in English language arts and only 41% of
11 the students met or exceeded mathematics learning
12 standards.
13 (2) The 2017 National Assessment of Educational
14 Progress similarly showed that only 35% of students in the
15 fourth grade are proficient or advanced in English language
16 arts while only 39% of the students are proficient or
17 advanced in mathematics.
18 (3) Research from the Annie E. Casey Foundation found
19 that students in the third grade who are not proficient
20 readers are 4 times more likely to not finish high school.
21 Moreover, students in the third grade from low-income
22 families who are not proficient readers are more than 6
23 times more likely to not finish high school.

10100HB2170sam001- 63 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (4) The Literacy Project Foundation estimates that 60%
2 of individuals who are in prison are illiterate and 85% of
3 juvenile offenders struggle with reading.
4 (5) Strengthening early literacy and numeracy
5 instruction and support for students in this State will pay
6 dividends in the future by empowering and providing
7 students with the skills they need to graduate and the
8 ability to find fulfilling careers and to be productive
9 members of their communities.
10 (b) It is the intent of the General Assembly in enacting
11this Act that:
12 (1) every public school student in this State be
13 provided with the high-quality instruction, support, and
14 intervention he or she needs to become proficient in
15 reading and math;
16 (2) the promotion of every public school student to the
17 next higher grade level be based, in part, upon proficiency
18 in reading and math;
19 (3) school board policies facilitate evidence-based
20 reading instruction, math instruction, and intervention
21 services to address the reading and math needs of students;
22 (4) each public school student's parent or guardian be
23 informed regularly of the student's progress in reading and
24 math; and
25 (5) ultimately, by the third grade, every public school
26 student is able to demonstrate reading and math performance

10100HB2170sam001- 64 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 at or above his or her grade level.
2 Section 30-10. Definitions. In this Act:
3 "Level I dyslexia screening" means a process, as determined
4by a school district, for gathering additional information to
5determine if the characteristics of dyslexia are present.
6 "Universal screener" means an assessment used to aid
7educators in understanding the causes for student performance,
8learning strengths, and the needs that underlie student
9performance. The assessment is conducted to identify or predict
10students who may be at risk for poor learning outcomes and is
11typically brief and conducted with all students at a particular
12grade level.
13 Section 30-15. Identifying deficiencies in literacy and
14math skills.
15 (a) Beginning no later than the 2022-2023 school year, a
16school district, within 45 days after the beginning of the
17school year, shall administer a valid and reliable universal
18screener to identify any deficiencies in reading or math skills
19to all students in the first and second grades. If a school
20district has been using a universal screener before the
21effective date of this Act that includes, as developmentally
22appropriate, all of the following, then the school district is
23not required to create an assessment process or administer
24different or additional universal screenings under this

10100HB2170sam001- 65 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Section:
2 (1) Phonological and phonemic awareness.
3 (2) Sound symbol recognition.
4 (3) Alphabet knowledge.
5 (4) Decoding skills.
6 (5) Rapid naming skills.
7 (6) Encoding skills.
8 (7) Oral reading fluency.
9 (b) If a student is determined to be at risk or at some
10risk for dyslexia after the universal screener has been
11administered, the school district must administer a Level 1
12dyslexia screening on the student.
13 (c) The State Board of Education shall create a process for
14reviewing and approving a list of reliable and valid universal
15screeners.
16 Section 30-20. Reading and math intervention. A school
17district shall offer appropriate evidence-based reading or
18math intervention using a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS)
19framework to address the needs of each student in grades
20kindergarten through 3 who exhibits a deficiency in reading or
21math skills, including those students who are referred for
22additional screening. A deficiency in reading or math skills
23shall be defined as a student who scores below his or her grade
24level or a student who is determined to be at-risk for reading
25or math failure based upon a screening assessment, a diagnostic

10100HB2170sam001- 66 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1assessment, a standardized summative assessment, or progress
2monitoring. The reading or math intervention shall be provided
3in addition to the core reading or math instruction that is
4provided to all students as part of the general education
5curricula. The reading or math intervention shall:
6 (1) be provided to all students in grades kindergarten
7 through 3 who are identified as having a deficiency in
8 reading or math skills;
9 (2) regularly monitor throughout the school year the
10 progress of all students in grades kindergarten through 3
11 who are identified as having a deficiency in reading or
12 math skills and to adjust instruction according to the
13 needs of the student;
14 (3) provide a student who is identified as having a
15 deficiency in reading with explicit and systematic
16 instruction in each of the 5 essential components of
17 reading, which are phonological awareness, phonics,
18 fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension, in which the
19 student has a deficiency;
20 (4) provide to a student who is identified as having a
21 deficiency in math skills with explicit and systematic
22 instruction in early numeracy skills, as applicable;
23 (5) be offered primarily during regular school hours,
24 although the intervention may also be offered before or
25 after regular school hours;
26 (6) be created in consultation with the student's

10100HB2170sam001- 67 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 parent or guardian;
2 (7) remain in effect until the student is proficient in
3 reading or math or until the student has an individualized
4 education program in place with appropriate goals in
5 reading or math; and
6 (8) provide, subject to appropriation, professional
7 development for teachers in evidence-based practices in
8 literacy and math instruction to students who lack
9 proficiency in reading or math or both.
10 Section 30-25. Intervention programs. A school district
11may determine the appropriate intervention program for a
12student under this Act. A program may include any of the
13following:
14 (1) Summer reading and math camps that are available to
15 students who have the most severe deficiencies in reading
16 and math. The camps shall be staffed with highly effective
17 teachers in reading and math who must provide explicit and
18 systematic reading or math intervention services and
19 support to correct a student's identified areas of reading
20 or math deficiency. No less than 90 hours of instructional
21 time in reading, math, or reading and math must be provided
22 to a student.
23 (2) An intensive acceleration class that may be
24 established by a school district for any student who is
25 retained in grade 3 and who previously was retained in any

10100HB2170sam001- 68 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 of grades kindergarten through 2. The intensive
2 acceleration class shall have a reduced teacher-student
3 ratio and shall provide to the student explicit and
4 systematic reading or math instruction and intervention
5 for the majority of the student's class attendance time
6 each day.
7 (3) An extended-time reading and math intervention
8 program that is available to students in grades
9 kindergarten through 3 who lack proficiency in reading or
10 math. The program must provide proven and effective,
11 evidence-based, substantial intervention that includes
12 basic mathematics, phonemic awareness, decoding,
13 vocabulary, comprehension, and fluency, as appropriate for
14 each student, and that is based on a formative assessment
15 designed to, at a minimum, identify weaknesses in those
16 areas of learning. The program may include online or
17 digital instructional materials, programs, or library
18 resources. A minimum of 60 hours of supplemental
19 instruction for students who have severe deficiencies in
20 reading and math may be provided or a minimum of 30 hours
21 of supplemental instruction for students with less severe
22 deficiencies may be provided.
23 Section 30-50. Rules; technical assistance.
24 (a) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules
25necessary to implement, administer, and enforce this Act.

10100HB2170sam001- 69 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (b) The State Board of Education may provide technical
2assistance to aid school districts in implementing this Act.
3 Section 30-90. The School Code is amended by adding
4Sections 2-3.51b, 2-3.161, 2-3.182, 10-20.9b, 10-20.73,
510-20.74, 10-20.75, 34-18.51a, 34-18.67, 34-18.68, and
634-18.69 and by changing Sections 10-20.9a, 21B-20, 21B-35, and
734-18.51 as follows:
8 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51b new)
9 Sec. 2-3.51b. Early literacy and numeracy grants.
10 (a) The State Board of Education shall implement and
11administer an early literacy and numeracy grant program to
12support school districts that serve students with deficiencies
13in reading or math skills or both to redesign school curricula,
14provide professional development for teachers, or hire
15literacy coaches.
16 (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board shall
17distribute grants under the program to school districts based
18on the number of pupils in grade 3 who have been identified as
19needing reading or math intervention under Section 10-20.9b or
2034-18.51a. Grants shall be awarded on a non-competitive basis,
21but in order to be eligible to receive grant funds, a school
22district must submit to the State Board a high-quality plan
23that demonstrates how the school district intends to utilize
24the funding to improve literacy, numeracy instruction, or both

10100HB2170sam001- 70 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1to students.
2 (c) The plan submitted by a school district under
3subsection (b) must include all of the following information:
4 (1) A description of the methods by which the school
5 district will modify its whole-class instructional
6 practices.
7 (2) The assessment tool or tools that will be used in
8 grades kindergarten through 3.
9 (3) The intervention programs that will be provided to
10 students who are identified as having a reading or math
11 deficiency.
12 (4) The support that will be offered to teachers to
13 implement these changes.
14 (d) If the amount appropriated in a given fiscal year is
15insufficient to provide a grant to all eligible school
16districts that request funding under the grant program, the
17State Board may develop equity-based criteria to determine the
18priority in which school districts receive grants under the
19program.
20 Each fiscal year, the State Board may withhold up to 2% of
21the amount appropriated for the grant program to administer the
22grant program.
23 (e) Three years after the first grants are awarded under
24this Section, the State Board shall submit a report to the
25General Assembly. The report shall include data on the number
26of students served, the change in the rates of proficiency in

10100HB2170sam001- 71 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1reading and math in school districts that received a grant, and
2an assessment of the effectiveness of the grant program.
3 (f) The State Board may adopt any rules necessary to
4implement this Section.
5 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.161)
6 Sec. 2-3.161. Definition of dyslexia; reading instruction
7advisory group; handbook; screening rules.
8 (a) The State Board of Education shall incorporate, in both
9general education and special education, the following
10definition of dyslexia:
11 Dyslexia is a specific learning disability that is
12 neurobiological in origin. Dyslexia is characterized by
13 difficulties with accurate and/or fluent word recognition
14 and by poor spelling and decoding abilities. These
15 difficulties typically result from a deficit in the
16 phonological component of language that is often
17 unexpected in relation to other cognitive abilities and the
18 provision of effective classroom instruction. Secondary
19 consequences may include problems in reading comprehension
20 and reduced reading experience that can impede growth of
21 vocabulary and background knowledge.
22 (b) Subject to specific State appropriation or the
23availability of private donations, the State Board of Education
24shall establish an advisory group to develop a training module
25or training modules to provide education and professional

10100HB2170sam001- 72 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1development to teachers, school administrators, and other
2education professionals regarding multi-sensory, systematic,
3and sequential instruction in reading. This advisory group
4shall complete its work before December 15, 2015 and is
5abolished on December 15, 2015. The State Board of Education
6shall reestablish the advisory group abolished on December 15,
72015 to complete the abolished group's work. The reestablished
8advisory group shall complete its work before December 31, 2016
9and is abolished on December 31, 2016. The provisions of this
10subsection (b), other than this sentence, are inoperative after
11December 31, 2016.
12 (c) The State Board of Education shall develop and maintain
13a handbook to be made available on its Internet website that
14provides guidance for pupils, parents or guardians, and
15teachers on the subject of dyslexia. The handbook shall
16include, but is not limited to:
17 (1) guidelines for teachers and parents or guardians on
18 how to identify signs of dyslexia;
19 (2) a description of educational strategies that have
20 been shown to improve the academic performance of pupils
21 with dyslexia; and
22 (3) a description of resources and services available
23 to pupils with dyslexia, parents or guardians of pupils
24 with dyslexia, and teachers; and .
25 (4) guidelines for (i) the administration of a
26 universal screener and Level I dyslexia screening, as

10100HB2170sam001- 73 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 defined in Sections 10-20.73 and 34-18.67, (ii) the
2 interpretation of data from the screener or screening, and
3 (iii) appropriate instruction within a multi-tiered system
4 of support (MTSS) framework.
5 The State Board shall review the handbook once every 4
6years to update, if necessary, the guidelines, educational
7strategies, or resources and services made available in the
8handbook.
9 (d) The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules
10necessary to ensure that a student is screened as provided
11under Section 10-20.73 or 34-18.67 for the risk factors of
12dyslexia using a universal screener if:
13 (1) a student is in first or second grade in a public
14 school;
15 (2) a student in first or second grade transfers to a
16 new public school and has not been screened previously
17 during the school year; and
18 (3) a student from another state enrolls for the first
19 time in first or second grade in a school district in this
20 State, unless the student presents documentation that the
21 student had the dyslexia screening or a similar screening
22 during the school year or is exempt from screening.
23 (e) The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules
24necessary to ensure that (i) a student is screened, as provided
25in Section 10-20.73 or 34-18.67, for the characteristics of
26dyslexia using a Level I dyslexia screening and (ii) a student

10100HB2170sam001- 74 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1receives dyslexia intervention services under Section 10-20.73
2or 34-18.67.
3 (f) The State Board of Education shall provide technical
4assistance for specific learning disabilities to school
5districts, including assistance with universal screeners and
6dyslexia screenings.
7 The State Board shall review the handbook once every 4
8years to update, if necessary, the guidelines, educational
9strategies, or resources and services made available in the
10handbook.
11(Source: P.A. 99-65, eff. 7-16-15; 99-78, eff. 7-20-15; 99-602,
12eff. 7-22-16; 99-603, eff. 7-22-16; 100-201, eff. 8-18-17;
13100-617, eff. 7-20-18.)
14 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.182 new)
15 Sec. 2-3.182. Report on reading and math intervention and
16support.
17 (a) The State Board of Education shall establish a uniform
18format for school districts to report the information required
19under subsection (c) of Section 10-20.9b and subsection (c) of
20Section 34-18.51a. The format may be developed with input from
21school boards and shall be provided to each school district no
22later than 90 days prior to the annual reporting due date.
23 (b) The State Board shall annually compile the information
24required under subsection (c) of Section 10-20.9b and
25subsection (c) of Section 34-18.51a, along with State-level

10100HB2170sam001- 75 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1summary information, and publish the information on its
2Internet website. On or before October 31 of each year, the
3State Board shall make a report of its findings and compilation
4of information available to the public, the Governor, and the
5General Assembly, as provided under Section 3.1 of the General
6Assembly Organization Act.
7 (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.9a)
8 Sec. 10-20.9a. Final grade; promotion.
9 (a) Teachers shall administer the approved marking system
10or other approved means of evaluating pupil progress. The
11teacher shall maintain the responsibility and right to
12determine grades and other evaluations of students within the
13grading policies of the district based upon his or her
14professional judgment of available criteria pertinent to any
15given subject area or activity for which he or she is
16responsible. District policy shall provide the procedure and
17reasons by and for which a grade may be changed; provided that
18no grade or evaluation shall be changed without notification to
19the teacher concerning the nature and reasons for such change.
20If such a change is made, the person making the change shall
21assume such responsibility for determining the grade or
22evaluation, and shall initial such change.
23 (b) School districts shall not promote students to the next
24higher grade level based upon age or any other social reasons
25not related to the academic performance of the students. School

10100HB2170sam001- 76 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1On or before September 1, 1998, school boards shall adopt and
2enforce a policy on promotion as they deem necessary to ensure
3that students meet local goals and objectives and can perform
4at the expected grade level prior to promotion. Decisions to
5promote or retain students in any classes shall be based on
6successful completion of the curriculum, attendance,
7performance based on the assessments required under Section
82-3.64a-5 of this Code, the Iowa Test of Basic Skills, or other
9testing, or any other criteria established by the school board.
10Students determined by the local district to not qualify for
11promotion to the next higher grade shall be provided remedial
12assistance, which may include, but shall not be limited to, a
13summer bridge program of no less than 90 hours, tutorial
14sessions, increased or concentrated instructional time,
15modifications to instructional materials, and retention in
16grade. This subsection (b) is subject to Section 10-20.9b.
17(Source: P.A. 98-972, eff. 8-15-14.)
18 (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9b new)
19 Sec. 10-20.9b. Reading and math intervention and support.
20 (a) A school board must notify, in writing, the parent or
21guardian of a student in any of grades kindergarten through 3
22who exhibits a deficiency in reading or math skills at any time
23during the school year no later than 30 days after the
24identification of the deficiency in reading or math. The
25written notification provided to the parent or guardian of the

10100HB2170sam001- 77 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1student must include all of the following:
2 (1) Notification that the student has been identified
3 as having a deficiency in reading or math and that
4 additional support will be provided to the student.
5 (2) A description of the current services that are
6 provided to the student.
7 (3) A description of the proposed evidence-based
8 reading or math intervention services and supplemental
9 instructional services and support that will be provided to
10 the student and that are designed to remedy the identified
11 areas of deficiency in reading or math.
12 (4) Notification that the parent or guardian will be
13 informed in writing of the student's progress toward
14 grade-level reading or math with each progress report or
15 report card.
16 (5) Strategies for the parent or guardian to use at
17 home to help the student succeed in reading or math.
18 (6) Notification that if the student's deficiency in
19 reading or math is not corrected by the end of grade 3, the
20 school will provide the student with intensive
21 intervention and progress monitoring if the student is
22 promoted to grade 4.
23 (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, a school
24district must provide to any student retained in a grade
25intensive reading or math intervention to remedy the student's
26specific deficiency in reading or math. The reading or math

10100HB2170sam001- 78 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1intervention services must include effective instructional
2strategies to accelerate student progress. The school district
3may provide any of the following services to the retained
4student:
5 (1) A highly effective teacher of reading or math, as
6 demonstrated by student reading or math performance data
7 and teacher performance evaluations.
8 (2) The use of reading or math intervention services
9 and support to correct the identified areas of deficiency
10 in reading or math, which include, but are not limited to:
11 (A) dedicating more time than in the previous
12 school year to providing to the student evidence-based
13 reading or math instruction and intervention;
14 (B) using reading or math strategies or programs
15 that are evidence-based and have proven results for
16 accelerating student reading or math achievement
17 within the same school year;
18 (C) daily targeted small group reading or math
19 intervention based on student needs;
20 (D) explicit and systematic instruction with more
21 detailed explanations, more extensive opportunities
22 for guided practice, and more opportunities for error
23 correction and feedback; and
24 (E) frequent monitoring of the reading or math
25 progress of the student's reading or math skills
26 throughout the school year and the adjustment of

10100HB2170sam001- 79 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 instruction according to the student's needs.
2 (3) Before-school or after-school supplemental
3 evidence-based reading or math intervention delivered by a
4 teacher or tutor with specialized training in reading or
5 math instruction.
6 (4) An at-home plan outlined in a parental contract
7 that includes participation in parent-training workshops
8 or regular parent-guided reading or math activities.
9 (c) On or before October 1 of each year, a school board
10must report, in writing, to the State Board of Education all of
11the following information for the prior school year, by grade
12and disaggregated by demographic group if applicable:
13 (1) The school board's policies and procedures on
14 student grade-level retention and promotion.
15 (2) The number of students who were administered a
16 universal screener, as defined in Section 10-20.73, during
17 the school year.
18 (3) The number of students who were administered a
19 Level I dyslexia screening, as defined in Section 10-20.73.
20 (4) The total number of students identified as having
21 the characteristics of dyslexia during that school year.
22 (5) The number of students receiving reading or math
23 intervention services, including those receiving dyslexia
24 intervention services, under this Section.
25 (6) The number and percentage of all students in
26 kindergarten through grade 3 performing below grade level

10100HB2170sam001- 80 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 on local and statewide assessments.
2 (7) By grade and disaggregated by demographic group,
3 the number and percentage of all students retained in
4 kindergarten through grade 3.
5 (d) The State Board of Education shall provide technical
6assistance to aid school boards in implementing this Section.
7 (105 ILCS 5/10-20.73 new)
8 Sec. 10-20.73. Dyslexia screening and support.
9 (a) In this Section:
10 "Level I dyslexia screening" means a process, as determined
11by a school district, for gathering additional information to
12determine if the characteristics of dyslexia are present.
13 "Universal screener" means an assessment used to aid
14educators in understanding the causes for student performance,
15learning strengths, and the needs that underlie student
16performance. The assessment is conducted with all students at a
17particular grade level.
18 (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, a school
19district must screen students in the first and second grades
20for the risk factors of dyslexia using a universal screener
21appropriately designed for the educational context. Following
22the administration of the universal screener, if a student is
23determined to be at risk or at some risk for dyslexia, the
24school district must administer a Level I dyslexia screening of
25the student. Through the Level I dyslexia screening, the school

10100HB2170sam001- 81 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1district must gather additional information to determine if the
2student has the characteristics of dyslexia. The additional
3information may include, but is not limited to, information
4from progress monitoring data, work samples, additional age and
5grade-appropriate assessments related to dyslexia, teacher
6questionnaires, parent interviews, and speech and language
7assessments and information regarding the student's family
8history related to dyslexia.
9 (c) If the universal screener or the Level I dyslexia
10screening indicates that a student has some risk factors for
11dyslexia or the characteristics of dyslexia, the school must
12use a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) framework to
13address the needs of the student. A school district is not
14required to administer a Level I dyslexia screening to a
15student if the student is receiving dyslexia intervention
16services. If a student's performance on a Level I dyslexia
17screening indicates a need for dyslexia intervention services,
18the school district must notify the student's parent or
19guardian of the results of all screenings and provide to the
20parent or guardian, in addition to the information contained in
21the handbook developed under Section 2-3.161, all of the
22following information and resource material:
23 (1) The characteristics of dyslexia.
24 (2) The appropriate classroom interventions and
25 accommodations for students with dyslexia.
26 (3) A statement that the parent or guardian may elect

10100HB2170sam001- 82 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 to have the student receive an educational evaluation by
2 the school.
3 (d) If the student's Level I dyslexia screening indicates
4that the student has the characteristics of dyslexia, the
5intervention services provided to the student pursuant to
6Section 10-20.9b must be implemented using diagnostic teaching
7guidelines described in the handbook developed under Section
82-3.161.
9 (105 ILCS 5/10-20.74 new)
10 Sec. 10-20.74. Evidence-based reading instruction. By no
11later than the beginning of the 2023-2024 school year, the
12school board of each school district that maintains grades
13kindergarten through 3 shall develop a plan to ensure that
14within 3 school years all classroom teachers, resource
15teachers, and reading interventionists who work with students
16in grades kindergarten through 3 receive professional
17development, in-service training, or coaching in
18evidence-based reading instruction that has a focus on reading
19competency in the areas of phonemic awareness.
20 A teacher who provides satisfactory evidence to the school
21board that he or she has previously received explicit and
22repeated instruction in each of the 5 essential components of
23reading, which are phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency,
24comprehension, and vocabulary, through an educator preparation
25program or other accredited training program is exempt from the

10100HB2170sam001- 83 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1requirements of this Section.
2 (105 ILCS 5/10-20.75 new)
3 Sec. 10-20.75. Early reading instruction. Each school
4district that maintains grades kindergarten through 3 shall
5provide students with instructional programming and services
6necessary to ensure, to the greatest extent possible, that as a
7student progresses from kindergarten through grade 3, the
8student develops the necessary reading skills to enable him or
9her to master the academic standards and expectations
10applicable to grade 4 and higher grade levels. The
11instructional programming and services for teaching students
12to read must be evidence-based and must focus on reading
13competency in the areas of phonemic awareness, phonics,
14vocabulary development, fluency, and comprehension.
15 (105 ILCS 5/21B-20)
16 Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of
17Education shall implement a system of educator licensure,
18whereby individuals employed in school districts who are
19required to be licensed must have one of the following
20licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an educator
21license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute teaching
22license; or (iv) until June 30, 2023, a short-term substitute
23teaching license. References in law regarding individuals
24certified or certificated or required to be certified or

10100HB2170sam001- 84 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall also include
2individuals licensed or required to be licensed under this
3Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June 30
4following one full year of the license being issued.
5 The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
6State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such
7rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for
8licenses and endorsements under this Section.
9 (1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i)
10 have successfully completed an approved educator
11 preparation program and are recommended for licensure by
12 the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation
13 program, (ii) have successfully completed the required
14 testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have
15 successfully completed coursework on the psychology of,
16 the identification of, and the methods of instruction for
17 the exceptional child, including without limitation
18 children with learning disabilities, (iv) have
19 successfully completed coursework in methods of reading
20 and reading in the content area, and, beginning on July 1,
21 2024, have successfully completed and received explicit
22 and repeated instruction in each of the 5 essential
23 components of reading, which are phonemic awareness,
24 phonics, fluency, comprehension, and vocabulary, and (v)
25 have met all other criteria established by rule of the
26 State Board of Education shall be issued a Professional

10100HB2170sam001- 85 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Educator License. All Professional Educator Licenses are
2 valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of the
3 license being issued. The Professional Educator License
4 shall be endorsed with specific areas and grade levels in
5 which the individual is eligible to practice. For an early
6 childhood education endorsement, an individual may satisfy
7 the student teaching requirement of his or her early
8 childhood teacher preparation program through placement in
9 a setting with children from birth through grade 2, and the
10 individual may be paid and receive credit while student
11 teaching. The student teaching experience must meet the
12 requirements of and be approved by the individual's early
13 childhood teacher preparation program.
14 Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the
15 Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements
16 shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework
17 in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable
18 content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule.
19 (2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator
20 License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement
21 that limits the license holder to one particular position
22 or does not require completion of an approved educator
23 program or both.
24 An individual with an Educator License with
25 Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or
26 any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher

10100HB2170sam001- 86 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason.
2 An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued
3 with the following endorsements:
4 (A) (Blank).
5 (B) Alternative provisional educator. An
6 alternative provisional educator endorsement on an
7 Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an
8 applicant who, at the time of applying for the
9 endorsement, has done all of the following:
10 (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited
11 college or university with a minimum of a
12 bachelor's degree.
13 (ii) Successfully completed the first phase of
14 the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for
15 Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this
16 Code.
17 (iii) Passed a content area test, as required
18 under Section 21B-30 of this Code.
19 The alternative provisional educator endorsement is
20 valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a
21 third year by an individual meeting the requirements set
22 forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code.
23 (C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An
24 alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on
25 an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the
26 holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant

10100HB2170sam001- 87 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 superintendent in a school district's central office.
2 This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant
3 who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has
4 done all of the following:
5 (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited
6 college or university with a minimum of a master's
7 degree in a management field other than education.
8 (ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5
9 years in a management level position in a field
10 other than education.
11 (iii) Successfully completed the first phase
12 of an alternative route to superintendent
13 endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55
14 of this Code.
15 (iv) Passed a content area test required under
16 Section 21B-30 of this Code.
17 The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in
18 order to complete one full year of serving as a
19 superintendent or assistant superintendent.
20 (D) (Blank).
21 (E) Career and technical educator. A career and
22 technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
23 with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has
24 a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a
25 regionally accredited institution of higher education
26 or an accredited trade and technical institution and

10100HB2170sam001- 88 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of
2 education in each area to be taught.
3 The career and technical educator endorsement on
4 an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until
5 June 30 immediately following 5 years of the
6 endorsement being issued and may be renewed.
7 An individual who holds a valid career and
8 technical educator endorsement on an Educator License
9 with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's degree
10 may substitute teach in career and technical education
11 classrooms.
12 (F) Part-time provisional career and technical
13 educator or provisional career and technical educator.
14 A part-time provisional career and technical educator
15 endorsement or a provisional career and technical
16 educator endorsement on an Educator License with
17 Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has a
18 minimum of 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill
19 for which the applicant is seeking the endorsement. It
20 is the responsibility of each employing school board
21 and regional office of education to provide
22 verification, in writing, to the State Superintendent
23 of Education at the time the application is submitted
24 that no qualified teacher holding a Professional
25 Educator License or an Educator License with
26 Stipulations with a career and technical educator

10100HB2170sam001- 89 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 endorsement is available and that actual circumstances
2 require such issuance.
3 The provisional career and technical educator
4 endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
5 is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of
6 the endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5
7 years.
8 A part-time provisional career and technical
9 educator endorsement on an Educator License with
10 Stipulations may be issued for teaching no more than 2
11 courses of study for grades 6 through 12. The part-time
12 provisional career and technical educator endorsement
13 on an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until
14 June 30 immediately following 5 years of the
15 endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 years
16 if the individual makes application for renewal.
17 An individual who holds a provisional or part-time
18 provisional career and technical educator endorsement
19 on an Educator License with Stipulations but does not
20 hold a bachelor's degree may substitute teach in career
21 and technical education classrooms.
22 (G) Transitional bilingual educator. A
23 transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an
24 Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for
25 the purpose of providing instruction in accordance
26 with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who

10100HB2170sam001- 90 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all
2 of the following requirements:
3 (i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and
4 writing ability in the language other than English
5 in which transitional bilingual education is
6 offered.
7 (ii) Has the ability to successfully
8 communicate in English.
9 (iii) Either possessed, within 5 years
10 previous to his or her applying for a transitional
11 bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and
12 comparable teaching certificate or comparable
13 authorization issued by a foreign country or holds
14 a degree from an institution of higher learning in
15 a foreign country that the State Educator
16 Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be
17 the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a
18 regionally accredited institution of higher
19 learning in the United States.
20 A transitional bilingual educator endorsement
21 shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12, is
22 valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of
23 the endorsement being issued, and shall not be renewed.
24 Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator
25 endorsement shall not be employed to replace any
26 presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be

10100HB2170sam001- 91 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 replaced for any reason.
2 (H) Language endorsement. In an effort to
3 alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language
4 other than English in the public schools, an individual
5 who holds an Educator License with Stipulations may
6 also apply for a language endorsement, provided that
7 the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that he
8 or she meets all of the following requirements:
9 (i) Holds a transitional bilingual
10 endorsement.
11 (ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the
12 language for which the endorsement is to be issued
13 by passing the applicable language content test
14 required by the State Board of Education.
15 (iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from
16 a regionally accredited institution of higher
17 education or, for individuals educated in a
18 country other than the United States, holds a
19 degree from an institution of higher learning in a
20 foreign country that the State Educator
21 Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be
22 the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a
23 regionally accredited institution of higher
24 learning in the United States.
25 (iv) (Blank).
26 A language endorsement on an Educator License with

10100HB2170sam001- 92 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through
2 grade 12 for the same validity period as the
3 individual's transitional bilingual educator
4 endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations
5 and shall not be renewed.
6 (I) Visiting international educator. A visiting
7 international educator endorsement on an Educator
8 License with Stipulations may be issued to an
9 individual who is being recruited by a particular
10 school district that conducts formal recruitment
11 programs outside of the United States to secure the
12 services of qualified teachers and who meets all of the
13 following requirements:
14 (i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a
15 bachelor's degree issued in the United States.
16 (ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the
17 grade level for which he or she will be employed.
18 (iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the
19 subject to be taught.
20 (iv) Has an adequate command of the English
21 language.
22 A holder of a visiting international educator
23 endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
24 shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education
25 programs in the language that was the medium of
26 instruction in his or her teacher preparation program,

10100HB2170sam001- 93 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 provided that he or she passes the English Language
2 Proficiency Examination or another test of writing
3 skills in English identified by the State Board of
4 Education, in consultation with the State Educator
5 Preparation and Licensure Board.
6 A visiting international educator endorsement on
7 an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5
8 years and shall not be renewed.
9 (J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional
10 educator endorsement on an Educator License with
11 Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a
12 high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and
13 either holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60
14 semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited
15 institution of higher education or has passed a
16 paraprofessional competency test under subsection
17 (c-5) of Section 21B-30. The paraprofessional educator
18 endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately
19 following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and
20 may be renewed through application and payment of the
21 appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of
22 this Code. An individual who holds only a
23 paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject
24 to additional requirements in order to renew the
25 endorsement.
26 (K) Chief school business official. A chief school

10100HB2170sam001- 94 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 business official endorsement on an Educator License
2 with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who
3 qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2
4 years of full-time administrative experience in school
5 business management or 2 years of university-approved
6 practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester
7 hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the
8 State Board of Education for the preparation of school
9 business administrators and by passage of the
10 applicable State tests, including an applicable
11 content area test.
12 The chief school business official endorsement may
13 also be affixed to the Educator License with
14 Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a
15 master's degree in business administration, finance,
16 accounting, or public administration and who completes
17 an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school
18 business management from a regionally accredited
19 institution of higher education and passes the
20 applicable State tests, including an applicable
21 content area test. This endorsement shall be required
22 for any individual employed as a chief school business
23 official.
24 The chief school business official endorsement on
25 an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until
26 June 30 immediately following 5 years of the

10100HB2170sam001- 95 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the
2 license holder completes renewal requirements as
3 required for individuals who hold a Professional
4 Educator License endorsed for chief school business
5 official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such
6 rules as may be adopted by the State Board of
7 Education.
8 The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules
9 necessary to implement Public Act 100-288.
10 (L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional
11 in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License
12 with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has
13 completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation
14 program at an Illinois institution of higher education
15 and who has not successfully completed an
16 evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but
17 who meets all of the following requirements:
18 (i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree.
19 (ii) Has completed an approved educator
20 preparation program at an Illinois institution.
21 (iii) Has passed an applicable content area
22 test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code.
23 (iv) Has attempted an evidence-based
24 assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a
25 minimum score on that assessment, as established
26 by the State Board of Education in consultation

10100HB2170sam001- 96 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure
2 Board.
3 A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an
4 Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one
5 full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not
6 be renewed.
7 (M) (Blank).
8 (N) Specialized services. A specialized services
9 endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations
10 may be issued as defined and specified by rule.
11 (3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching
12 License may be issued to qualified applicants for
13 substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools,
14 prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching
15 Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for
16 a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's degree
17 or higher from a regionally accredited institution of
18 higher education.
19 Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years.
20 Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute
21 teaching in every county of this State. If an individual
22 has had his or her Professional Educator License or
23 Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked,
24 then that individual is not eligible to obtain a Substitute
25 Teaching License.
26 A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a

10100HB2170sam001- 97 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing
2 board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under
3 contract because of an emergency situation, then a district
4 may employ a substitute teacher for no longer than 30
5 calendar days per each vacant position in the district if
6 the district notifies the appropriate regional office of
7 education within 5 business days after the employment of
8 the substitute teacher in the emergency situation. An
9 emergency situation is one in which an unforeseen vacancy
10 has occurred and (i) a teacher is unable to fulfill his or
11 her contractual duties or (ii) teacher capacity needs of
12 the district exceed previous indications, and the district
13 is actively engaged in advertising to hire a fully licensed
14 teacher for the vacant position.
15 There is no limit on the number of days that a
16 substitute teacher may teach in a single school district,
17 provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer
18 than 90 school days for any one licensed teacher under
19 contract in the same school year. A substitute teacher who
20 holds a Professional Educator License or Educator License
21 with Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school
22 days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the
23 same school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on
24 the number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do
25 not apply to any school district operating under Article 34
26 of this Code.

10100HB2170sam001- 98 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 A school district may not require an individual who
2 holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator
3 License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute
4 Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher.
5 (4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning
6 on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2023, the State Board of
7 Education may issue a Short-Term Substitute Teaching
8 License. A Short-Term Substitute Teaching License may be
9 issued to a qualified applicant for substitute teaching in
10 all grades of the public schools, prekindergarten through
11 grade 12. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not
12 eligible for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term
13 Substitute Teaching License must hold an associate's
14 degree or have completed at least 60 credit hours from a
15 regionally accredited institution of higher education.
16 Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for
17 substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an
18 individual has had his or her Professional Educator License
19 or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or
20 revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a
21 Short-Term Substitute Teaching License.
22 The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this
23 Code apply to short-term substitute teachers.
24 An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching
25 License may teach no more than 5 consecutive days per
26 licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher

10100HB2170sam001- 99 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who is
2 under contract, a school district may not hire an
3 individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching
4 License. An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute
5 Teaching License must complete the training program under
6 Section 10-20.67 or 34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible to
7 teach at a public school. This paragraph (4) is inoperative
8 on and after July 1, 2023.
9(Source: P.A. 100-8, eff. 7-1-17; 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-288,
10eff. 8-24-17; 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-821, eff. 9-3-18;
11100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-220, eff.
128-7-19; 101-594, eff. 12-5-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
13 (105 ILCS 5/21B-35)
14 Sec. 21B-35. Minimum requirements for educators trained in
15other states or countries.
16 (a) Any applicant who has not been entitled by an
17Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
18institution of higher education applying for a Professional
19Educator License endorsed in a teaching field or school support
20personnel area must meet the following requirements:
21 (1) the applicant must:
22 (A) hold a comparable and valid educator license or
23 certificate, as defined by rule, with similar grade
24 level and content area credentials from another state,
25 with the State Board of Education having the authority

10100HB2170sam001- 100 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 to determine what constitutes similar grade level and
2 content area credentials from another state;
3 (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally
4 accredited institution of higher education; and
5 (C) have demonstrated proficiency in the English
6 language by either passing the English language
7 proficiency test required by the State Board of
8 Education or providing evidence of completing a
9 postsecondary degree at an institution in which the
10 mode of instruction was English; or
11 (2) the applicant must:
12 (A) have completed a state-approved program for
13 the licensure area sought, including coursework
14 concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional
15 child, methods of reading and reading in the content
16 area, and instructional strategies for English
17 learners, and, beginning on July 1, 2024, have
18 completed and received explicit and repeated
19 instruction in each of the 5 essential components of
20 reading, which are phonemic awareness, phonics,
21 fluency, comprehension, and vocabulary;
22 (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally
23 accredited institution of higher education;
24 (C) have successfully met all Illinois examination
25 requirements, except that:
26 (i) (blank);

10100HB2170sam001- 101 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (ii) an applicant who has successfully
2 completed a test of content, as defined by rules,
3 at the time of initial licensure in another state
4 is not required to complete a test of content; and
5 (iii) an applicant for a teaching endorsement
6 who has successfully completed an evidence-based
7 assessment of teacher effectiveness, as defined by
8 rules, at the time of initial licensure in another
9 state is not required to complete an
10 evidence-based assessment of teacher
11 effectiveness; and
12 (D) for an applicant for a teaching endorsement,
13 have completed student teaching or an equivalent
14 experience or, for an applicant for a school service
15 personnel endorsement, have completed an internship or
16 an equivalent experience.
17 (b) In order to receive a Professional Educator License
18endorsed in a teaching field or school support personnel area,
19applicants trained in another country must meet all of the
20following requirements:
21 (1) Have completed a comparable education program in
22 another country.
23 (2) Have had transcripts evaluated by an evaluation
24 service approved by the State Superintendent of Education.
25 (3) Have a degree comparable to a degree from a
26 regionally accredited institution of higher education.

10100HB2170sam001- 102 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards
2 concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional
3 child, methods of reading and reading in the content area,
4 and instructional strategies for English learners.
5 (5) (Blank).
6 (6) (Blank).
7 (7) Have successfully met all State licensure
8 examination requirements. Applicants who have successfully
9 completed a test of content, as defined by rules, at the
10 time of initial licensure in another country shall not be
11 required to complete a test of content. Applicants for a
12 teaching endorsement who have successfully completed an
13 evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness, as
14 defined by rules, at the time of initial licensure in
15 another country shall not be required to complete an
16 evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness.
17 (8) Have completed student teaching or an equivalent
18 experience.
19 (9) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English
20 language by either passing the English language
21 proficiency test required by the State Board of Education
22 or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree
23 at an institution in which the mode of instruction was
24 English.
25 (b-5) All applicants who have not been entitled by an
26Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois

10100HB2170sam001- 103 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1institution of higher education and applicants trained in
2another country applying for a Professional Educator License
3endorsed for principal or superintendent must hold a master's
4degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher
5education, pass the English language proficiency test required
6by the State Board of Education, and hold a comparable and
7valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level
8and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of
9Education having the authority to determine what constitutes
10similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another
11state, or must meet all of the following requirements:
12 (1) Have completed an educator preparation program
13 approved by another state or comparable educator program in
14 another country leading to the receipt of a license or
15 certificate for the Illinois endorsement sought.
16 (2) Have successfully met all State licensure
17 examination requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of
18 this Code. Applicants who have successfully completed a
19 test of content, as defined by rules, at the time of
20 initial licensure in another state or country shall not be
21 required to complete a test of content.
22 (2.5) Have completed an internship, as defined by rule.
23 (3) (Blank).
24 (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards
25 concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional
26 child, methods of reading and reading in the content area,

10100HB2170sam001- 104 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and instructional strategies for English learners and,
2 beginning on July 1, 2024, have completed and received
3 explicit and repeated instruction in each of the 5
4 essential components of reading, which are phonemic
5 awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension, and
6 vocabulary.
7 (4.5) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English
8 language by either passing the English language
9 proficiency test required by the State Board of Education
10 or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree
11 at an institution in which the mode of instruction was
12 English.
13 (5) Have completed a master's degree.
14 (6) Have successfully completed teaching, school
15 support, or administrative experience as defined by rule.
16 (b-7) All applicants who have not been entitled by an
17Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
18institution of higher education applying for a Professional
19Educator License endorsed for Director of Special Education
20must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited
21institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and
22valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level
23and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of
24Education having the authority to determine what constitutes
25similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another
26state, or must meet all of the following requirements:

10100HB2170sam001- 105 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) Have completed a master's degree.
2 (2) Have 2 years of full-time experience providing
3 special education services.
4 (3) Have successfully completed all examination
5 requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code.
6 Applicants who have successfully completed a test of
7 content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial
8 licensure in another state or country shall not be required
9 to complete a test of content.
10 (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards
11 concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional
12 child, methods of reading and reading in the content area,
13 and instructional strategies for English learners.
14 (b-10) All applicants who have not been entitled by an
15Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois
16institution of higher education applying for a Professional
17Educator License endorsed for chief school business official
18must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited
19institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and
20valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level
21and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of
22Education having the authority to determine what constitutes
23similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another
24state, or must meet all of the following requirements:
25 (1) Have completed a master's degree in school business
26 management, finance, or accounting.

10100HB2170sam001- 106 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (2) Have successfully completed an internship in
2 school business management or have 2 years of experience as
3 a school business administrator.
4 (3) Have successfully met all State examination
5 requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code.
6 Applicants who have successfully completed a test of
7 content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial
8 licensure in another state or country shall not be required
9 to complete a test of content.
10 (4) Have completed modules aligned to standards
11 concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional
12 child, methods of reading and reading in the content area,
13 and instructional strategies for English learners and,
14 beginning on July 1, 2024, have completed and received
15 explicit and repeated instruction in each of the 5
16 essential components of reading, which are phonemic
17 awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension, and
18 vocabulary.
19 (c) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
20State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such
21rules as may be necessary to implement this Section.
22(Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-584, eff. 4-6-18;
23100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-643, eff.
246-18-20.)
25 (105 ILCS 5/34-18.51)

10100HB2170sam001- 107 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Sec. 34-18.51. Committee on the retention of students.
2 (a) The board may create a committee on the retention of
3students. The committee shall consist of the general
4superintendent of schools or his or her designee, a district
5administrator who directs student instruction and curriculum,
6a principal from a school of the district, and a teacher from a
7school of the district.
8 (b) Prior to retention in a grade, a school may submit, by
9a date as set by the committee on the retention of students,
10the names of all students determined by the school to not
11qualify for promotion to the next higher grade and the reason
12for that determination. Subject to Section 34-18.51a, the The
13committee shall review the school's decision to retain with
14respect to each student and shall make a final decision
15regarding whether or not to retain a particular student. The
16committee shall take into consideration the relevant data and
17evidence gathered during the Response to Intervention process.
18The committee may vote to overturn a retention decision if the
19committee determines that the student should be promoted after
20examining the student's access to remedial assistance,
21performance, attendance, and participation and the resources
22and facilities provided by the school district or due to the
23student having an undiagnosed learning disability.
24(Source: P.A. 99-592, eff. 7-22-16; 100-201, eff. 8-18-17.)
25 (105 ILCS 5/34-18.51a new)

10100HB2170sam001- 108 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Sec. 34-18.51a. Reading and math intervention and support.
2 (a) The board must notify, in writing, the parent or
3guardian of a student in any of grades kindergarten through 3
4who exhibits a deficiency in reading or math skills at any time
5during the school year no later than 30 days after the
6identification of the deficiency in reading or math. The
7written notification provided to the parent or guardian of the
8student must include all of the following:
9 (1) Notification that the student has been identified
10 as having a deficiency in reading or math and that
11 additional support will be provided to the student.
12 (2) A description of the current services that are
13 provided to the student.
14 (3) A description of the proposed evidence-based
15 reading or math intervention services and supplemental
16 instructional services and support that will be provided to
17 the student and that are designed to remedy the identified
18 areas of deficiency in reading or math.
19 (4) Notification that the parent or guardian will be
20 informed in writing of the student's progress toward
21 grade-level reading or math with each progress report or
22 report card.
23 (5) Strategies for the parent or guardian to use at
24 home to help the student succeed in reading or math.
25 (6) Notification that if the student's deficiency in
26 reading or math is not corrected by the end of grade 3, the

10100HB2170sam001- 109 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 school will provide the student with intensive
2 intervention and progress monitoring if the student is
3 promoted to grade 4.
4 (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, the school
5district must provide to any student retained in a grade
6intensive reading or math intervention to remedy the student's
7specific deficiency in reading or math. The reading or math
8intervention services must include effective instructional
9strategies to accelerate student progress. The school district
10may provide any of the following services to the retained
11student:
12 (1) A highly effective teacher of reading or math, as
13 demonstrated by student reading or math performance data
14 and teacher performance evaluations.
15 (2) The use of reading or math intervention services
16 and support to correct the identified areas of deficiency
17 in reading or math, which include, but are not limited to:
18 (A) dedicating more time than in the previous
19 school year to providing to the student evidence-based
20 reading or math instruction and intervention;
21 (B) using reading or math strategies or programs
22 that are evidence-based and have proven results for
23 accelerating student reading or math achievement
24 within the same school year;
25 (C) daily targeted small group reading or math
26 intervention based on student needs;

10100HB2170sam001- 110 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (D) explicit and systematic instruction with more
2 detailed explanations, more extensive opportunities
3 for guided practice, and more opportunities for error
4 correction and feedback; and
5 (E) frequent monitoring of the reading or math
6 progress of the student's reading or math skills
7 throughout the school year and the adjustment of
8 instruction according to the student's needs.
9 (3) Before-school or after-school supplemental
10 evidence-based reading or math intervention delivered by a
11 teacher or tutor with specialized training in reading or
12 math instruction.
13 (4) An at-home plan outlined in a parental contract
14 that includes participation in parent-training workshops
15 or regular parent-guided reading or math activities.
16 (c) On or before October 1 of each year, the board must
17report, in writing, to the State Board of Education all of the
18following information for the prior school year, by grade and
19disaggregated by demographic group if applicable:
20 (1) The board's policies and procedures on student
21 grade-level retention and promotion.
22 (2) The number of students who were administered a
23 universal screener, as defined in Section 34-18.67, during
24 the school year.
25 (3) The number of students who were administered a
26 Level I dyslexia screening, as defined in Section 34-18.67.

10100HB2170sam001- 111 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (4) The total number of students identified as having
2 the characteristics of dyslexia during that school year.
3 (5) The number of students receiving reading or math
4 intervention services, including those receiving dyslexia
5 intervention services, under this Section.
6 (6) The number and percentage of all students in
7 kindergarten through grade 3 performing below grade level
8 on local and statewide assessments.
9 (7) By grade and disaggregated by demographic group,
10 the number and percentage of all students retained in
11 kindergarten through grade 3.
12 (d) The State Board of Education shall provide technical
13assistance to aid the board in implementing this Section.
14 (105 ILCS 5/34-18.67 new)
15 Sec. 34-18.67. Dyslexia screening and support.
16 (a) In this Section:
17 "Level I dyslexia screening" means a process, as determined
18by the school district, for gathering additional information to
19determine if the characteristics of dyslexia are present.
20 "Universal screener" means an assessment used to aid
21educators in understanding the causes for student performance,
22learning strengths, and the needs that underlie student
23performance. The assessment is conducted with all students at a
24particular grade level.
25 (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, the school

10100HB2170sam001- 112 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1district must screen students in the first and second grades
2for the risk factors of dyslexia using a universal screener
3appropriately designed for the educational context. Following
4the administration of the universal screener, if a student is
5determined to be at risk or at some risk for dyslexia, the
6school district must administer a Level I dyslexia screening of
7the student. Through the Level I dyslexia screening, the school
8district must gather additional information to determine if the
9student has the characteristics of dyslexia. The additional
10information may include, but is not limited to, information
11from progress monitoring data, work samples, additional age and
12grade-appropriate assessments related to dyslexia, teacher
13questionnaires, parent interviews, and speech and language
14assessments and information regarding the student's family
15history related to dyslexia.
16 (c) If the universal screener or the Level I dyslexia
17screening indicates that a student has some risk factors for
18dyslexia or the characteristics of dyslexia, the school must
19use a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) framework to
20address the needs of the student. The school district is not
21required to administer a Level I dyslexia screening to a
22student if the student is receiving dyslexia intervention
23services. If a student's performance on a Level I dyslexia
24screening indicates a need for dyslexia intervention services,
25the school district must notify the student's parent or
26guardian of the results of all screenings and provide to the

10100HB2170sam001- 113 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1parent or guardian, in addition to the information contained in
2the handbook developed under Section 2-3.161, all of the
3following information and resource material:
4 (1) The characteristics of dyslexia.
5 (2) The appropriate classroom interventions and
6 accommodations for students with dyslexia.
7 (3) A statement that the parent or guardian may elect
8 to have the student receive an educational evaluation by
9 the school.
10 (d) If the student's Level I dyslexia screening indicates
11that the student has the characteristics of dyslexia, the
12intervention services provided to the student pursuant to
13Section 34-18.51a must be implemented using diagnostic
14teaching guidelines described in the handbook developed under
15Section 2-3.161.
16 (105 ILCS 5/34-18.68 new)
17 Sec. 34-18.68. Evidence-based reading instruction. By no
18later than the beginning of the 2023-2024 school year, the
19board shall develop a plan to ensure that within 3 school years
20all classroom teachers, resource teachers, and reading
21interventionists who work with students in grades kindergarten
22through 3 receive professional development, in-service
23training, or coaching in evidence-based reading instruction
24that has a focus on reading competency in the areas of phonemic
25awareness.

10100HB2170sam001- 114 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 A teacher who provides satisfactory evidence to the board
2that he or she has previously received explicit and repeated
3instruction in each of the 5 essential components of reading,
4which are phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension,
5and vocabulary, through an educator preparation program or
6other accredited training program is exempt from the
7requirements of this Section.
8 (105 ILCS 5/34-18.69 new)
9 Sec. 34-18.69. Early reading instruction. The school
10district shall provide students with instructional programming
11and services necessary to ensure, to the greatest extent
12possible, that as a student progresses from kindergarten
13through grade 3, the student develops the necessary reading
14skills to enable him or her to master the academic standards
15and expectations applicable to grade 4 and higher grade levels.
16The instructional programming and services for teaching
17students to read must be evidence-based and must focus on
18reading competency in the areas of phonemic awareness, phonics,
19vocabulary development, fluency, and comprehension.
20
Article 35.
21 Section 35-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the
22Infant/Early Childhood Mental Health Consultations Act.
23References in this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.

10100HB2170sam001- 115 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Section 35-5. Findings; policies.
2 (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
3 (1) Social and emotional development is a core
4 developmental domain in young children and is codified in
5 the Illinois Early Learning Standards.
6 (2) Fostering social and emotional development in
7 early childhood means both providing the supportive
8 settings and interactions to maximize healthy social and
9 emotional development for all children, as well as
10 providing communities, programs, and providers with
11 systems of tiered supports with training to respond to more
12 significant social and emotional challenges or where
13 experiences of trauma may be more prevalent.
14 (3) Early care and education programs and providers,
15 across a range of settings, have an important role to play
16 in supporting young children and families, especially
17 those who face greater challenges, such as trauma exposure,
18 social isolation, pervasive poverty, and toxic stress; if
19 programs, teaching staff, caregivers, and providers are
20 not provided with the support, services, and training
21 needed to accomplish these goals, it can lead to children
22 and families being asked to leave programs, particularly
23 without connection to more appropriate services, thereby
24 creating a disruption in learning and social-emotional
25 development; investments in reflective supervision,

10100HB2170sam001- 116 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 professional development specific to diversity, equity and
2 inclusion practice, culturally responsive training,
3 implicit bias training, and how trauma experienced during
4 the early years can manifest in challenging behaviors will
5 create systems for serving children that are informed in
6 developmentally appropriate and responsive supports.
7 (4) Studies have shown that the expulsion of infants,
8 toddlers, and young children in early care and education
9 settings is occurring at alarmingly high rates, more than 3
10 times that of students in K-12; further, expulsion occurs
11 more frequently for Black children and Latinx children and
12 more frequently for boys than for girls, with Black boys
13 being most frequently expelled; there is evidence to show
14 that the expulsion of Black girls is occurring with
15 increasing frequency.
16 (5) Illinois took its first steps toward addressing
17 this disparity through Public Act 100-105 to prohibit
18 expulsion due to child behavior in early care and education
19 settings, but further work is needed to implement this law,
20 including strengthening provider understanding of a
21 successful transition and beginning to identify strategies
22 to reduce "soft expulsions" and to ensure more young
23 children and their teachers, providers, and caregivers, in
24 a range of early care and education settings, can benefit
25 from services, such as Infant/Early Childhood Mental
26 Health Consultations (I/ECMHC) and positive behavior

10100HB2170sam001- 117 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 interventions and supports such as the Pyramid Model.
2 (6) I/ECMHC is a critical component needed to align
3 social-emotional well-being with the public health model
4 of promotion, prevention, and intervention across early
5 care and education systems.
6 (b) The General Assembly encourages that all of the
7following actions be taken by:
8 (1) the State to increase the availability of
9 Infant/Early Childhood Mental Health Consultations
10 (I/ECMHC) through increased funding in early childhood
11 programs and sustainable funding for coordination of
12 I/ECMHC and other social and emotional support at the State
13 level;
14 (2) the Department of Human Services (IDHS), the
15 Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE), the Governor's
16 Office of Early Childhood Development (GOECD), and other
17 relevant agencies to develop and promote
18 provider-accessible and parent-accessible materials on the
19 role and value of I/ECMHC, including targeted promotion in
20 underserved communities, and promote the use of existing
21 I/ECMHCs, the I/ECMHC consultant database, or other
22 existing services;
23 (3) the State to increase funding to promote and
24 provide training and implementation support for systems of
25 tiered support, such as the Pyramid Model, across early
26 childhood settings and urge DHS, ISBE, GOECD, and other

10100HB2170sam001- 118 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 relevant State agencies to coordinate efforts and develop
2 strategies to provide outreach to and support providers in
3 underserved communities and communities with fewer
4 programmatic resources; and
5 (4) ISBE and DCFS to provide the data required by
6 Public Act 100-105, even if the data is incomplete at the
7 time due to data system challenges.
8
Article 40.
9 Section 40-5. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by
10adding Section 5-39 as follows:
11 (305 ILCS 5/5-39 new)
12 Sec. 5-39. Behavioral health services for children;
13diagnostic assessment system. Beginning on July 1, 2022, if it
14is necessary to provide a diagnostic code for behavioral health
15services for children ages 5 and under, providers shall utilize
16a developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate diagnostic
17assessment system, such as the Diagnostic Classification of
18Mental Health and Developmental Disorders of Infancy and Early
19Childhood-Revised (DC:0-5), for diagnosis and treatment
20planning. If necessary for billing purposes, the provider,
21managed care organization, or Department shall utilize the
22existing crosswalk tool to convert the developmentally
23appropriate and age-appropriate diagnosis code to the relevant

10100HB2170sam001- 119 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1code available in the State system.
2 By no later than July 1, 2021, the Department shall make
3recommendations to the General Assembly on the resources needed
4to integrate developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate
5diagnostic codes into the State system. The Department shall
6have in place all necessary resources needed to integrate
7developmentally appropriate and age-appropriate diagnostic
8codes by no later than January 1, 2023.
9
Article 45.
10 Section 45-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the
11Early Childhood Workforce Act. References in this Article to
12"this Act" mean this Article.
13 Section 45-5. Findings; policies.
14 (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
15 (1) Research shows that early childhood teacher
16 effectiveness is a predictor for positive developmental
17 and academic outcomes for children.
18 (2) The work of early childhood educators is
19 sophisticated and central to the healthy learning and
20 development of young children and takes place in a range of
21 settings, including schools, community-based centers, and
22 homes.
23 (3) It is critically important for children's outcomes

10100HB2170sam001- 120 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 to have educators that reflect the diversity of the
2 families and communities they serve.
3 (4) The early childhood workforce is more racially
4 diverse than the K-12 workforce, and its members hold
5 degrees, have earned credentials, and have years of
6 experience in the field.
7 (5) The early childhood workforce, particularly those
8 working in community-based settings and those working with
9 infants and toddlers, often are not paid wages aligned to
10 the sophistication of their work and level of education.
11 (6) All regions and settings have difficulty finding
12 qualified teachers.
13 (7) A disproportionate number of Black and Latinx women
14 serve in essential, frontline positions but are
15 underrepresented as lead teachers and in program
16 leadership where credentials and degrees are required.
17 (8) The early childhood workforce faces multiple
18 barriers to additional credential and degree attainment
19 that lead to career advancement and higher levels of
20 compensation.
21 (b) The General Assembly encourages all of the following:
22 (1) The Department of Human Services to undertake an
23 analysis of teacher data in the Gateways Registry to
24 determine those individuals who are close to their next
25 credential or degree, including information where
26 available in the Registry such as their geographic

10100HB2170sam001- 121 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 location, demographics, work setting, and age groups of
2 children for whom they are responsible.
3 (2) The Department of Human Services to conduct
4 outreach and provide targeted coaching and access to
5 financial supports, including, but not limited to,
6 scholarships and debt relief, in a way that prioritizes
7 increasing the diversity of the teacher pipeline, regions
8 of the State with the highest need, and children in age
9 groups with the greatest teacher shortages.
10 (3) The State Board of Education to provide additional
11 financial support to candidates and provide this support to
12 all candidates regardless of the setting in which they work
13 and the credentials they are currently seeking,
14 prioritizing those by greatest need in the early childhood
15 field.
16 (4) The Department of Human Services to provide annual
17 reports on who receives these and other scholarships or
18 other financial support administered by the Department or
19 the State Board of Education by geographic location,
20 demographics, work setting, age groups of children served,
21 and credential/degree attainment as available.
22 (5) The Board of Higher Education, in the course of
23 their strategic planning process, to review the barriers
24 experienced by the early childhood workforce and by
25 teachers of color, in particular in accessing and
26 completing the needed coursework to attain additional

10100HB2170sam001- 122 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 credentials and degrees, and to recommend policy or
2 practice changes to better meet the needs of this
3 workforce, which is largely comprised of non-traditional
4 students and women of color.
5 (6) The State Board of Education and the Department of
6 Human Services to prioritize reducing compensation
7 disparities between the early childhood workforce and
8 their K-12 counterparts and disparities within the early
9 childhood workforce between setting and age groups in which
10 they work, as funding becomes available.
11
Article 50.
12 Section 50-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section
132-3.183 and by changing Section 27-22 as follows:
14 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.183 new)
15 Sec. 2-3.183. Review of university admission coursework.
16 (a) On or before February 1, 2021 and each February 1
17thereafter, the State Board of Education and the Board of
18Higher Education shall jointly compile a review that
19identifies, for each public university in this State, the
20courses the university requires or recommends a high school
21student take to be admitted to the university as an
22undergraduate student. The review shall also include any
23additional coursework requirements or recommendations for

10100HB2170sam001- 123 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1undergraduate admission into a specific academic major,
2college, or department of the university. The courses that are
3identified in the review as recommended must include, at a
4minimum, those courses that the university describes in its
5promotional materials as being recommended.
6 (b) The State Board of Education shall make the review
7compiled under subsection (a) available to the public on its
8Internet website.
9 (c) To ensure that a public high school student is not
10excluded from enrolling in a public university in this State
11because of a lack of access to required or recommended
12coursework, every public high school must provide access to
13each course identified in the review compiled under subsection
14(a) to any of its students who request to enroll in the course.
15If the high school is unable to offer the course through the
16school district, the high school must find an alternative way
17to offer the course to the student, which may include
18partnering with another school district, a community college
19district, or some other course provider, and the student's
20school district shall cover any portion of the cost of the
21course that is not covered by State or other public or private
22funding.
23 (d) To ensure that every public high school student
24understands the course expectations for admission into a public
25university in this State, a school district must make available
26to students in grades 8 through 12 and their parents or

10100HB2170sam001- 124 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1guardians the review compiled under subsection (a) before the
2student's course schedule is finalized for the student's
3particular grade level.
4 (e) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules
5necessary to implement this Section.
6 (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
7 Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
8 (a) (Blank).
9 (b) (Blank).
10 (c) (Blank).
11 (d) (Blank).
12 (e) Through the 2023-2024 school year, as As a prerequisite
13to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil entering the 9th
14grade must, in addition to other course requirements,
15successfully complete all of the following courses:
16 (1) Four years of language arts.
17 (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of
18 which must be English and the other of which may be English
19 or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive
20 courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other
21 graduation requirements.
22 (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be
23 Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and
24 one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science
25 course. A mathematics course that includes geometry

10100HB2170sam001- 125 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 content may be offered as an integrated, applied,
2 interdisciplinary, or career and technical education
3 course that prepares a student for a career readiness path.
4 (4) Two years of science.
5 (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one
6 year must be history of the United States or a combination
7 of history of the United States and American government
8 and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the
9 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at
10 least one semester must be civics, which shall help young
11 people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and
12 attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and
13 responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course
14 content shall focus on government institutions, the
15 discussion of current and controversial issues, service
16 learning, and simulations of the democratic process.
17 School districts may utilize private funding available for
18 the purposes of offering civics education.
19 (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C)
20 foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American
21 Sign Language, or (D) vocational education.
22 (e-5) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, as a
23prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil
24entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course
25requirements, successfully complete all of the following
26courses:

10100HB2170sam001- 126 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) Four years of language arts.
2 (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of
3 which must be English and the other of which may be English
4 or any other subject. If applicable, writing-intensive
5 courses may be counted toward the fulfillment of other
6 graduation requirements.
7 (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be
8 Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and
9 one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science
10 course. A mathematics course that includes geometry
11 content may be offered as an integrated, applied,
12 interdisciplinary, or career and technical education
13 course that prepares a student for a career readiness path.
14 (4) Two years of laboratory science.
15 (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one
16 year must be history of the United States or a combination
17 of history of the United States and American government and
18 at least one semester must be civics, which shall help
19 young people acquire and learn to use the skills,
20 knowledge, and attitudes that will prepare them to be
21 competent and responsible citizens throughout their lives.
22 Civics course content shall focus on government
23 institutions, the discussion of current and controversial
24 issues, service learning, and simulations of the
25 democratic process. School districts may utilize private
26 funding available for the purposes of offering civics

10100HB2170sam001- 127 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 education.
2 (6) Two years of foreign language, which shall be
3 deemed to include American Sign Language.
4 (7) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C)
5 foreign language that is in addition to the 2 years under
6 paragraph (6), which shall be deemed to include American
7 Sign Language, or (D) vocational education.
8 (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform
9school districts of standards for writing-intensive
10coursework.
11 (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement
12computer science course to high school students, then the
13school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high
14school mathematics course and must denote on the student's
15transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course
16qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for
17students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e)
18of this Section.
19 (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils
20entering the 9th grade in 1983-1984 school year and prior
21school years or to students with disabilities whose course of
22study is determined by an individualized education program.
23 This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not
24apply to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school
25year or a prior school year or to students with disabilities
26whose course of study is determined by an individualized

10100HB2170sam001- 128 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1education program.
2 This amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly does not
3apply to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2023-2024 school
4year or a prior school year or to students with disabilities
5whose course of study is determined by an individualized
6education program.
7 (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the
8provisions of Section 27-22.05 of this Code and the
9Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
10 (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify
11the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in
12grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due
13to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the
14Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act.
15(Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20;
16101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
17 Section 50-10. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended
18by adding Section 9.40 as follows:
19 (110 ILCS 205/9.40 new)
20 Sec. 9.40. Review of university admission coursework.
21 (a) On or before February 1, 2021 and each February 1
22thereafter, the State Board of Education and the Board of
23Higher Education shall jointly compile a review as provided
24under Section 2-3.183 of the School Code.

10100HB2170sam001- 129 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (b) The Board of Higher Education may adopt any rules
2necessary to implement this Section.
3
Article 55.
4 Section 55-5. The School Code is amended by adding Section
52-3.184 and by changing Section 18-8.15 as follows:
6 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.184 new)
7 Sec. 2-3.184. Approved anti-racism initiatives;
8anti-racism investment funding.
9 (a) In this Section, "approved anti-racism initiatives"
10means evidence-based or research-based practices approved by
11the State Board of Education that are shown to reduce the gaps
12and disparities experienced by African American students in
13academic achievement and educational performance and includes
14practices that have been shown to reduce disparities in
15disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation rates, college
16matriculation rates, and college completion rates.
17 (b) No later than January 30, 2021, the State Board shall
18create a list of approved anti-racism initiatives that may be
19implemented by school districts to enhance the educational
20performance of African American students. Approved anti-racism
21initiatives may include, but are not limited to, all of the
22following:
23 (1) A reduction in class sizes in grades kindergarten

10100HB2170sam001- 130 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 through 3.
2 (2) The implementation of culturally appropriate
3 curriculum and associated professional development.
4 (3) The implementation of project-based learning and
5 associated professional development.
6 (4) The implementation of a Universal Design for
7 Learning framework and associated professional
8 development.
9 (5) The implementation of research-based and on-going
10 professional development for school faculty,
11 administrators, and staff to identify and counter implicit
12 bias.
13 No later than January 30, 2021, the State Board shall make
14the list available to school districts by posting the list on
15the State Board's Internet website. No later than January 30th
16of each year thereafter, the State Board shall update the list
17and post the updated list on the State Board's Internet
18website.
19 (c) Funding received by a school district pursuant to
20subparagraph (Y) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section
2118-8.15 of this Code shall be utilized for the implementation
22of one or more approved anti-racism initiatives listed by the
23State Board under subsection (b) of this Section. However, a
24school district may utilize a specified amount of that funding
25for a purpose other than to implement one or more of the
26approved anti-racism initiatives if the school district, upon

10100HB2170sam001- 131 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1application, obtains written consent from the State Board to
2utilize the specified amount for another purpose. The
3application for consent shall be in such form as the State
4Board prescribes. The State Board shall grant or deny consent
5within 60 days after receipt of the application. The granting
6or denial of consent shall be final, binding, and
7non-appealable.
8 (d) For each school year in which a school district
9receives funding pursuant to subparagraph (Y) of paragraph (2)
10of subsection (b) of Section 18-8.15 of this Code, the school
11district shall report to the State Board on how the school
12district utilized all of the funding it received under
13subparagraph (Y) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section
1418-8.15 of this Code. The report shall be in such form as the
15State Board prescribes on the State Board's website.
16 (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15)
17 Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success
18for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
19 (a) General provisions.
20 (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by
21 June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten
22 through grade 12 public education system with the capacity
23 to ensure the educational development of all persons to the
24 limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of
25 Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To

10100HB2170sam001- 132 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of
2 funding public education that is evidence-based; is
3 sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful
4 opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity,
5 sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and
6 is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under
7 this Section, every school shall have the resources, based
8 on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
9 (A) provide all students with a high quality
10 education that offers the academic, enrichment, social
11 and emotional support, technical, and career-focused
12 programs that will allow them to become competitive
13 workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of
14 this State, and active members of our national
15 democracy;
16 (B) ensure all students receive the education they
17 need to graduate from high school with the skills
18 required to pursue post-secondary education and
19 training for a rewarding career;
20 (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
21 achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk
22 students by raising the performance of at-risk
23 students and not by reducing standards; and
24 (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
25 assume the primary responsibility to fund public
26 education and simultaneously relieve the

10100HB2170sam001- 133 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes
2 to fund schools.
3 (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
4 Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in
5 this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in
6 this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1
7 of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both
8 legislative chambers. As further defined and described in
9 this Section, there are 4 major components of the
10 Evidence-Based Funding model:
11 (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
12 Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that
13 considers the costs to implement research-based
14 activities, the unit's student demographics, and
15 regional wage differences.
16 (B) Second, the model calculates each
17 Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount
18 each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute
19 toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
20 (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
21 the State currently contributes to the Organizational
22 Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to
23 determine the unit's overall current adequacy of
24 funding.
25 (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
26 allocates new State funding to those Organizational

10100HB2170sam001- 134 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Units that are least well-funded, considering both
2 Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their
3 Adequacy Target.
4 (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under
5 this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
6 for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make
7 expenditures by law.
8 (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall
9 have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
10 "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
11 subsection (b) of this Section.
12 "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
13 subsection (d) of this Section.
14 "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
15 paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
16 "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all
17 Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent
18 shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a
19 transportation rate based on total expenses for
20 transportation services under this Code, as reported on the
21 most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil
22 Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the
23 Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and
24 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding
25 fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding
26 net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or

10100HB2170sam001- 135 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to
2 Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this
3 Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational
4 Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois
5 scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior
6 years for regular, vocational, or special education
7 transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or
8 subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the
9 total transportation expenses, as defined in this
10 paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from
11 the Operating Tax Rate.
12 "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
13 subsection (g) of this Section.
14 "Alternative School" means a public school that is
15 created and operated by a regional superintendent of
16 schools and approved by the State Board.
17 "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
18 subsection (d) of this Section.
19 "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
20 monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments,
21 in addition to the State accountability assessment, that
22 assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and
23 meeting the needs of the students they serve.
24 "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
25 duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in
26 this State.

10100HB2170sam001- 136 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not
2 meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating
3 from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need
4 for vocational support or social services beyond that
5 provided by the regular school program. All students
6 included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as
7 well as all English learner and disabled students attending
8 the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk
9 students under this Section.
10 "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
11 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the
12 average number of students (grades K through 12) reported
13 to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit
14 on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus
15 the pre-kindergarten students who receive special
16 education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to
17 the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding
18 school year, or the average number of students (grades K
19 through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
20 Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the
21 pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
22 services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State
23 Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding
24 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent
25 fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means,
26 for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average

10100HB2170sam001- 137 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the
2 State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on
3 October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school
4 year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive
5 special education services as reported to the State Board
6 on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding
7 school year, or the average number of students (grades K
8 through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
9 Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the
10 pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
11 services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and
12 March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school
13 years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in
14 the Organizational Unit" means the number of students
15 reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools
16 within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or
17 would attend if not placed or transferred to another school
18 or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of
19 calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12,
20 excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and
21 students attending an alternative education program
22 operated by a regional office of education or intermediate
23 service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students
24 attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as
25 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent
26 years, the school district reports to the State Board of

10100HB2170sam001- 138 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten
2 district-wide for all students, then all students
3 attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special
4 education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as
5 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not
6 collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by
7 grade or a December 1 collection of special education
8 pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the
9 effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish
10 such collection for all future years. For any year in which
11 a count by grade level was collected only once, that count
12 shall be used as the single count available for computing a
13 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a
14 regional office of education or an intermediate service
15 center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding
16 formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year
17 and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy
18 formulas are developed and adopted for each type of
19 program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of
20 education or an intermediate service center must be
21 determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For
22 the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation
23 must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the
24 assignment of students served by a regional office of
25 education or intermediate service center shall not result
26 in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school

10100HB2170sam001- 139 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be
2 the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average
3 ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must
4 be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year
5 average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the
6 ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the
7 dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment
8 data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation.
9 For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall
10 include only enrollment taken on October 1.
11 "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
12 of subsection (g) of this Section.
13 "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of
14 this Section.
15 "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used
16 to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State
17 aid.
18 "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
19 equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk
20 in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
21 calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
22 "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
23 an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target
24 attributable to bilingual education divided by the
25 Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product
26 of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding

10100HB2170sam001- 140 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational
2 Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual
3 education shall include all additional investments in
4 English learner students' adequacy elements.
5 "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
6 State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
7 "Central office" means individual administrators and
8 support service personnel charged with managing the
9 instructional programs, business and operations, and
10 security of the Organizational Unit.
11 "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost
12 differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional
13 variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not
14 educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the
15 first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be
16 the CWI initially developed by the National Center for
17 Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A &
18 M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of
19 Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State
20 Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar
21 methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M
22 University study, with adjustments made no less frequently
23 than once every 5 years.
24 "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
25 servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers,
26 instructional software, security software, curriculum

10100HB2170sam001- 141 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 management courseware, and other similar materials and
2 equipment.
3 "Computer technology and equipment investment
4 allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an
5 Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the
6 prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50
7 per student computer technology and equipment investment
8 grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
9 Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the
10 amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An
11 Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final
12 Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer
13 technology and equipment investment grant shall include
14 all additional investments in computer technology and
15 equipment adequacy elements.
16 "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
17 English, writing, and language arts; history and social
18 studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced
19 Placement in high schools.
20 "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
21 elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle
22 and high schools.
23 "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
24 teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to
25 students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
26 "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement

10100HB2170sam001- 142 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the
2 calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a
3 school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the
4 abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the
5 replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and
6 repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection
7 therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public
8 Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
9 "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in
10 paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and
11 calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection
12 (d) of this Section.
13 "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
14 employment cost index for civilian workers in educational
15 services in elementary and secondary schools on a
16 cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding
17 the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
18 "EIS Data" means the employment information system
19 data maintained by the State Board on educators within
20 Organizational Units.
21 "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
22 insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit,
23 the costs associated with the statutorily required payment
24 of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher
25 pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and
26 Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.

10100HB2170sam001- 143 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the
2 definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of
3 this Code participating in a program of transitional
4 bilingual education or a transitional program of
5 instruction meeting the requirements and program
6 application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the
7 purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled,
8 the same collection and calculation methodology as defined
9 above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the
10 exception that EL student enrollment shall include
11 students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12.
12 "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
13 and educational programs that have been identified through
14 academic research as necessary to improve student success,
15 improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and
16 provide for other per student costs related to the delivery
17 and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the
18 maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are
19 specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this
20 Section.
21 "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
22 to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
23 "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
24 provided to students outside the regular school day before
25 and after school or during non-instructional times during
26 the school day.

10100HB2170sam001- 144 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
2 in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and
3 the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
4 "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4)
5 of subsection (f) of this Section.
6 "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
7 subsection (f) of this Section.
8 "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
9 equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant
10 position at an Organizational Unit.
11 "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
12 (g).
13 "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance
14 counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for
15 students within an Organizational Unit.
16 "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
17 district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
18 "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
19 education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in
20 the classroom and provides academic support to students.
21 "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
22 or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches
23 continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides
24 instructional support to teachers in the elements of
25 research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment
26 of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment

10100HB2170sam001- 145 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or
2 strategies; develops and implements training; chooses
3 standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers
4 with an understanding of current research; serves as a
5 mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead
6 teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in
7 collaboration, to use data to improve instructional
8 practice or develop model lessons.
9 "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional
10 materials for student instruction, including, but not
11 limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory
12 equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
13 "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
14 created and operated by a public university and approved by
15 the State Board.
16 "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
17 library information specialist or another individual whose
18 primary responsibility is overseeing library resources
19 within an Organizational Unit.
20 "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
21 combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
22 "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
23 subsection (c) of this Section.
24 "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph
25 (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
26 "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)

10100HB2170sam001- 146 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
2 "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of
3 subsection (c) of this Section.
4 "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
5 in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of
6 students for the prior school year or the immediately
7 preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the
8 immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
9 Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least
10 one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the
11 Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance
12 for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition
13 Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for
14 services provided by the Department of Children and Family
15 Services. Until such time that grade level low-income
16 populations become available, grade level low-income
17 populations shall be determined by applying the low-income
18 percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The
19 low-income percentage is determined by dividing the
20 Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The
21 low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional
22 office of education or an intermediate service center must
23 be set to the weighted average of the low-income
24 percentages of all of the school districts in the service
25 region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of
26 multiplying the low-income percentage of each school

10100HB2170sam001- 147 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 district served by the regional office of education or
2 intermediate service center by each school district's
3 Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and
4 dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment
5 for the service region.
6 "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services,
7 facility and ground maintenance, facility operations,
8 facility security, routine facility repairs, and other
9 similar services and functions.
10 "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of
11 subsection (g) of this Section.
12 "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
13 given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under
14 Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code.
15 "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all
16 State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in
17 excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding
18 Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
19 "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given
20 school year, the amount of State funds that would be
21 necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an
22 Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available
23 to each unit.
24 "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
25 school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for
26 nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of

10100HB2170sam001- 148 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and is available to provide health care-related services
2 for students of an Organizational Unit.
3 "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
4 previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
5 except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
6 Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
7 For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the
8 combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the
9 previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
10 except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
11 Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
12 "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any
13 public school district that is recognized as such by the
14 State Board and that contains elementary schools typically
15 serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools
16 typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools
17 typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program
18 established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program
19 operated by a regional office of education or an
20 intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The
21 General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels
22 served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary
23 slightly from what is typical.
24 "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating
25 the CWI in the region and original county in which an
26 Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is

10100HB2170sam001- 149 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if
2 the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance
3 with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational
4 Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current
5 CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that
6 county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a
7 "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated
8 by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent
9 Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent
10 Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the
11 original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois
12 county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the
13 number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the
14 original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and
15 the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at
16 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the
17 original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and
18 the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at
19 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its
20 weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the
21 Organizational Unit CWI.
22 "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
23 immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
24 "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
25 the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county
26 clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating

10100HB2170sam001- 150 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Tax Rate.
2 "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
3 paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
4 "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of
5 subsection (f) of this Section.
6 "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed
7 to be employed as a principal in this State.
8 "Professional development" means training programs for
9 licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to,
10 programs that assist in implementing new curriculum
11 programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data
12 training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and
13 strengths, target interventions, improve instruction,
14 encompass instructional strategies for English learner,
15 gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural
16 sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide
17 professional support for licensed staff.
18 "Prototypical" means 450 special education
19 pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students
20 for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students
21 for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students
22 for a high school.
23 "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
24 Law.
25 "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
26 (d) of this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 151 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
2 social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff
3 member who provides support to at-risk or struggling
4 students.
5 "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
6 subsection (d) of this Section.
7 "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
8 Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the
9 Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
10 "School site staff" means the primary school secretary
11 and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
12 "Special education" means special educational
13 facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of
14 this Code.
15 "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
16 Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable
17 to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's
18 final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be
19 multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant
20 to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
21 Target attributable to special education shall include all
22 special education investment adequacy elements.
23 "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
24 instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects,
25 including, but not limited to, art, music, physical
26 education, health, driver education, career-technical

10100HB2170sam001- 152 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated
2 by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.
3 "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
4 safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school,
5 special education cooperative or entity recognized by the
6 State Board as a special education cooperative,
7 State-approved charter school, or alternative learning
8 opportunities program that received direct funding from
9 the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through
10 any of the funding sources included within the calculation
11 of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
12 "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
13 general State aid funding received by an Organizational
14 Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to
15 subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now
16 repealed).
17 "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
18 Targets of all Organizational Units.
19 "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
20 "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
21 of Education.
22 "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
23 multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for
24 that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value,
25 summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and
26 dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units,

10100HB2170sam001- 153 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 thereby creating an average weighted index.
2 "Student activities" means non-credit producing
3 after-school programs, including, but not limited to,
4 clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by
5 the school board of the Organizational Unit.
6 "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
7 teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational
8 Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on
9 a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace
10 another staff member.
11 "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs
12 provided to students during the summer months outside of
13 the regular school year.
14 "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
15 who helps in supervising students of an Organizational
16 Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations
17 such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and
18 playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising
19 students when being transported in buses serving the
20 Organizational Unit.
21 "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
22 subsection (g).
23 "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined
24 in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
25 "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
26 Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate

10100HB2170sam001- 154 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
2 (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
3 (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the
4 sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing
5 Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this
6 subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential
7 Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated
8 pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
9 (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
10 rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each
11 Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2),
12 with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on
13 ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set
14 forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating
15 attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups
16 thereto are as follows:
17 (A) Core class size investments. Each
18 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required
19 to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as
20 is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the
21 Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
22 (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
23 Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
24 to support one FTE core teacher position for every
25 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
26 one FTE core teacher position for every 20

10100HB2170sam001- 155 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
2 (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
3 Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
4 to support one FTE core teacher position for every
5 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
6 one FTE core teacher position for every 25
7 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
8 The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
9 grade shall be determined by subtracting the
10 Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the
11 Organizational Unit for that grade.
12 (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
13 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
14 to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher
15 positions that correspond to the following
16 percentages:
17 (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
18 elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the
19 number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers,
20 as determined under subparagraph (A) of this
21 paragraph (2); and
22 (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
23 high school, then 33.33% of the number of the
24 Organizational Unit's core teachers.
25 (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
26 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed

10100HB2170sam001- 156 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position
2 for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
3 children with disabilities and all kindergarten
4 through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
5 (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments.
6 Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding
7 needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each
8 prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
9 (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
10 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
11 to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to
12 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required
13 under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time
14 equivalent core, specialist, and intervention
15 teachers, school nurses, special education teachers
16 and instructional assistants, instructional
17 facilitators, and summer school and extended day
18 teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph
19 (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary
20 for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the
21 average salary of each instructional assistant
22 position.
23 (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each
24 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
25 to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450
26 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with

10100HB2170sam001- 157 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
2 students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250
3 grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one
4 FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12
5 ASE high school students.
6 (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
7 shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse
8 for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
9 with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade
10 12 students across all grade levels it serves.
11 (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
12 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
13 to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of
14 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
15 kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for
16 each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for
17 each 200 ASE high school students.
18 (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
19 Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
20 librarian for each prototypical elementary school,
21 middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or
22 media technician for every 300 combined ASE of
23 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
24 kindergarten through grade 12 students.
25 (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
26 Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE

10100HB2170sam001- 158 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 principal position for each prototypical elementary
2 school, plus one FTE principal position for each
3 prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal
4 position for each prototypical high school.
5 (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
6 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
7 to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each
8 prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant
9 principal position for each prototypical middle
10 school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for
11 each prototypical high school.
12 (L) School site staff investments. Each
13 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
14 for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of
15 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
16 kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
17 position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus
18 one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
19 (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
20 shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12
21 ASE.
22 (N) Professional development investments. Each
23 Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of
24 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
25 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
26 students for trainers and other professional

10100HB2170sam001- 159 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 development-related expenses for supplies and
2 materials.
3 (O) Instructional material investments. Each
4 Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of
5 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
6 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
7 students to cover instructional material costs.
8 (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
9 Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE
10 of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
11 kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover
12 assessment costs.
13 (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments.
14 Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per
15 student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
16 children with disabilities and all kindergarten
17 through grade 12 students to cover computer technology
18 and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and
19 subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned
20 to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall
21 receive an additional $285.50 per student of the
22 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
23 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
24 students to cover computer technology and equipment
25 costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
26 The State Board may establish additional requirements

10100HB2170sam001- 160 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received
2 pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a
3 requirement that funds received pursuant to this
4 subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the
5 technology needs of the district. It is the intent of
6 Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts
7 receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the
8 following year, subject to compliance with the
9 requirements of the State Board.
10 (R) Student activities investments. Each
11 Organizational Unit shall receive the following
12 funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per
13 kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary
14 school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school,
15 plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
16 (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
17 Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student
18 of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
19 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
20 students for day-to-day maintenance and operations
21 expenditures, including salary, supplies, and
22 materials, as well as purchased services, but
23 excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary
24 for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the
25 calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
26 (T) Central office investments. Each

10100HB2170sam001- 161 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of
2 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
3 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
4 students to cover central office operations, including
5 administrators and classified personnel charged with
6 managing the instructional programs, business and
7 operations of the school district, and security
8 personnel. The proportion of salary for the
9 application of a Regionalization Factor and the
10 calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
11 (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
12 Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of
13 all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target,
14 excluding substitute teachers and student activities
15 investments, to cover benefit costs. For central
16 office and maintenance and operations investments, the
17 benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary
18 proportion of each investment. If at any time the
19 responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of
20 teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then
21 that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement
22 System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the
23 Organizational Unit for the preceding school year
24 shall be added to the benefit investment. For any
25 fiscal year in which a school district organized under
26 Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the

10100HB2170sam001- 162 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that
2 amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for
3 retiree health insurance as certified by the Public
4 School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of
5 Chicago to be paid by the school district for the
6 preceding school year that is statutorily required to
7 cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree
8 health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in
9 this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System
10 of the State of Illinois and the Public School
11 Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall
12 submit such information as the State Superintendent
13 may require for the calculations set forth in this
14 subparagraph (U).
15 (V) Additional investments in low-income students.
16 In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding
17 under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit
18 shall receive funding based on the average teacher
19 salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
20 (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
21 position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
22 (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
23 every 125 Low-Income Count students;
24 (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
25 for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
26 (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position

10100HB2170sam001- 163 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
2 (W) Additional investments in English learner
3 students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other
4 funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational
5 Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher
6 salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
7 (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
8 position for every 125 English learner students;
9 (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
10 every 125 English learner students;
11 (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
12 for every 120 English learner students;
13 (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
14 for every 120 English learner students; and
15 (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100
16 English learner students.
17 (X) Special education investments. Each
18 Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the
19 average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover
20 special education as follows:
21 (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
22 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
23 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
24 students;
25 (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every
26 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with

10100HB2170sam001- 164 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
2 students; and
3 (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
4 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
5 with disabilities and all kindergarten through
6 grade 12 students.
7 (Y) Anti-racism investment. In addition to and not
8 in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2),
9 an Organizational Unit shall receive funding in the
10 amount of $250 per African American student enrolled in
11 the Organizational Unit if 15% or more of the students
12 enrolled in the Organizational Unit are African
13 American. Funds received pursuant to this subparagraph
14 (Y) shall be utilized as set forth in Section 2-3.184
15 of this Code.
16 (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
17 Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall
18 annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar
19 using the employment information system data maintained by
20 the State Board, limited to public schools only and
21 excluding special education and vocational cooperatives,
22 schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and
23 charter schools, for the following positions:
24 (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
25 (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
26 (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.

10100HB2170sam001- 165 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8.
2 (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12.
3 (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12.
4 (G) Social worker.
5 (H) Psychologist.
6 (I) Librarian.
7 (J) Nurse.
8 (K) Principal.
9 (L) Assistant principal.
10 For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
11 includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers,
12 instructional facilitators, tutors, special education
13 teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner
14 teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school
15 teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the
16 Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding
17 positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the
18 average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
19 For calculating the salaries included within the
20 Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS
21 Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first
22 year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
23 (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
24 (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
25 assistant, library aide, library media tech, or
26 supervisory aide: $25,000.

10100HB2170sam001- 166 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 In the second and subsequent years of implementation of
2 Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii)
3 of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
4 The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
5 determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S)
6 and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection
7 (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a
8 Regionalization Factor.
9 (c) Local Capacity calculation.
10 (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
11 represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute
12 toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the
13 Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local
14 Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local
15 Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph
16 (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal
17 to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the
18 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as
19 calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
20 subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local
21 Capacity Target.
22 (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
23 Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by
24 multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity
25 Ratio.
26 (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity

10100HB2170sam001- 167 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational
2 Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is
3 determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this
4 paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution
5 resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each
6 Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
7 Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of
8 Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph
9 (C) of this paragraph (2).
10 (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
11 in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing
12 its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by
13 its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further
14 adjusted as follows:
15 (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
16 kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no
17 further adjustments shall be made;
18 (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
19 kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be
20 multiplied by 9/13;
21 (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
22 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be
23 multiplied by 4/13; and
24 (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
25 different grade configuration than those specified
26 in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph

10100HB2170sam001- 168 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a
2 comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
3 (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
4 percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity
5 Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local
6 Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting
7 in a percentile ranking to determine each
8 Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
9 Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity
10 Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a
11 percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall
12 be calculated using the standard normal distribution
13 of the score in relation to the weighted mean and
14 weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios
15 of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to
16 any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value
17 shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the
18 Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
19 recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from
20 the public university that are allocated to the
21 Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional
22 office of education or an intermediate service center,
23 the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in
24 recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from
25 school districts that are allocated to the regional
26 office of education or intermediate service center.

10100HB2170sam001- 169 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage
2 shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational
3 Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit
4 creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values
5 of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total
6 ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard
7 deviation shall be determined by taking the square root
8 of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units'
9 Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated
10 by squaring the difference between each unit's Local
11 Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying
12 the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit
13 to create a weighted variance for each unit, then
14 summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by
15 the total ASE of all units.
16 (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
17 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target
18 shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's
19 remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of
20 subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois
21 Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of
22 education's remaining contribution pursuant to
23 paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of
24 the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal
25 cost portion of the required contribution and amount
26 allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section

10100HB2170sam001- 170 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year.
2 In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified
3 to the State Board of Education by the Teachers'
4 Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item
5 (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education
6 by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement
7 Fund of the City of Chicago.
8 (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more
9 than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity
10 shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated
11 in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local
12 Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the
13 Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real
14 Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals
15 the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local
16 Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by
17 the Local Capacity Percentage.
18 As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
19 Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real
20 Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the
21 resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's
22 Adequacy Target.
23 (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for
24purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
25 (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
26 product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An

10100HB2170sam001- 171 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted
2 Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational
3 Unit.
4 (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
5 equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable
6 property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of
7 the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
8 subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then
9 determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in
10 accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which
11 Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of
12 calculating Local Capacity.
13 (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department
14 of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the
15 value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue
16 of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit,
17 together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending
18 taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of
19 September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting
20 rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax
21 extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
22 (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
23 equalized assessed value of all taxable property of
24 each Organizational Unit situated entirely or
25 partially within a county that is or was subject to the
26 provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property

10100HB2170sam001- 172 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by
2 which the homestead exemption allowed under Section
3 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real
4 property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds
5 the total amount that would have been allowed in that
6 Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under
7 Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500
8 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000
9 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and
10 (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the
11 taxable year of all additional exemptions under
12 Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with
13 a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk
14 of any county that is or was subject to the provisions
15 of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
16 shall annually calculate and certify to the Department
17 of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead
18 exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
19 Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional
20 exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
21 Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or
22 less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if
23 the general homestead exemption for a parcel of
24 property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177
25 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175,
26 then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by

10100HB2170sam001- 173 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the difference, if any, between the amount of the
2 general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of
3 property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
4 Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed
5 had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of
6 property been determined under Section 15-175 of the
7 Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this
8 subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are
9 allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code
10 for owners with a household income of less than
11 $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be
12 affected by the difference, if any, because of those
13 additional exemptions.
14 (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
15 Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to
16 which a municipality has adopted tax increment
17 allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment
18 Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article
19 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial
20 Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the
21 Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of
22 real property located in any such project area that is
23 attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV
24 of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of
25 the Organizational Unit, until such time as all
26 redevelopment project costs have been paid, as

10100HB2170sam001- 174 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
2 Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35
3 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
4 the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial
5 EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be
6 used until such time as all redevelopment project costs
7 have been paid.
8 (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
9 valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by
10 subtracting from the real property value, as equalized
11 or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the
12 district an amount computed by dividing the amount of
13 any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the
14 Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining
15 grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district
16 maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05%
17 for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and
18 adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount
19 of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of
20 Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same
21 percentage rates for district type as specified in this
22 subparagraph (B-5).
23 (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
24 Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the
25 lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation
26 for property within the partial elementary unit

10100HB2170sam001- 175 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 district for elementary purposes, as defined in
2 Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized
3 assessed valuation for property within the partial
4 elementary unit district for high school purposes, as
5 defined in Article 11E of this Code.
6 (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the
7 average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years
8 or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in
9 the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more
10 compared to the 3-year average. In the event of
11 Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or
12 annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the
13 first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the
14 most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the
15 average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately
16 preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared
17 to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year
18 average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if
19 the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the
20 3-year average for the third year. For any school district
21 whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in
22 calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall
23 be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2
24 years or the immediately preceding year if that year
25 represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year
26 average.

10100HB2170sam001- 176 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
2 Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as
3 described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of
4 calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio.
5 Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the
6 PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the
7 product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in
8 the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05
9 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
10 this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension
11 Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or
12 does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to
13 Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base
14 Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of
15 the equalized assessed valuation last used in the
16 calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of
17 this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
18 this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the
19 percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index
20 for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the
21 United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar
22 year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized
23 assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and
24 recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized
25 assessed valuation of disconnected property.
26 As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and

10100HB2170sam001- 177 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set
2 forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
3 (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
4 (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
5 Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded
6 Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the
7 Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the
8 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and
9 specified appropriation amounts described in this
10 paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by
11 the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now
12 repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524
13 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for
14 children requiring special education services); Section
15 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and
16 staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of
17 transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section
18 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3
19 of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation
20 level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under
21 Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also
22 includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district
23 pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to
24 funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code
25 listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference
26 between (I) the funds allocated to the school district

10100HB2170sam001- 178 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the
2 funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public
3 special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of
4 Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation),
5 Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80
6 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants'
7 alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational
8 service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education -
9 orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood
10 Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the
11 school district's actual expenditures for its non-public
12 special education, special education transportation,
13 transportation programs, agricultural education, truants'
14 alternative education, services that would otherwise be
15 performed by a regional office of education, special
16 education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as
17 most recently calculated and reported pursuant to
18 subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base
19 Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For
20 programs operated by a regional office of education or an
21 intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must
22 be the total amount of State funds allocated to those
23 programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided
24 pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section
25 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5,
26 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and

10100HB2170sam001- 179 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 administered by a regional office of education or an
2 intermediate service center must have an initial Base
3 Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year
4 ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received
5 in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar
6 existing program type. If the enrollment for a program
7 operated by a regional office of education or an
8 intermediate service center is zero, then it may not
9 receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the
10 next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to
11 Organizational Units under subsection (g).
12 (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the
13 Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially
14 Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of
15 Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the
16 Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii)
17 any amount received by a school district pursuant to
18 Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
19 (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
20 provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that
21 meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the
22 State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added
23 to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding
24 Minimum is calculated by the State Board:
25 (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an
26 Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this

10100HB2170sam001- 180 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to
2 the control of the State Board pursuant to a court
3 order for a minimum of 4 school years.
4 (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
5 Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous
6 school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of
7 this Section.
8 (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
9 sustainability through a 5-year financial and
10 strategic plan.
11 (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
12 progress and achieved sufficient stability in the
13 areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
14 As part of its determination under this paragraph (3),
15 the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's
16 summative designation, any accreditations of the
17 Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's
18 financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
19 If the State Board determines that an Organizational
20 Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3),
21 it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later
22 than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board
23 makes it determination, on the amount of District
24 Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base
25 Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State
26 Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint

10100HB2170sam001- 181 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money.
2 If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within
3 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the
4 addition of District Intervention Money is deemed
5 approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of
6 District Intervention Money to be added to the
7 Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District
8 Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding
9 Minimum annually thereafter.
10 For the first 4 years following the initial year that
11 the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has
12 met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has
13 received funding under this Section, the Organizational
14 Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before
15 November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and
16 strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph
17 (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the
18 past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that
19 must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each
20 year and the approved budget financial data for the current
21 year. The plan shall be developed according to the
22 guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the
23 State Board. The plan shall further include financial
24 projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a
25 discussion and financial summary of the Organizational
26 Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not

10100HB2170sam001- 182 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or
2 if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an
3 annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan,
4 or other financial information as required by law, the
5 State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under
6 Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational
7 Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State
8 Board may extend the duration of the Panel.
9 (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
10 (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
11 Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order
12 to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the
13 funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of
14 this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's
15 Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy
16 are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection
17 (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and
18 Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the
19 Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels
20 pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
21 (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are
22 equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and
23 Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary
24 Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary
25 Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
26 (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an

10100HB2170sam001- 183 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum
2 of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding
3 Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded
4 Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the
5 Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools
6 shall not include any portion of general State aid
7 allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition
8 charge times the charter school enrollment.
9 (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy
10 is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An
11 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is
12 equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental
13 Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the
14 product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary
15 Percent of Adequacy.
16 (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
17 (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
18 Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding
19 equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's
20 allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this
21 subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the
22 Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first
23 places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in
24 accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based
25 on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New
26 State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as

10100HB2170sam001- 184 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New
2 State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New
3 State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all
4 New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1%
5 of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within
6 Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds
7 equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following
8 sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate
9 determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection
10 (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
11 equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph
12 (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
13 Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
14 amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
15 Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
16 equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph
17 (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
18 Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
19 amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
20 Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine
21 the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting
22 amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus
23 the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target
24 percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier
25 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the
26 product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation

10100HB2170sam001- 185 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
2 (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all
3 Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit
4 shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3
5 Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational
6 Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE.
7 Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation
8 per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall
9 get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3
10 funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the
11 Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational
12 Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the
13 percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2
14 Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational
15 Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting
16 districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
17 (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers
18 as follows:
19 (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
20 except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
21 Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1
22 Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1
23 Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1
24 Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4)
25 of this subsection (g).
26 (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all

10100HB2170sam001- 186 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 other Organizational Units, except for Specially
2 Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than
3 0.90.
4 (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
5 except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
6 Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
7 (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
8 with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
9 (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
10 determined as follows:
11 (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
12 (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the
13 following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided
14 by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2
15 Organizational Units, unless the result of such
16 equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such
17 equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation
18 Rate is 1.0.
19 (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the
20 following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided
21 by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3
22 Organizational Units.
23 (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the
24 following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided
25 by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4
26 Organizational Units.

10100HB2170sam001- 187 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
2 (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that
3 allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed
4 with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
5 (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
6 (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
7 (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
8 greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be
9 allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's
10 funding may be identified.
11 (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
12 receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any
13 remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and
14 Tier 4 Organizational Units.
15 (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
16 Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for
17 direct funding following the implementation of Public Act
18 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the
19 definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified
20 portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to
21 one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined
22 by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of
23 the Organizational Units.
24 (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special
25 education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding
26 Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be

10100HB2170sam001- 188 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The
2 school district and the cooperative must include the amount
3 of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in
4 their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of
5 the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal.
6 (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish
7 a target for State funding that will keep pace with
8 inflation and continue to advance equity through the
9 Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State
10 funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is
11 $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
12 fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to
13 $350,000,000 through State fiscal year 2021. The Minimum
14 Funding Level is equal to $420,000,000 for State fiscal
15 year 2022 and subsequent State fiscal years. In addition to
16 any New State Funds, no more than $50,000,000 New Property
17 Tax Relief Pool Funds may be counted toward the Minimum
18 Funding Level. If the sum of New State Funds and applicable
19 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds are less than the
20 Minimum Funding Level, than funding for tiers shall be
21 reduced in the following manner:
22 (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
23 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
24 Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as
25 Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
26 (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an

10100HB2170sam001- 189 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
2 Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
3 Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is
4 exhausted.
5 (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
6 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
7 Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
8 Tier 4 and Tier 3.
9 (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an
10 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
11 Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in
12 Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation
13 Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal
14 to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of
15 this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New
16 State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
17 (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 through State fiscal
18 year 2021 and subsequent State fiscal years, if New State
19 Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of
20 $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section
21 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000. For
22 State fiscal year 2022 and subsequent State fiscal years,
23 if New State Funds exceed $370,000,000, then any amount in
24 excess of $370,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of
25 Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of
26 $50,000,000.

10100HB2170sam001- 190 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
2 appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after
3 implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units
4 receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under
5 paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held
6 harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to
7 the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding
8 received in accordance with this Section in the prior
9 fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding
10 Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
11 per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE
12 in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units
13 divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
14 Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to
15 Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the
16 relative formula when increases in appropriations for this
17 Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
18 Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount
19 that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum
20 established in the first year of implementation of this
21 Section. If additional reductions are required, all school
22 districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount
23 equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction
24 divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
25 (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
26 adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this

10100HB2170sam001- 191 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages
2 to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to
3 the nearest whole dollar.
4 (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and
5district submission requirements.
6 (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with
7 appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the
8 funding obligations created under this Section.
9 (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
10 Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State
11 Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under
12 this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be
13 distributed within an Organizational Unit without the
14 approval of the unit's school board.
15 (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
16 and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate
17 financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the
18 Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State
19 Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
20 each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds
21 allocated for its students with disabilities. The State
22 Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
23 each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and
24 applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the
25 unit's Adequacy Target.
26 (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate

10100HB2170sam001- 192 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit
2 must expend on special education, and bilingual education,
3 anti-racism initiatives approved under Section 2-3.184 of
4 this Code, and computer technology and equipment for
5 Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that
6 received an additional $285.50 per student computer
7 technology and equipment investment grant to their
8 Adequacy Target pursuant to the unit's Base Funding
9 Minimum, Special Education Allocation, Bilingual Education
10 Allocation, anti-racism investment allocation, and
11 computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
12 (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
13 calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal
14 year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending
15 through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys
16 appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in
17 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each
18 Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal
19 year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution
20 shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
21 (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
22 school year, to maintain school as required by law or to
23 maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive
24 Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one
25 or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise
26 operating recognized schools, the claim of the district

10100HB2170sam001- 193 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in
2 the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of
3 the school district. "Recognized school" means any public
4 school that meets the standards for recognition by the
5 State Board. A school district or attendance center not
6 having recognition status at the end of a school term is
7 entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
8 claim that was filed while it was recognized.
9 (7) School district claims filed under this Section are
10 subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as
11 otherwise provided in this Section.
12 (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
13 calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its
14 Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall
15 be deemed attributable to the provision of special
16 educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
17 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance
18 with maintenance of State financial support requirements
19 under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
20 Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for
21 the provision of special educational facilities and
22 services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and
23 must comply with any expenditure verification procedures
24 adopted by the State Board.
25 (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit
26 annual spending plans by the end of September of each year

10100HB2170sam001- 194 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 to the State Board as part of the annual budget process,
2 which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will
3 utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based
4 Funding it receives from this State under this Section with
5 specific identification of the intended utilization of
6 Low-Income, English learner, and special education
7 resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each
8 Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational
9 Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the
10 Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as
11 defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may,
12 from time to time, identify additional requisites for
13 Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual
14 spending plans required under this subsection (h). The
15 format and scope of annual spending plans shall be
16 developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board
17 of Education. School districts that serve students under
18 Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit
19 information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code.
20 (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
21 Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for
22 all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy
23 funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall
24 submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly,
25 as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly
26 Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations

10100HB2170sam001- 195 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 for:
2 (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
3 innovative, and 21st century learning environments
4 using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
5 (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
6 educators for successful instructional careers;
7 (C) application and enhancement of the current
8 financial accountability measures, the approved State
9 plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds
10 Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures
11 in relation to student growth and elements of the
12 Evidence-Based Funding model; and
13 (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy
14 funding system based on projected and recommended
15 funding levels from the General Assembly.
16 (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent must
17 recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the
18 Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the
19 study of average expenses and as reported in the most
20 recent annual financial report:
21 (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2)
22 of subsection (b).
23 (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph (O)
24 of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
25 (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph
26 (2) of subsection (b).

10100HB2170sam001- 196 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
2 paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
3 (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
4 (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
5 (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
6 paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
7 (i) Professional Review Panel.
8 (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and
9 review topics related to the implementation and effect of
10 Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution
11 or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by
12 the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide
13 recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General
14 Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or
15 his or her designee must serve as a voting member and
16 chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must
17 appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the
18 Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a
19 three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and
20 voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any
21 recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed
22 by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided
23 in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the
24 following members:
25 (A) Two appointees that represent district
26 superintendents, recommended by a statewide

10100HB2170sam001- 197 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 organization that represents district superintendents.
2 (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
3 recommended by a statewide organization that
4 represents school boards.
5 (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
6 school business officials, recommended by a statewide
7 organization that represents school business
8 officials.
9 (D) Two appointees that represent school
10 principals, recommended by a statewide organization
11 that represents school principals.
12 (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
13 recommended by a statewide organization that
14 represents teachers.
15 (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
16 recommended by another statewide organization that
17 represents teachers.
18 (G) Two appointees that represent regional
19 superintendents of schools, recommended by
20 organizations that represent regional superintendents.
21 (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the
22 State Superintendent.
23 (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
24 universities in this State.
25 (J) One member recommended by a statewide
26 organization that represents parents.

10100HB2170sam001- 198 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
2 impact organizations that represent major metropolitan
3 areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
4 (L) One member from a statewide organization
5 focused on research-based education policy to support
6 a school system that prepares all students for college,
7 a career, and democratic citizenship.
8 (M) One representative from a school district
9 organized under Article 34 of this Code.
10 The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
11 membership of the Panel includes representatives from
12 school districts and communities reflecting the
13 geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity
14 of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally
15 ensure that the membership of the Panel includes
16 representatives with expertise in bilingual education and
17 special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff
18 the Panel.
19 (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the
20 State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly
21 shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of
22 Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of
23 Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the
24 President of the Senate, one member of the House of
25 Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the
26 House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate

10100HB2170sam001- 199 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall
2 be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All
3 members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor
4 shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
5 (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the
6 General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided
7 under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following
8 topics at the direction of the chairperson:
9 (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
10 referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this
11 Section.
12 (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
13 (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
14 maintenance and construction costs.
15 (D) "At-risk student" definition.
16 (E) Benefits.
17 (F) Technology.
18 (G) Local Capacity Target.
19 (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
20 Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
21 opportunities programs.
22 (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
23 strategies.
24 (J) Special education investments.
25 (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
26 with the Illinois Early Learning Council.

10100HB2170sam001- 200 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (L) Anti-racism investments.
2 (4) (Blank).
3 (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
4 Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall
5 complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based
6 Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not
7 the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall
8 report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the
9 Governor on the findings of the study.
10 (6) (Blank).
11 (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other
12laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section
1318-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be
14references to evidence-based model formula funds or
15calculations under this Section.
16(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18;
17100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff.
186-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)
19
Article 60.
20 Section 5. The School Code is amended by adding Sections
212-3.185 and 27-23.15 and by changing Sections 10-17a, 18-8.15,
22and 27-22 as follows:
23 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.185 new)

10100HB2170sam001- 201 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Sec. 2-3.185. Computer science standards and courses. On or
2before December 1, 2021, the State Board of Education shall:
3 (1) develop or adopt rigorous learning standards in the
4 area of computer science; and
5 (2) analyze and revise, if appropriate, existing
6 course titles dedicated to computer science or develop a
7 short list of existing course titles that are recommended
8 for computer science courses.
9 (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
10 Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report
11cards.
12 (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent
13school year, the State Board of Education, through the State
14Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report card,
15school district report cards, and school report cards, and
16shall by the most economic means provide to each school
17district in this State, including special charter districts and
18districts subject to the provisions of Article 34, the report
19cards for the school district and each of its schools.
20 (2) In addition to any information required by federal law,
21the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators and
22presentation of the school report card, which must include, at
23a minimum, the most current data collected and maintained by
24the State Board of Education related to the following:
25 (A) school characteristics and student demographics,

10100HB2170sam001- 202 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 including average class size, average teaching experience,
2 student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of
3 students classified as low-income; the percentage of
4 students classified as English learners; the percentage of
5 students who have individualized education plans or 504
6 plans that provide for special education services; the
7 number and percentage of all students who have been
8 assessed for placement in a gifted education or advanced
9 academic program and, of those students: (i) the racial and
10 ethnic breakdown, (ii) the percentage who are classified as
11 low-income, and (iii) the number and percentage of students
12 who received direct instruction from a teacher who holds a
13 gifted education endorsement and, of those students, the
14 percentage who are classified as low-income; the
15 percentage of students scoring at the "exceeds
16 expectations" level on the assessments required under
17 Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code; the percentage of students
18 who annually transferred in or out of the school district;
19 average daily attendance; the per-pupil operating
20 expenditure of the school district; and the per-pupil State
21 average operating expenditure for the district type
22 (elementary, high school, or unit);
23 (B) curriculum information, including, where
24 applicable, Advanced Placement, International
25 Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual enrollment
26 courses, foreign language classes, computer science

10100HB2170sam001- 203 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 courses, school personnel resources (including Career
2 Technical Education teachers), before and after school
3 programs, extracurricular activities, subjects in which
4 elective classes are offered, health and wellness
5 initiatives (including the average number of days of
6 Physical Education per week per student), approved
7 programs of study, awards received, community
8 partnerships, and special programs such as programming for
9 the gifted and talented, students with disabilities, and
10 work-study students;
11 (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the
12 percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of
13 State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth
14 grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students who
15 participated in workplace learning experiences, the
16 percentage of students enrolled in post-secondary
17 institutions (including colleges, universities, community
18 colleges, trade/vocational schools, and training programs
19 leading to career certification within 2 semesters of high
20 school graduation), the percentage of students graduating
21 from high school who are college and career ready, and the
22 percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges,
23 colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses
24 that the community college, college, or university
25 identifies as a developmental course;
26 (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the

10100HB2170sam001- 204 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned 5
2 credits or more without failing more than one core class, a
3 measure of students entering kindergarten ready to learn, a
4 measure of growth, and the percentage of students who enter
5 high school on track for college and career readiness;
6 (E) the school environment, including, where
7 applicable, the percentage of students with less than 10
8 absences in a school year, the percentage of teachers with
9 less than 10 absences in a school year for reasons other
10 than professional development, leaves taken pursuant to
11 the federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term
12 disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the
13 percentage of teachers returning to the school from the
14 previous year, the number of different principals at the
15 school in the last 6 years, the number of teachers who hold
16 a gifted education endorsement, the process and criteria
17 used by the district to determine whether a student is
18 eligible for participation in a gifted education program or
19 advanced academic program and the manner in which parents
20 and guardians are made aware of the process and criteria, 2
21 or more indicators from any school climate survey selected
22 or approved by the State and administered pursuant to
23 Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with the same or similar
24 indicators included on school report cards for all surveys
25 selected or approved by the State pursuant to Section
26 2-3.153 of this Code, and the combined percentage of

10100HB2170sam001- 205 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 teachers rated as proficient or excellent in their most
2 recent evaluation;
3 (F) a school district's and its individual schools'
4 balanced accountability measure, in accordance with
5 Section 2-3.25a of this Code;
6 (G) the total and per pupil normal cost amount the
7 State contributed to the Teachers' Retirement System of the
8 State of Illinois in the prior fiscal year for the school's
9 employees, which shall be reported to the State Board of
10 Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State
11 of Illinois;
12 (H) for a school district organized under Article 34 of
13 this Code only, State contributions to the Public School
14 Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago and State
15 contributions for health care for employees of that school
16 district;
17 (I) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as
18 defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section
19 18-8.15 of this Code;
20 (J) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as
21 defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section
22 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount;
23 (K) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in
24 paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this
25 Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as
26 defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section

10100HB2170sam001- 206 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount;
2 (L) a school district's administrative costs; and
3 (M) whether or not the school has participated in the
4 Illinois Youth Survey. In this paragraph (M), "Illinois
5 Youth Survey" means a self-report survey, administered in
6 school settings every 2 years, designed to gather
7 information about health and social indicators, including
8 substance abuse patterns and the attitudes of students in
9 grades 8, 10, and 12; and
10 (N) whether the school offered its students career and
11 technical education opportunities.
12 The school report card shall also provide information that
13allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and
14environment data to the State average, to the school data from
15the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and
16environment of similar schools based on the type of school and
17enrollment of low-income students, special education students,
18and English learners.
19 As used in this subsection (2):
20 "Administrative costs" means costs associated with
21executive, administrative, or managerial functions within the
22school district that involve planning, organizing, managing,
23or directing the school district.
24 "Advanced academic program" means a course of study to
25which students are assigned based on advanced cognitive ability
26or advanced academic achievement compared to local age peers

10100HB2170sam001- 207 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1and in which the curriculum is substantially differentiated
2from the general curriculum to provide appropriate challenge
3and pace.
4 "Computer science" means the study of computers and
5algorithms, including their principles, their hardware and
6software designs, their implementation, and their impact on
7society. "Computer science" does not include the study of
8everyday uses of computers and computer applications, such as
9keyboarding or accessing the Internet.
10 "Gifted education" means educational services, including
11differentiated curricula and instructional methods, designed
12to meet the needs of gifted children as defined in Article 14A
13of this Code.
14 For the purposes of paragraph (A) of this subsection (2),
15"average daily attendance" means the average of the actual
16number of attendance days during the previous school year for
17any enrolled student who is subject to compulsory attendance by
18Section 26-1 of this Code at each school and charter school.
19 (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the
20school district report card shall include a subset of the
21information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of
22subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information relating
23to the operating expense per pupil and other finances of the
24school district, and the State report card shall include a
25subset of the information identified in paragraphs (A) through
26(E) and paragraph (N) of subsection (2) of this Section. The

10100HB2170sam001- 208 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1school district report card shall include the average daily
2attendance, as that term is defined in subsection (2) of this
3Section, of students who have individualized education
4programs and students who have 504 plans that provide for
5special education services within the school district.
6 (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
7Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the
8State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to
9amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or
10State report card.
11 (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt
12of the school district and school report cards from the State
13Superintendent of Education, each school district, including
14special charter districts and districts subject to the
15provisions of Article 34, shall present such report cards at a
16regular school board meeting subject to applicable notice
17requirements, post the report cards on the school district's
18Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web
19site, make the report cards available to a newspaper of general
20circulation serving the district, and, upon request, send the
21report cards home to a parent (unless the district does not
22maintain an Internet web site, in which case the report card
23shall be sent home to parents without request). If the district
24posts the report card on its Internet web site, the district
25shall send a written notice home to parents stating (i) that
26the report card is available on the web site, (ii) the address

10100HB2170sam001- 209 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
2will be sent to parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone
3number that parents may call to request a printed copy of the
4report card.
5 (6) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals,
6supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in
7lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public
8Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of
9Public Act 97-8.
10(Source: P.A. 100-227, eff. 8-18-17; 100-364, eff. 1-1-18;
11100-448, eff. 7-1-19; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-807, eff.
128-10-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 100-1121, eff. 1-1-19; 101-68,
13eff. 1-1-20; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; revised 9-9-19.)
14 (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15)
15 Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success
16for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
17 (a) General provisions.
18 (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by
19 June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten
20 through grade 12 public education system with the capacity
21 to ensure the educational development of all persons to the
22 limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of
23 Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To
24 accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of
25 funding public education that is evidence-based; is

10100HB2170sam001- 210 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful
2 opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity,
3 sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and
4 is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under
5 this Section, every school shall have the resources, based
6 on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
7 (A) provide all students with a high quality
8 education that offers the academic, enrichment, social
9 and emotional support, technical, and career-focused
10 programs that will allow them to become competitive
11 workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of
12 this State, and active members of our national
13 democracy;
14 (B) ensure all students receive the education they
15 need to graduate from high school with the skills
16 required to pursue post-secondary education and
17 training for a rewarding career;
18 (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
19 achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk
20 students by raising the performance of at-risk
21 students and not by reducing standards; and
22 (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
23 assume the primary responsibility to fund public
24 education and simultaneously relieve the
25 disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes
26 to fund schools.

10100HB2170sam001- 211 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
2 Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in
3 this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in
4 this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1
5 of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both
6 legislative chambers. As further defined and described in
7 this Section, there are 4 major components of the
8 Evidence-Based Funding model:
9 (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
10 Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that
11 considers the costs to implement research-based
12 activities, the unit's student demographics, and
13 regional wage differences.
14 (B) Second, the model calculates each
15 Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount
16 each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute
17 toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
18 (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
19 the State currently contributes to the Organizational
20 Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to
21 determine the unit's overall current adequacy of
22 funding.
23 (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
24 allocates new State funding to those Organizational
25 Units that are least well-funded, considering both
26 Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their

10100HB2170sam001- 212 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Adequacy Target.
2 (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under
3 this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
4 for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make
5 expenditures by law.
6 (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall
7 have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
8 "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
9 subsection (b) of this Section.
10 "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
11 subsection (d) of this Section.
12 "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
13 paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
14 "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all
15 Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent
16 shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a
17 transportation rate based on total expenses for
18 transportation services under this Code, as reported on the
19 most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil
20 Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the
21 Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and
22 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding
23 fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding
24 net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or
25 special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to
26 Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this

10100HB2170sam001- 213 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational
2 Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois
3 scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior
4 years for regular, vocational, or special education
5 transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or
6 subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the
7 total transportation expenses, as defined in this
8 paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from
9 the Operating Tax Rate.
10 "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
11 subsection (g) of this Section.
12 "Alternative School" means a public school that is
13 created and operated by a regional superintendent of
14 schools and approved by the State Board.
15 "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
16 subsection (d) of this Section.
17 "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
18 monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments,
19 in addition to the State accountability assessment, that
20 assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and
21 meeting the needs of the students they serve.
22 "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
23 duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in
24 this State.
25 "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not
26 meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating

10100HB2170sam001- 214 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need
2 for vocational support or social services beyond that
3 provided by the regular school program. All students
4 included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as
5 well as all English learner and disabled students attending
6 the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk
7 students under this Section.
8 "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
9 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the
10 average number of students (grades K through 12) reported
11 to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit
12 on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus
13 the pre-kindergarten students who receive special
14 education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to
15 the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding
16 school year, or the average number of students (grades K
17 through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
18 Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the
19 pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
20 services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State
21 Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding
22 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent
23 fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means,
24 for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average
25 number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the
26 State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on

10100HB2170sam001- 215 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school
2 year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive
3 special education services as reported to the State Board
4 on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding
5 school year, or the average number of students (grades K
6 through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
7 Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the
8 pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
9 services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and
10 March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school
11 years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in
12 the Organizational Unit" means the number of students
13 reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools
14 within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or
15 would attend if not placed or transferred to another school
16 or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of
17 calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12,
18 excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and
19 students attending an alternative education program
20 operated by a regional office of education or intermediate
21 service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students
22 attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as
23 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent
24 years, the school district reports to the State Board of
25 Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten
26 district-wide for all students, then all students

10100HB2170sam001- 216 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special
2 education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as
3 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not
4 collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by
5 grade or a December 1 collection of special education
6 pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the
7 effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish
8 such collection for all future years. For any year in which
9 a count by grade level was collected only once, that count
10 shall be used as the single count available for computing a
11 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a
12 regional office of education or an intermediate service
13 center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding
14 formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year
15 and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy
16 formulas are developed and adopted for each type of
17 program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of
18 education or an intermediate service center must be
19 determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For
20 the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation
21 must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the
22 assignment of students served by a regional office of
23 education or intermediate service center shall not result
24 in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school
25 district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be
26 the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average

10100HB2170sam001- 217 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must
2 be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year
3 average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the
4 ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the
5 dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment
6 data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation.
7 For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall
8 include only enrollment taken on October 1.
9 "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
10 of subsection (g) of this Section.
11 "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of
12 this Section.
13 "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used
14 to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State
15 aid.
16 "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
17 equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk
18 in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
19 calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
20 "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
21 an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target
22 attributable to bilingual education divided by the
23 Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product
24 of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding
25 received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational
26 Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual

10100HB2170sam001- 218 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 education shall include all additional investments in
2 English learner students' adequacy elements.
3 "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
4 State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
5 "Central office" means individual administrators and
6 support service personnel charged with managing the
7 instructional programs, business and operations, and
8 security of the Organizational Unit.
9 "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost
10 differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional
11 variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not
12 educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the
13 first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be
14 the CWI initially developed by the National Center for
15 Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A &
16 M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of
17 Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State
18 Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar
19 methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M
20 University study, with adjustments made no less frequently
21 than once every 5 years.
22 "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
23 servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers,
24 instructional software, security software, curriculum
25 management courseware, and other similar materials and
26 equipment.

10100HB2170sam001- 219 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Computer technology and equipment investment
2 allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an
3 Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the
4 prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50
5 per student computer technology and equipment investment
6 grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
7 Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the
8 amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An
9 Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final
10 Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer
11 technology and equipment investment grant shall include
12 all additional investments in computer technology and
13 equipment adequacy elements.
14 "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
15 English, writing, and language arts; history and social
16 studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced
17 Placement in high schools.
18 "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
19 elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle
20 and high schools.
21 "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
22 teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to
23 students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
24 "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement
25 tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the
26 calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a

10100HB2170sam001- 220 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the
2 abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the
3 replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and
4 repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection
5 therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public
6 Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
7 "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in
8 paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and
9 calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection
10 (d) of this Section.
11 "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
12 employment cost index for civilian workers in educational
13 services in elementary and secondary schools on a
14 cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding
15 the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
16 "EIS Data" means the employment information system
17 data maintained by the State Board on educators within
18 Organizational Units.
19 "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
20 insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit,
21 the costs associated with the statutorily required payment
22 of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher
23 pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and
24 Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.
25 "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the
26 definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of

10100HB2170sam001- 221 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 this Code participating in a program of transitional
2 bilingual education or a transitional program of
3 instruction meeting the requirements and program
4 application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the
5 purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled,
6 the same collection and calculation methodology as defined
7 above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the
8 exception that EL student enrollment shall include
9 students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12.
10 "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
11 and educational programs that have been identified through
12 academic research as necessary to improve student success,
13 improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and
14 provide for other per student costs related to the delivery
15 and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the
16 maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are
17 specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this
18 Section.
19 "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
20 to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
21 "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
22 provided to students outside the regular school day before
23 and after school or during non-instructional times during
24 the school day.
25 "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
26 in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and

10100HB2170sam001- 222 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
2 "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4)
3 of subsection (f) of this Section.
4 "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
5 subsection (f) of this Section.
6 "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
7 equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant
8 position at an Organizational Unit.
9 "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
10 (g).
11 "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance
12 counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for
13 students within an Organizational Unit.
14 "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
15 district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
16 "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
17 education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in
18 the classroom and provides academic support to students.
19 "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
20 or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches
21 continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides
22 instructional support to teachers in the elements of
23 research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment
24 of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment
25 tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or
26 strategies; develops and implements training; chooses

10100HB2170sam001- 223 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers
2 with an understanding of current research; serves as a
3 mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead
4 teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in
5 collaboration, to use data to improve instructional
6 practice or develop model lessons.
7 "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional
8 materials for student instruction, including, but not
9 limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory
10 equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
11 "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
12 created and operated by a public university and approved by
13 the State Board.
14 "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
15 library information specialist or another individual whose
16 primary responsibility is overseeing library resources
17 within an Organizational Unit.
18 "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
19 combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
20 "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
21 subsection (c) of this Section.
22 "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph
23 (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
24 "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
25 of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
26 "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of

10100HB2170sam001- 224 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 subsection (c) of this Section.
2 "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
3 in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of
4 students for the prior school year or the immediately
5 preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the
6 immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
7 Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least
8 one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the
9 Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance
10 for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition
11 Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for
12 services provided by the Department of Children and Family
13 Services. Until such time that grade level low-income
14 populations become available, grade level low-income
15 populations shall be determined by applying the low-income
16 percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The
17 low-income percentage is determined by dividing the
18 Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The
19 low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional
20 office of education or an intermediate service center must
21 be set to the weighted average of the low-income
22 percentages of all of the school districts in the service
23 region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of
24 multiplying the low-income percentage of each school
25 district served by the regional office of education or
26 intermediate service center by each school district's

10100HB2170sam001- 225 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and
2 dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment
3 for the service region.
4 "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services,
5 facility and ground maintenance, facility operations,
6 facility security, routine facility repairs, and other
7 similar services and functions.
8 "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of
9 subsection (g) of this Section.
10 "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
11 given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under
12 Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code.
13 "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all
14 State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in
15 excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding
16 Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
17 "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given
18 school year, the amount of State funds that would be
19 necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an
20 Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available
21 to each unit.
22 "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
23 school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for
24 nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of
25 and is available to provide health care-related services
26 for students of an Organizational Unit.

10100HB2170sam001- 226 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
2 previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
3 except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
4 Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
5 For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the
6 combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the
7 previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
8 except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
9 Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
10 "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any
11 public school district that is recognized as such by the
12 State Board and that contains elementary schools typically
13 serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools
14 typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools
15 typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program
16 established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program
17 operated by a regional office of education or an
18 intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The
19 General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels
20 served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary
21 slightly from what is typical.
22 "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating
23 the CWI in the region and original county in which an
24 Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is
25 located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if
26 the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance

10100HB2170sam001- 227 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational
2 Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current
3 CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that
4 county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a
5 "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated
6 by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent
7 Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent
8 Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the
9 original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois
10 county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the
11 number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the
12 original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and
13 the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at
14 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the
15 original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and
16 the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at
17 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its
18 weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the
19 Organizational Unit CWI.
20 "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
21 immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
22 "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
23 the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county
24 clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating
25 Tax Rate.
26 "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in

10100HB2170sam001- 228 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
2 "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of
3 subsection (f) of this Section.
4 "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed
5 to be employed as a principal in this State.
6 "Professional development" means training programs for
7 licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to,
8 programs that assist in implementing new curriculum
9 programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data
10 training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and
11 strengths, target interventions, improve instruction,
12 encompass instructional strategies for English learner,
13 gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural
14 sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide
15 professional support for licensed staff.
16 "Prototypical" means 450 special education
17 pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students
18 for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students
19 for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students
20 for a high school.
21 "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
22 Law.
23 "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
24 (d) of this Section.
25 "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
26 social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff

10100HB2170sam001- 229 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 member who provides support to at-risk or struggling
2 students.
3 "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
4 subsection (d) of this Section.
5 "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
6 Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the
7 Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
8 "School site staff" means the primary school secretary
9 and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
10 "Special education" means special educational
11 facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of
12 this Code.
13 "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
14 Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable
15 to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's
16 final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be
17 multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant
18 to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
19 Target attributable to special education shall include all
20 special education investment adequacy elements.
21 "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
22 instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects,
23 including, but not limited to, art, music, physical
24 education, health, driver education, career-technical
25 education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated
26 by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.

10100HB2170sam001- 230 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
2 safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school,
3 special education cooperative or entity recognized by the
4 State Board as a special education cooperative,
5 State-approved charter school, or alternative learning
6 opportunities program that received direct funding from
7 the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through
8 any of the funding sources included within the calculation
9 of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
10 "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
11 general State aid funding received by an Organizational
12 Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to
13 subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now
14 repealed).
15 "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
16 Targets of all Organizational Units.
17 "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
18 "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
19 of Education.
20 "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
21 multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for
22 that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value,
23 summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and
24 dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units,
25 thereby creating an average weighted index.
26 "Student activities" means non-credit producing

10100HB2170sam001- 231 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 after-school programs, including, but not limited to,
2 clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by
3 the school board of the Organizational Unit.
4 "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
5 teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational
6 Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on
7 a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace
8 another staff member.
9 "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs
10 provided to students during the summer months outside of
11 the regular school year.
12 "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
13 who helps in supervising students of an Organizational
14 Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations
15 such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and
16 playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising
17 students when being transported in buses serving the
18 Organizational Unit.
19 "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
20 subsection (g).
21 "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined
22 in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
23 "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
24 Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate
25 Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
26 (b) Adequacy Target calculation.

10100HB2170sam001- 232 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the
2 sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing
3 Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this
4 subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential
5 Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated
6 pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
7 (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
8 rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each
9 Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2),
10 with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on
11 ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set
12 forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating
13 attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups
14 thereto are as follows:
15 (A) Core class size investments. Each
16 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required
17 to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as
18 is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the
19 Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
20 (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
21 Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
22 to support one FTE core teacher position for every
23 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
24 one FTE core teacher position for every 20
25 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
26 (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the

10100HB2170sam001- 233 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
2 to support one FTE core teacher position for every
3 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
4 one FTE core teacher position for every 25
5 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
6 The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
7 grade shall be determined by subtracting the
8 Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the
9 Organizational Unit for that grade.
10 (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
11 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
12 to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher
13 positions that correspond to the following
14 percentages:
15 (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
16 elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the
17 number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers,
18 as determined under subparagraph (A) of this
19 paragraph (2); and
20 (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
21 high school, then 33.33% of the number of the
22 Organizational Unit's core teachers.
23 (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
24 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
25 to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position
26 for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten

10100HB2170sam001- 234 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 children with disabilities and all kindergarten
2 through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
3 (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments.
4 Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding
5 needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each
6 prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
7 (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
8 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
9 to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to
10 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required
11 under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time
12 equivalent core, specialist, and intervention
13 teachers, school nurses, special education teachers
14 and instructional assistants, instructional
15 facilitators, and summer school and extended day
16 teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph
17 (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary
18 for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the
19 average salary of each instructional assistant
20 position.
21 (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each
22 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
23 to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450
24 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
25 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
26 students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250

10100HB2170sam001- 235 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one
2 FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12
3 ASE high school students.
4 (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
5 shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse
6 for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
7 with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade
8 12 students across all grade levels it serves.
9 (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
10 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
11 to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of
12 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
13 kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for
14 each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for
15 each 200 ASE high school students.
16 (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
17 Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
18 librarian for each prototypical elementary school,
19 middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or
20 media technician for every 300 combined ASE of
21 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
22 kindergarten through grade 12 students.
23 (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
24 Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
25 principal position for each prototypical elementary
26 school, plus one FTE principal position for each

10100HB2170sam001- 236 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal
2 position for each prototypical high school.
3 (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
4 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
5 to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each
6 prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant
7 principal position for each prototypical middle
8 school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for
9 each prototypical high school.
10 (L) School site staff investments. Each
11 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
12 for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of
13 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
14 kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
15 position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus
16 one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
17 (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
18 shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12
19 ASE.
20 (N) Professional development investments. Each
21 Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of
22 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
23 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
24 students for trainers and other professional
25 development-related expenses for supplies and
26 materials.

10100HB2170sam001- 237 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (O) Instructional material investments. Each
2 Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of
3 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
4 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
5 students to cover instructional material costs.
6 (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
7 Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE
8 of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
9 kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover
10 assessment costs.
11 (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments.
12 Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per
13 student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
14 children with disabilities and all kindergarten
15 through grade 12 students to cover computer technology
16 and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and
17 subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned
18 to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall
19 receive an additional $285.50 per student of the
20 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
21 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
22 students to cover computer technology and equipment
23 costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
24 The State Board may establish additional requirements
25 for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received
26 pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a

10100HB2170sam001- 238 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 requirement that funds received pursuant to this
2 subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the
3 technology needs of the district. It is the intent of
4 Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts
5 receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the
6 following year, subject to compliance with the
7 requirements of the State Board, which shall include,
8 at a minimum, a requirement that each district submit
9 documentation on how developmentally appropriate
10 computer literacy instruction is embedded in the
11 district's curriculum at each grade level.
12 (R) Student activities investments. Each
13 Organizational Unit shall receive the following
14 funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per
15 kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary
16 school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school,
17 plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
18 (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
19 Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student
20 of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
21 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
22 students for day-to-day maintenance and operations
23 expenditures, including salary, supplies, and
24 materials, as well as purchased services, but
25 excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary
26 for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the

10100HB2170sam001- 239 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
2 (T) Central office investments. Each
3 Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of
4 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
5 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
6 students to cover central office operations, including
7 administrators and classified personnel charged with
8 managing the instructional programs, business and
9 operations of the school district, and security
10 personnel. The proportion of salary for the
11 application of a Regionalization Factor and the
12 calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
13 (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
14 Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of
15 all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target,
16 excluding substitute teachers and student activities
17 investments, to cover benefit costs. For central
18 office and maintenance and operations investments, the
19 benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary
20 proportion of each investment. If at any time the
21 responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of
22 teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then
23 that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement
24 System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the
25 Organizational Unit for the preceding school year
26 shall be added to the benefit investment. For any

10100HB2170sam001- 240 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 fiscal year in which a school district organized under
2 Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the
3 employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that
4 amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for
5 retiree health insurance as certified by the Public
6 School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of
7 Chicago to be paid by the school district for the
8 preceding school year that is statutorily required to
9 cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree
10 health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in
11 this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System
12 of the State of Illinois and the Public School
13 Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall
14 submit such information as the State Superintendent
15 may require for the calculations set forth in this
16 subparagraph (U).
17 (V) Additional investments in low-income students.
18 In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding
19 under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit
20 shall receive funding based on the average teacher
21 salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
22 (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
23 position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
24 (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
25 every 125 Low-Income Count students;
26 (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position

10100HB2170sam001- 241 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
2 (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
3 for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
4 (W) Additional investments in English learner
5 students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other
6 funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational
7 Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher
8 salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
9 (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
10 position for every 125 English learner students;
11 (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
12 every 125 English learner students;
13 (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
14 for every 120 English learner students;
15 (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
16 for every 120 English learner students; and
17 (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100
18 English learner students.
19 (X) Special education investments. Each
20 Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the
21 average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover
22 special education as follows:
23 (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
24 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
25 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
26 students;

10100HB2170sam001- 242 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every
2 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
3 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
4 students; and
5 (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
6 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
7 with disabilities and all kindergarten through
8 grade 12 students.
9 (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
10 Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall
11 annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar
12 using the employment information system data maintained by
13 the State Board, limited to public schools only and
14 excluding special education and vocational cooperatives,
15 schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and
16 charter schools, for the following positions:
17 (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
18 (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
19 (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
20 (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8.
21 (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12.
22 (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12.
23 (G) Social worker.
24 (H) Psychologist.
25 (I) Librarian.
26 (J) Nurse.

10100HB2170sam001- 243 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (K) Principal.
2 (L) Assistant principal.
3 For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
4 includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers,
5 instructional facilitators, tutors, special education
6 teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner
7 teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school
8 teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the
9 Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding
10 positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the
11 average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
12 For calculating the salaries included within the
13 Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS
14 Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first
15 year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
16 (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
17 (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
18 assistant, library aide, library media tech, or
19 supervisory aide: $25,000.
20 In the second and subsequent years of implementation of
21 Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii)
22 of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
23 The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
24 determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S)
25 and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection
26 (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a

10100HB2170sam001- 244 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Regionalization Factor.
2 (c) Local Capacity calculation.
3 (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
4 represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute
5 toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the
6 Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local
7 Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local
8 Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph
9 (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal
10 to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the
11 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as
12 calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
13 subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local
14 Capacity Target.
15 (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
16 Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by
17 multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity
18 Ratio.
19 (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
20 Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational
21 Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is
22 determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this
23 paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution
24 resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each
25 Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
26 Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of

10100HB2170sam001- 245 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph
2 (C) of this paragraph (2).
3 (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
4 in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing
5 its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by
6 its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further
7 adjusted as follows:
8 (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
9 kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no
10 further adjustments shall be made;
11 (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
12 kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be
13 multiplied by 9/13;
14 (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
15 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be
16 multiplied by 4/13; and
17 (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
18 different grade configuration than those specified
19 in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph
20 (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a
21 comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
22 (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
23 percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity
24 Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local
25 Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting
26 in a percentile ranking to determine each

10100HB2170sam001- 246 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
2 Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity
3 Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a
4 percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall
5 be calculated using the standard normal distribution
6 of the score in relation to the weighted mean and
7 weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios
8 of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to
9 any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value
10 shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the
11 Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
12 recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from
13 the public university that are allocated to the
14 Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional
15 office of education or an intermediate service center,
16 the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in
17 recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from
18 school districts that are allocated to the regional
19 office of education or intermediate service center.
20 The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage
21 shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational
22 Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit
23 creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values
24 of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total
25 ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard
26 deviation shall be determined by taking the square root

10100HB2170sam001- 247 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units'
2 Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated
3 by squaring the difference between each unit's Local
4 Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying
5 the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit
6 to create a weighted variance for each unit, then
7 summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by
8 the total ASE of all units.
9 (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
10 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target
11 shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's
12 remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of
13 subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois
14 Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of
15 education's remaining contribution pursuant to
16 paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of
17 the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal
18 cost portion of the required contribution and amount
19 allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section
20 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year.
21 In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified
22 to the State Board of Education by the Teachers'
23 Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item
24 (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education
25 by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement
26 Fund of the City of Chicago.

10100HB2170sam001- 248 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more
2 than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity
3 shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated
4 in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local
5 Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the
6 Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real
7 Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals
8 the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local
9 Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by
10 the Local Capacity Percentage.
11 As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
12 Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real
13 Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the
14 resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's
15 Adequacy Target.
16 (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for
17purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
18 (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
19 product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An
20 Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted
21 Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational
22 Unit.
23 (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
24 equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable
25 property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of
26 the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this

10100HB2170sam001- 249 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then
2 determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in
3 accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which
4 Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of
5 calculating Local Capacity.
6 (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department
7 of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the
8 value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue
9 of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit,
10 together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending
11 taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of
12 September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting
13 rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax
14 extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
15 (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
16 equalized assessed value of all taxable property of
17 each Organizational Unit situated entirely or
18 partially within a county that is or was subject to the
19 provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
20 Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by
21 which the homestead exemption allowed under Section
22 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real
23 property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds
24 the total amount that would have been allowed in that
25 Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under
26 Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500

10100HB2170sam001- 250 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000
2 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and
3 (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the
4 taxable year of all additional exemptions under
5 Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with
6 a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk
7 of any county that is or was subject to the provisions
8 of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
9 shall annually calculate and certify to the Department
10 of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead
11 exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
12 Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional
13 exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
14 Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or
15 less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if
16 the general homestead exemption for a parcel of
17 property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177
18 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175,
19 then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by
20 the difference, if any, between the amount of the
21 general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of
22 property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
23 Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed
24 had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of
25 property been determined under Section 15-175 of the
26 Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this

10100HB2170sam001- 251 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are
2 allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code
3 for owners with a household income of less than
4 $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be
5 affected by the difference, if any, because of those
6 additional exemptions.
7 (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
8 Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to
9 which a municipality has adopted tax increment
10 allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment
11 Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article
12 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial
13 Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the
14 Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of
15 real property located in any such project area that is
16 attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV
17 of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of
18 the Organizational Unit, until such time as all
19 redevelopment project costs have been paid, as
20 provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
21 Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35
22 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
23 the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial
24 EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be
25 used until such time as all redevelopment project costs
26 have been paid.

10100HB2170sam001- 252 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
2 valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by
3 subtracting from the real property value, as equalized
4 or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the
5 district an amount computed by dividing the amount of
6 any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the
7 Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining
8 grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district
9 maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05%
10 for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and
11 adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount
12 of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of
13 Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same
14 percentage rates for district type as specified in this
15 subparagraph (B-5).
16 (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
17 Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the
18 lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation
19 for property within the partial elementary unit
20 district for elementary purposes, as defined in
21 Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized
22 assessed valuation for property within the partial
23 elementary unit district for high school purposes, as
24 defined in Article 11E of this Code.
25 (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the
26 average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years

10100HB2170sam001- 253 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in
2 the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more
3 compared to the 3-year average. In the event of
4 Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or
5 annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the
6 first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the
7 most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the
8 average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately
9 preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared
10 to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year
11 average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if
12 the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the
13 3-year average for the third year. For any school district
14 whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in
15 calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall
16 be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2
17 years or the immediately preceding year if that year
18 represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year
19 average.
20 "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
21 Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as
22 described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of
23 calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio.
24 Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the
25 PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the
26 product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in

10100HB2170sam001- 254 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05
2 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
3 this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension
4 Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or
5 does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to
6 Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base
7 Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of
8 the equalized assessed valuation last used in the
9 calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of
10 this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
11 this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the
12 percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index
13 for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the
14 United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar
15 year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized
16 assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and
17 recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized
18 assessed valuation of disconnected property.
19 As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
20 "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set
21 forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
22 (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
23 (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
24 Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded
25 Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the
26 Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the

10100HB2170sam001- 255 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and
2 specified appropriation amounts described in this
3 paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by
4 the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now
5 repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524
6 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for
7 children requiring special education services); Section
8 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and
9 staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of
10 transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section
11 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3
12 of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation
13 level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under
14 Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also
15 includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district
16 pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to
17 funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code
18 listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference
19 between (I) the funds allocated to the school district
20 pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the
21 funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public
22 special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of
23 Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation),
24 Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80
25 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants'
26 alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational

10100HB2170sam001- 256 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education -
2 orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood
3 Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the
4 school district's actual expenditures for its non-public
5 special education, special education transportation,
6 transportation programs, agricultural education, truants'
7 alternative education, services that would otherwise be
8 performed by a regional office of education, special
9 education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as
10 most recently calculated and reported pursuant to
11 subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base
12 Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For
13 programs operated by a regional office of education or an
14 intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must
15 be the total amount of State funds allocated to those
16 programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided
17 pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section
18 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5,
19 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and
20 administered by a regional office of education or an
21 intermediate service center must have an initial Base
22 Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year
23 ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received
24 in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar
25 existing program type. If the enrollment for a program
26 operated by a regional office of education or an

10100HB2170sam001- 257 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 intermediate service center is zero, then it may not
2 receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the
3 next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to
4 Organizational Units under subsection (g).
5 (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the
6 Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially
7 Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of
8 Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the
9 Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii)
10 any amount received by a school district pursuant to
11 Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
12 (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
13 provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that
14 meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the
15 State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added
16 to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding
17 Minimum is calculated by the State Board:
18 (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an
19 Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this
20 Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to
21 the control of the State Board pursuant to a court
22 order for a minimum of 4 school years.
23 (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
24 Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous
25 school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of
26 this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 258 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
2 sustainability through a 5-year financial and
3 strategic plan.
4 (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
5 progress and achieved sufficient stability in the
6 areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
7 As part of its determination under this paragraph (3),
8 the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's
9 summative designation, any accreditations of the
10 Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's
11 financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
12 If the State Board determines that an Organizational
13 Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3),
14 it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later
15 than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board
16 makes it determination, on the amount of District
17 Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base
18 Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State
19 Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint
20 resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money.
21 If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within
22 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the
23 addition of District Intervention Money is deemed
24 approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of
25 District Intervention Money to be added to the
26 Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District

10100HB2170sam001- 259 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding
2 Minimum annually thereafter.
3 For the first 4 years following the initial year that
4 the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has
5 met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has
6 received funding under this Section, the Organizational
7 Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before
8 November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and
9 strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph
10 (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the
11 past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that
12 must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each
13 year and the approved budget financial data for the current
14 year. The plan shall be developed according to the
15 guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the
16 State Board. The plan shall further include financial
17 projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a
18 discussion and financial summary of the Organizational
19 Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not
20 demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or
21 if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an
22 annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan,
23 or other financial information as required by law, the
24 State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under
25 Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational
26 Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State

10100HB2170sam001- 260 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Board may extend the duration of the Panel.
2 (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
3 (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
4 Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order
5 to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the
6 funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of
7 this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's
8 Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy
9 are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection
10 (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and
11 Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the
12 Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels
13 pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
14 (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are
15 equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and
16 Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary
17 Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary
18 Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
19 (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
20 Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum
21 of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding
22 Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded
23 Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the
24 Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools
25 shall not include any portion of general State aid
26 allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition

10100HB2170sam001- 261 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 charge times the charter school enrollment.
2 (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy
3 is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An
4 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is
5 equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental
6 Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the
7 product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary
8 Percent of Adequacy.
9 (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
10 (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
11 Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding
12 equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's
13 allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this
14 subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the
15 Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first
16 places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in
17 accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based
18 on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New
19 State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as
20 follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New
21 State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New
22 State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all
23 New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1%
24 of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within
25 Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds
26 equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following

10100HB2170sam001- 262 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate
2 determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection
3 (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
4 equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph
5 (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
6 Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
7 amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
8 Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
9 equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph
10 (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
11 Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
12 amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
13 Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine
14 the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting
15 amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus
16 the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target
17 percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier
18 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the
19 product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation
20 Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
21 (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all
22 Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit
23 shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3
24 Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational
25 Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE.
26 Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation

10100HB2170sam001- 263 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall
2 get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3
3 funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the
4 Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational
5 Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the
6 percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2
7 Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational
8 Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting
9 districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
10 (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers
11 as follows:
12 (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
13 except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
14 Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1
15 Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1
16 Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1
17 Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4)
18 of this subsection (g).
19 (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
20 other Organizational Units, except for Specially
21 Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than
22 0.90.
23 (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
24 except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
25 Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
26 (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units

10100HB2170sam001- 264 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
2 (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
3 determined as follows:
4 (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
5 (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the
6 following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided
7 by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2
8 Organizational Units, unless the result of such
9 equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such
10 equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation
11 Rate is 1.0.
12 (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the
13 following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided
14 by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3
15 Organizational Units.
16 (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the
17 following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided
18 by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4
19 Organizational Units.
20 (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
21 (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that
22 allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed
23 with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
24 (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
25 (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
26 (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is

10100HB2170sam001- 265 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be
2 allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's
3 funding may be identified.
4 (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
5 receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any
6 remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and
7 Tier 4 Organizational Units.
8 (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
9 Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for
10 direct funding following the implementation of Public Act
11 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the
12 definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified
13 portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to
14 one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined
15 by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of
16 the Organizational Units.
17 (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special
18 education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding
19 Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be
20 redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The
21 school district and the cooperative must include the amount
22 of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in
23 their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of
24 the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal.
25 (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish
26 a target for State funding that will keep pace with

10100HB2170sam001- 266 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 inflation and continue to advance equity through the
2 Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State
3 funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is
4 $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
5 fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to
6 $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more
7 than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be
8 counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New
9 State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool
10 Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding
11 for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner:
12 (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
13 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
14 Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as
15 Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
16 (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
17 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
18 Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
19 Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is
20 exhausted.
21 (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
22 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
23 Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
24 Tier 4 and Tier 3.
25 (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an
26 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum

10100HB2170sam001- 267 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in
2 Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation
3 Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal
4 to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of
5 this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New
6 State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
7 (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
8 fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then
9 any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for
10 purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of
11 $50,000,000.
12 (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
13 appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after
14 implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units
15 receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under
16 paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held
17 harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to
18 the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding
19 received in accordance with this Section in the prior
20 fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding
21 Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
22 per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE
23 in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units
24 divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
25 Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to
26 Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the

10100HB2170sam001- 268 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 relative formula when increases in appropriations for this
2 Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
3 Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount
4 that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum
5 established in the first year of implementation of this
6 Section. If additional reductions are required, all school
7 districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount
8 equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction
9 divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
10 (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
11 adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this
12 subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages
13 to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to
14 the nearest whole dollar.
15 (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and
16district submission requirements.
17 (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with
18 appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the
19 funding obligations created under this Section.
20 (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
21 Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State
22 Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under
23 this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be
24 distributed within an Organizational Unit without the
25 approval of the unit's school board.
26 (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate

10100HB2170sam001- 269 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate
2 financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the
3 Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State
4 Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
5 each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds
6 allocated for its students with disabilities. The State
7 Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
8 each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and
9 applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the
10 unit's Adequacy Target.
11 (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
12 and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit
13 must expend on special education and bilingual education
14 and computer technology and equipment for Organizational
15 Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an
16 additional $285.50 per student computer technology and
17 equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target
18 pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special
19 Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and
20 computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
21 (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
22 calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal
23 year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending
24 through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys
25 appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in
26 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each

10100HB2170sam001- 270 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal
2 year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution
3 shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
4 (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
5 school year, to maintain school as required by law or to
6 maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive
7 Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one
8 or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise
9 operating recognized schools, the claim of the district
10 shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in
11 the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of
12 the school district. "Recognized school" means any public
13 school that meets the standards for recognition by the
14 State Board. A school district or attendance center not
15 having recognition status at the end of a school term is
16 entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
17 claim that was filed while it was recognized.
18 (7) School district claims filed under this Section are
19 subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as
20 otherwise provided in this Section.
21 (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
22 calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its
23 Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall
24 be deemed attributable to the provision of special
25 educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
26 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance

10100HB2170sam001- 271 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 with maintenance of State financial support requirements
2 under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
3 Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for
4 the provision of special educational facilities and
5 services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and
6 must comply with any expenditure verification procedures
7 adopted by the State Board.
8 (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit
9 annual spending plans by the end of September of each year
10 to the State Board as part of the annual budget process,
11 which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will
12 utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based
13 Funding it receives from this State under this Section with
14 specific identification of the intended utilization of
15 Low-Income, English learner, and special education
16 resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each
17 Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational
18 Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the
19 Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as
20 defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may,
21 from time to time, identify additional requisites for
22 Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual
23 spending plans required under this subsection (h). The
24 format and scope of annual spending plans shall be
25 developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board
26 of Education. School districts that serve students under

10100HB2170sam001- 272 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit
2 information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code.
3 (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
4 Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for
5 all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy
6 funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall
7 submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly,
8 as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly
9 Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations
10 for:
11 (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
12 innovative, and 21st century learning environments
13 using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
14 (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
15 educators for successful instructional careers;
16 (C) application and enhancement of the current
17 financial accountability measures, the approved State
18 plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds
19 Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures
20 in relation to student growth and elements of the
21 Evidence-Based Funding model; and
22 (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy
23 funding system based on projected and recommended
24 funding levels from the General Assembly.
25 (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent must
26 recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the

10100HB2170sam001- 273 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the
2 study of average expenses and as reported in the most
3 recent annual financial report:
4 (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2)
5 of subsection (b).
6 (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph (O)
7 of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
8 (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph
9 (2) of subsection (b).
10 (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
11 paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
12 (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
13 (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
14 (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
15 paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
16 (i) Professional Review Panel.
17 (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and
18 review topics related to the implementation and effect of
19 Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution
20 or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by
21 the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide
22 recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General
23 Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or
24 his or her designee must serve as a voting member and
25 chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must
26 appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the

10100HB2170sam001- 274 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a
2 three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and
3 voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any
4 recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed
5 by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided
6 in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the
7 following members:
8 (A) Two appointees that represent district
9 superintendents, recommended by a statewide
10 organization that represents district superintendents.
11 (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
12 recommended by a statewide organization that
13 represents school boards.
14 (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
15 school business officials, recommended by a statewide
16 organization that represents school business
17 officials.
18 (D) Two appointees that represent school
19 principals, recommended by a statewide organization
20 that represents school principals.
21 (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
22 recommended by a statewide organization that
23 represents teachers.
24 (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
25 recommended by another statewide organization that
26 represents teachers.

10100HB2170sam001- 275 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (G) Two appointees that represent regional
2 superintendents of schools, recommended by
3 organizations that represent regional superintendents.
4 (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the
5 State Superintendent.
6 (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
7 universities in this State.
8 (J) One member recommended by a statewide
9 organization that represents parents.
10 (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
11 impact organizations that represent major metropolitan
12 areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
13 (L) One member from a statewide organization
14 focused on research-based education policy to support
15 a school system that prepares all students for college,
16 a career, and democratic citizenship.
17 (M) One representative from a school district
18 organized under Article 34 of this Code.
19 The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
20 membership of the Panel includes representatives from
21 school districts and communities reflecting the
22 geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity
23 of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally
24 ensure that the membership of the Panel includes
25 representatives with expertise in bilingual education and
26 special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff

10100HB2170sam001- 276 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the Panel.
2 (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the
3 State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly
4 shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of
5 Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of
6 Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the
7 President of the Senate, one member of the House of
8 Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the
9 House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate
10 appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall
11 be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All
12 members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor
13 shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
14 (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the
15 General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided
16 under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following
17 topics at the direction of the chairperson:
18 (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
19 referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this
20 Section.
21 (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
22 (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
23 maintenance and construction costs.
24 (D) "At-risk student" definition.
25 (E) Benefits.
26 (F) Technology.

10100HB2170sam001- 277 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (G) Local Capacity Target.
2 (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
3 Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
4 opportunities programs.
5 (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
6 strategies.
7 (J) Special education investments.
8 (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
9 with the Illinois Early Learning Council.
10 (4) (Blank).
11 (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
12 Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall
13 complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based
14 Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not
15 the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall
16 report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the
17 Governor on the findings of the study.
18 (6) (Blank).
19 (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other
20laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section
2118-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be
22references to evidence-based model formula funds or
23calculations under this Section.
24(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18;
25100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff.
266-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)

10100HB2170sam001- 278 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
2 Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
3 (a) (Blank).
4 (b) (Blank).
5 (c) (Blank).
6 (d) (Blank).
7 (e) As a prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma,
8each pupil entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other
9course requirements, successfully complete all of the
10following courses:
11 (1) Four years of language arts.
12 (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of
13 which must be English and the other of which may be English
14 or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive
15 courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other
16 graduation requirements.
17 (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be
18 Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and
19 one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science
20 course. A mathematics course that includes geometry
21 content may be offered as an integrated, applied,
22 interdisciplinary, or career and technical education
23 course that prepares a student for a career readiness path.
24 (3.5) For pupils entering the 9th grade in the
25 2021-2022 school year and each school year thereafter, one

10100HB2170sam001- 279 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 year of a course that includes intensive instruction in
2 computer literacy, which may be English, social studies, or
3 any other subject and which may be counted toward the
4 fulfillment of other graduation requirements.
5 (4) Two years of science.
6 (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one
7 year must be history of the United States or a combination
8 of history of the United States and American government
9 and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the
10 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at
11 least one semester must be civics, which shall help young
12 people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and
13 attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and
14 responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course
15 content shall focus on government institutions, the
16 discussion of current and controversial issues, service
17 learning, and simulations of the democratic process.
18 School districts may utilize private funding available for
19 the purposes of offering civics education.
20 (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C)
21 foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American
22 Sign Language, or (D) vocational education.
23 (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform
24school districts of standards for writing-intensive
25coursework.
26 (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement

10100HB2170sam001- 280 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1computer science course to high school students, then the
2school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high
3school mathematics course and must denote on the student's
4transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course
5qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for
6students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e)
7of this Section.
8 (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils
9entering the 9th grade in 1983-1984 school year and prior
10school years or to students with disabilities whose course of
11study is determined by an individualized education program.
12 This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not
13apply to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school
14year or a prior school year or to students with disabilities
15whose course of study is determined by an individualized
16education program.
17 This amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly does not
18apply to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2020-2021 school
19year or a prior school year or to students with disabilities
20whose course of study is determined by an individualized
21education program.
22 (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the
23provisions of Section 27-22.05 of this Code and the
24Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
25 (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify
26the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in

10100HB2170sam001- 281 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due
2to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the
3Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act.
4(Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20;
5101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
6 (105 ILCS 5/27-23.15 new)
7 Sec. 27-23.15. Computer science.
8 (a) In this Section, "computer science" means the study of
9computers and algorithms, including their principles, their
10hardware and software designs, their implementation, and their
11impact on society. "Computer science" does not include the
12study of everyday uses of computers and computer applications,
13such as keyboarding or accessing the Internet.
14 (b) Beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, the school
15board of a school district that maintains any of grades 9
16through 12 shall provide an opportunity for every high school
17student to take at least one computer science course aligned to
18rigorous learning standards of the State Board of Education.
19
Article 65.
20 Section 65-5. The School Code is amended by changing
21Sections 14A-10 and 14A-32 as follows:
22 (105 ILCS 5/14A-10)

10100HB2170sam001- 282 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Sec. 14A-10. Legislative findings. The General Assembly
2finds the following:
3 (1) that gifted and talented children (i) exhibit high
4 performance capabilities in intellectual, creative, and
5 artistic areas, (ii) possess an exceptional leadership
6 potential, (iii) excel in specific academic fields, and
7 (iv) have the potential to be influential in business,
8 government, health care, the arts, and other critical
9 sectors of our economic and cultural environment;
10 (2) that gifted and talented children require services
11 and activities that are not ordinarily provided by schools;
12 and
13 (3) that outstanding talents are present in children
14 and youth from all cultural groups, across all economic
15 strata, and in all areas of human endeavor; and .
16 (4) that inequitable access to advanced coursework and
17 enrollment in accelerated placement programs exists
18 between children enrolled in different school districts
19 and even within the same school district and more must be
20 done to eliminate the barriers to access to advanced
21 coursework and enrollment in accelerated placement
22 programs for all children.
23(Source: P.A. 94-151, eff. 7-8-05; 94-410, eff. 8-2-05.)
24 (105 ILCS 5/14A-32)
25 Sec. 14A-32. Accelerated placement; school district

10100HB2170sam001- 283 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1responsibilities.
2 (a) Each school district shall have a policy that allows
3for accelerated placement that includes or incorporates by
4reference the following components:
5 (1) a provision that provides that participation in
6 accelerated placement is not limited to those children who
7 have been identified as gifted and talented, but rather is
8 open to all children who demonstrate high ability and who
9 may benefit from accelerated placement;
10 (2) a fair and equitable decision-making process that
11 involves multiple persons and includes a student's parents
12 or guardians;
13 (3) procedures for notifying parents or guardians of a
14 child of a decision affecting that child's participation in
15 an accelerated placement program; and
16 (4) an assessment process that includes multiple
17 valid, reliable indicators.
18 (a-5) By no later than the beginning of the 2022-2023
19school year, a school district's accelerated placement policy
20shall allow for the automatic enrollment, in the following
21school term, of a high school student into the next level of
22advanced coursework offered by the high school if the student
23meets or exceeds State standards in English language arts,
24mathematics, or science on a State assessment administered
25under Section 2-3.64a-5 as follows:
26 (1) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in

10100HB2170sam001- 284 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 English language arts shall be automatically enrolled into
2 the next level of advanced coursework in English, social
3 studies, humanities, or related subjects.
4 (2) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in
5 mathematics shall be automatically enrolled into the next
6 level of advanced coursework in mathematics.
7 (3) A student who meets or exceeds State standards in
8 science shall be automatically enrolled into the next level
9 of advanced coursework in science.
10 For a student entering grade 12, the next level of advanced
11coursework under this subsection (a-5) shall be a dual credit
12course, as defined in the Dual Credit Quality Act. For other
13high school grades, the next level of advanced coursework may
14include a dual credit course.
15 A school district may use the student's most recent State
16assessment results to determine whether a student meets or
17exceeds State standards. For a student entering grade 9,
18results from the State assessment taken in grades 6 through 8
19may be used. For other high school grades, the results from a
20locally selected, nationally normed assessment may be used
21instead of the State assessment if those results are the most
22recent.
23 A school district must provide the parent or guardian of a
24student eligible for automatic enrollment under this
25subsection (a-5) with the option to instead have the student
26enroll in alternative coursework that better aligns with the

10100HB2170sam001- 285 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1student's postsecondary education or career goals.
2 Nothing in this subsection (a-5) may be interpreted to
3preclude other students from enrolling in advanced coursework
4per the policy of a school district.
5 (b) Further, a school district's accelerated placement
6policy may include or incorporate by reference, but need not be
7limited to, the following components:
8 (1) procedures for annually informing the community
9 at-large, including parents or guardians, community-based
10 organizations, and providers of out-of-school programs,
11 about the accelerated placement program and the methods
12 used for the identification of children eligible for
13 accelerated placement, including strategies to reach
14 groups of students and families who have been historically
15 underrepresented in accelerated placement programs and
16 advanced coursework;
17 (2) a process for referral that allows for multiple
18 referrers, including a child's parents or guardians; other
19 referrers may include licensed education professionals,
20 the child, with the written consent of a parent or
21 guardian, a peer, through a licensed education
22 professional who has knowledge of the referred child's
23 abilities, or, in case of possible early entrance, a
24 preschool educator, pediatrician, or psychologist who
25 knows the child; and
26 (3) a provision that provides that children

10100HB2170sam001- 286 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 participating in an accelerated placement program and
2 their parents or guardians will be provided a written plan
3 detailing the type of acceleration the child will receive
4 and strategies to support the child; .
5 (4) procedures to provide support and promote success
6 for students who are newly enrolled in an accelerated
7 placement program; and
8 (5) a process for the school district to review and
9 utilize disaggregated data on participation in an
10 accelerated placement program to address gaps among
11 demographic groups in accelerated placement opportunities.
12 (c) The State Board of Education shall adopt rules to
13determine data to be collected and disaggregated by demographic
14group regarding accelerated placement, including the rates of
15students who participate in and successfully complete advanced
16coursework, and a method of making the information available to
17the public.
18 (d) On or before November 1, 2021, following a review of
19disaggregated data on the participation and successful
20completion rates of students enrolled in an accelerated
21placement program, each school district shall develop a plan to
22expand access to its accelerated placement program and to
23ensure the teaching capacity necessary to meet the increased
24demand.
25(Source: P.A. 100-421, eff. 7-1-18.)

10100HB2170sam001- 287 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
Article 70.
2 Section 70-5. The School Code is amended by changing
3Section 22-45 as follows:
4 (105 ILCS 5/22-45)
5 Sec. 22-45. Illinois P-20 Council.
6 (a) The General Assembly finds that preparing Illinoisans
7for success in school and the workplace requires a continuum of
8quality education from preschool through graduate school. This
9State needs a framework to guide education policy and integrate
10education at every level. A statewide coordinating council to
11study and make recommendations concerning education at all
12levels can avoid fragmentation of policies, promote improved
13teaching and learning, and continue to cultivate and
14demonstrate strong accountability and efficiency. Establishing
15an Illinois P-20 Council will develop a statewide agenda that
16will move the State towards the common goals of improving
17academic achievement, increasing college access and success,
18improving use of existing data and measurements, developing
19improved accountability, fostering innovative approaches to
20education, promoting lifelong learning, easing the transition
21to college, and reducing remediation. A pre-kindergarten
22through grade 20 agenda will strengthen this State's economic
23competitiveness by producing a highly-skilled workforce. In
24addition, lifelong learning plans will enhance this State's

10100HB2170sam001- 288 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1ability to leverage funding.
2 (b) There is created the Illinois P-20 Council. The
3Illinois P-20 Council shall include all of the following
4members:
5 (1) The Governor or his or her designee, to serve as
6 chairperson.
7 (2) Four members of the General Assembly, one appointed
8 by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one
9 appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of
10 Representatives, one appointed by the President of the
11 Senate, and one appointed by the Minority Leader of the
12 Senate.
13 (3) Six at-large members appointed by the Governor as
14 follows, with 2 members being from the City of Chicago, 2
15 members being from Lake County, McHenry County, Kane
16 County, DuPage County, Will County, or that part of Cook
17 County outside of the City of Chicago, and 2 members being
18 from the remainder of the State:
19 (A) one representative of civic leaders;
20 (B) one representative of local government;
21 (C) one representative of trade unions;
22 (D) one representative of nonprofit organizations
23 or foundations;
24 (E) one representative of parents' organizations;
25 and
26 (F) one education research expert.

10100HB2170sam001- 289 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (4) Five members appointed by statewide business
2 organizations and business trade associations.
3 (5) Six members appointed by statewide professional
4 organizations and associations representing
5 pre-kindergarten through grade 20 teachers, community
6 college faculty, and public university faculty.
7 (6) Two members appointed by associations representing
8 local school administrators and school board members. One
9 of these members must be a special education administrator.
10 (7) One member representing community colleges,
11 appointed by the Illinois Council of Community College
12 Presidents.
13 (8) One member representing 4-year independent
14 colleges and universities, appointed by a statewide
15 organization representing private institutions of higher
16 learning.
17 (9) One member representing public 4-year
18 universities, appointed jointly by the university
19 presidents and chancellors.
20 (10) Ex-officio members as follows:
21 (A) The State Superintendent of Education or his or
22 her designee.
23 (B) The Executive Director of the Board of Higher
24 Education or his or her designee.
25 (C) The Executive Director of the Illinois
26 Community College Board or his or her designee.

10100HB2170sam001- 290 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (D) The Executive Director of the Illinois Student
2 Assistance Commission or his or her designee.
3 (E) The Co-chairpersons of the Illinois Workforce
4 Investment Board or their designee.
5 (F) The Director of Commerce and Economic
6 Opportunity or his or her designee.
7 (G) The Chairperson of the Illinois Early Learning
8 Council or his or her designee.
9 (H) The President of the Illinois Mathematics and
10 Science Academy or his or her designee.
11 (I) The president of an association representing
12 educators of adult learners or his or her designee.
13Ex-officio members shall have no vote on the Illinois P-20
14Council.
15 Appointed members shall serve for staggered terms expiring
16on July 1 of the first, second, or third calendar year
17following their appointments or until their successors are
18appointed and have qualified. Staggered terms shall be
19determined by lot at the organizing meeting of the Illinois
20P-20 Council.
21 Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as original
22appointments, and any member so appointed shall serve during
23the remainder of the term for which the vacancy occurred.
24 (c) The Illinois P-20 Council shall be funded through State
25appropriations to support staff activities, research,
26data-collection, and dissemination. The Illinois P-20 Council

10100HB2170sam001- 291 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1shall be staffed by the Office of the Governor, in coordination
2with relevant State agencies, boards, and commissions. The
3Illinois Education Research Council shall provide research and
4coordinate research collection activities for the Illinois
5P-20 Council.
6 (d) The Illinois P-20 Council shall have all of the
7following duties:
8 (1) To make recommendations to do all of the following:
9 (A) Coordinate pre-kindergarten through grade 20
10 (graduate school) education in this State through
11 working at the intersections of educational systems to
12 promote collaborative infrastructure.
13 (B) Coordinate and leverage strategies, actions,
14 legislation, policies, and resources of all
15 stakeholders to support fundamental and lasting
16 improvement in this State's public schools, community
17 colleges, and universities.
18 (C) Better align the high school curriculum with
19 postsecondary expectations.
20 (D) Better align assessments across all levels of
21 education.
22 (E) Reduce the need for students entering
23 institutions of higher education to take remedial
24 courses.
25 (F) Smooth the transition from high school to
26 college.

10100HB2170sam001- 292 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (G) Improve high school and college graduation
2 rates.
3 (H) Improve the rigor and relevance of academic
4 standards for college and workforce readiness.
5 (I) Better align college and university teaching
6 programs with the needs of Illinois schools.
7 (2) To advise the Governor, the General Assembly, the
8 State's education and higher education agencies, and the
9 State's workforce and economic development boards and
10 agencies on policies related to lifelong learning for
11 Illinois students and families.
12 (3) To articulate a framework for systemic educational
13 improvement and innovation that will enable every student
14 to meet or exceed Illinois learning standards and be
15 well-prepared to succeed in the workforce and community.
16 (4) To provide an estimated fiscal impact for
17 implementation of all Council recommendations.
18 (5) To make recommendations for short-term and
19 long-term learning recovery actions for public school
20 students in this State in the wake of the COVID-19
21 pandemic. The Illinois P-20 Council shall submit a report
22 with its recommendations for a multi-year recovery plan by
23 December 31, 2021 to the Governor, the State Board of
24 Education, the Board of Higher Education, the Illinois
25 Community College Board, and the General Assembly that
26 addresses all of the following:

10100HB2170sam001- 293 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (A) Closing the digital divide for all students,
2 including access to devices, Internet connectivity,
3 and ensuring that educators have the necessary support
4 and training to provide high quality remote and blended
5 learning to students.
6 (B) Evaluating the academic growth and proficiency
7 of students in order to understand the impact of school
8 closures and remote and blended remote learning
9 conditions on student academic outcomes, including
10 disaggregating data by race, income, diverse learners,
11 and English learners, in ways that balance the need to
12 understand that impact with the need to support student
13 well-being and also take into consideration the
14 logistical constraints facing schools and districts.
15 (C) Establishing a system for the collection and
16 review of student data at the State level, including
17 data about prekindergarten through higher education
18 student attendance, engagement and participation,
19 discipline, and social-emotional and mental health
20 inputs and outcomes, in order to better understand the
21 full impact of disrupted learning.
22 (D) Providing students with resources and programs
23 for academic support, such as enrichment
24 opportunities, tutoring corps, summer bridge programs,
25 youth leadership and development programs, youth and
26 community-led restorative and transformative justice

10100HB2170sam001- 294 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 programs, and youth internship and apprenticeship
2 programs.
3 (E) Providing students with resources and support
4 to ensure access to social-emotional learning, mental
5 health services, and trauma responsive, restorative
6 justice and anti-racist practices in order to support
7 the growth of the whole child, such as investing in
8 community schools and providing comprehensive
9 year-round services and support for both students and
10 their families.
11 (F) Ensuring more time for students' academic,
12 social-emotional, and mental health needs by
13 considering such strategies as: (i) extending planning
14 time for teachers, (ii) extending the school day and
15 school year, and (iii) transitioning to year-round
16 schooling.
17 (G) Strengthening the transition from secondary
18 education to postsecondary education in the wake of
19 threats to alignment and affordability created by the
20 pandemic and related conditions.
21 (e) The chairperson of the Illinois P-20 Council may
22authorize the creation of working groups focusing on areas of
23interest to Illinois educational and workforce development,
24including without limitation the following areas:
25 (1) Preparation, recruitment, and certification of
26 highly qualified teachers.

10100HB2170sam001- 295 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (2) Mentoring and induction of highly qualified
2 teachers.
3 (3) The diversity of highly qualified teachers.
4 (4) Funding for highly qualified teachers, including
5 developing a strategic and collaborative plan to seek
6 federal and private grants to support initiatives
7 targeting teacher preparation and its impact on student
8 achievement.
9 (5) Highly effective administrators.
10 (6) Illinois birth through age 3 education,
11 pre-kindergarten, and early childhood education.
12 (7) The assessment, alignment, outreach, and network
13 of college and workforce readiness efforts.
14 (8) Alternative routes to college access.
15 (9) Research data and accountability.
16 (10) Community schools, community participation, and
17 other innovative approaches to education that foster
18 community partnerships.
19 (11) Tuition, financial aid, and other issues related
20 to keeping postsecondary education affordable for Illinois
21 residents.
22 (12) Learning recovery in the wake of the COVID-19
23 pandemic.
24 The chairperson of the Illinois P-20 Council may designate
25Council members to serve as working group chairpersons. Working
26groups may invite organizations and individuals representing

10100HB2170sam001- 296 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1pre-kindergarten through grade 20 interests to participate in
2discussions, data collection, and dissemination.
3(Source: P.A. 98-463, eff. 8-16-13; 98-719, eff. 1-1-15;
499-643, eff. 1-1-17.)
5
Article 75.
6 Section 75-5. The State Finance Act is amended by adding
7Section 5.935 as follows:
8 (30 ILCS 105/5.935 new)
9 Sec. 5.935. The Freedom Schools Fund.
10 Section 75-10. The School Code is amended by adding Section
112-3.186 as follows:
12 (105 ILCS 5/2-3.186 new)
13 Sec. 2-3.186. Freedom Schools; grant program.
14 (a) The General Assembly recognizes and values the
15contributions that Freedom Schools make to enhance the lives of
16Black students. The General Assembly makes all of the following
17findings:
18 (1) The fundamental goal of the Freedom Schools of the
19 1960s was to create Black political power to defend the
20 interests of the disempowered. The curriculum of Freedom
21 Schools allowed students of all ages to experience a new

10100HB2170sam001- 297 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and liberating form of education that directly related to
2 the imperatives of their lives, their communities, and the
3 Freedom Movement.
4 (2) Freedom Schools continue to demonstrate the proven
5 benefits of race modeling and intergenerational effects by
6 providing Black students with quality instruction that
7 fosters student confidence, resiliency, and social and
8 emotional development.
9 (3) Freedom Schools offer culturally relevant learning
10 opportunities with the academic and social supports that
11 Black children need by utilizing quality teaching,
12 challenging and engaging curricula, wrap-around supports,
13 a positive school climate, and strong ties to family and
14 community. Freedom Schools have a clear focus on results.
15 (4) Public schools serve a foundational role in the
16 education of over 2,000,000 students in this State.
17 (b) The State Board of Education shall establish Freedom
18Schools to supplement the learning taking place in public
19schools by expanding the teaching of Black history, developing
20leadership skills, and providing an understanding of the tenets
21of the civil rights movement. The teachers in Freedom Schools
22must be college students or recent high school graduates from
23the local community, with an emphasis on Black youth, so that
24(i) these individuals have access to summer jobs and teaching
25experiences that serve as a long-term pipeline to educational
26careers and the hiring of Black educators in public schools,

10100HB2170sam001- 298 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1(ii) these individuals are elevated as content experts and
2community leaders, and (iii) Freedom School students have
3access to both role models and education.
4 (c) A Freedom School shall intentionally and imaginatively
5implement strategies that focus on all of the following:
6 (1) Racial justice and equity.
7 (2) Transparency and building trusting relationships.
8 (3) Self-determination and governance.
9 (4) Building on community strengths and community
10 wisdom.
11 (5) Utilizing current data, best practices, and
12 evidence.
13 (6) Shared leadership and collaboration.
14 (7) A reflective learning culture.
15 (8) A whole-child approach to education.
16 (9) Literacy.
17 (d) The State Board of Education, in the establishment of
18Freedom Schools, shall strive for authentic parent and
19community engagement during the development of Freedom Schools
20and their curriculum. Authentic parent and community
21engagement includes all of the following:
22 (1) A shared responsibility that values equal
23 partnerships between families and professionals.
24 (2) Ensuring that students and families who are
25 directly impacted by Freedom School policies and practices
26 are the decision-makers in the creation, design,

10100HB2170sam001- 299 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 implementation, and assessment of those policies and
2 practices.
3 (3) Genuine respect for the culture and diversity of
4 families.
5 (4) Relationships that center around the goal of
6 supporting family well-being and children's development
7 and learning.
8 (e) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education
9shall establish and implement a grant program to provide grants
10to public schools, public community colleges, and
11not-for-profit, community-based organizations to facilitate
12improved educational outcomes for Black students in grades
13pre-kindergarten through 12. Grant recipients under the
14program may include, but are not limited to, entities that
15offer established programs with proven results and outcomes.
16The State Board of Education shall award grants to eligible
17entities that demonstrate a likelihood of reasonable success in
18achieving the goals identified in the grant application,
19including, but not limited to, all of the following:
20 (1) Engaging, culturally relevant, and challenging
21 curricula.
22 (2) High-quality teaching.
23 (3) Wrap-around supports and opportunities.
24 (4) Positive discipline practices, such as restorative
25 justice.
26 (5) Inclusive leadership.

10100HB2170sam001- 300 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (f) The Freedom Schools Fund is created as a special fund
2in the State treasury. the Fund shall consist of appropriations
3from the General Revenue Fund, grant funds from the federal
4government, and donations from educational and private
5foundations. All money in the Fund shall be used, subject to
6appropriation, by the State Board of Education for the purposes
7of this Section and to support related activities.
8 (g) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules
9necessary to implement this Section.
10
Article 80.
11 Section 80-5. The School Code is amended by changing
12Section 10-19 as follows:
13 (105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
14 Sec. 10-19. Length of school term; - experimental programs.
15Each school board shall annually prepare a calendar for the
16school term, specifying the opening and closing dates and
17providing a minimum term of at least 185 days to ensure insure
18176 days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section
1910-19.05, except that for each of the 2021-2022, 2022-2023, and
202023-2024 school years, each school board, including a school
21board operating one or more schools on a full year school plan
22pursuant to Section 10-19.1, shall include in its calendar a
23minimum of an additional 15 days of actual pupil attendance and

10100HB2170sam001- 301 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
15 days of in-service training for teachers. A school board may
2choose how to reach the minimum of 15 additional days of actual
3pupil attendance for each of the 2021-2022, 2022-2023, and
42023-2024 school years by either extending the length of the
5school day or extending the length of the school term. During
6the 2021-2022 school year, if a school is closed for more than
75 days of actual pupil attendance because the Governor has
8declared a disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant
9to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act,
10the school board shall extend the length of the school day or
11extend the length of the school term during any of the
122021-2022, 2022-2023, and 2023-2024 school years by one
13additional day of actual pupil attendance for every 5 days of
14actual pupil attendance that are missed during the 2021-2022
15school year because of the public health emergency, unless the
16school board has decided at the beginning of the 2021-2022
17school year to implement a plan to use remote learning or
18blended remote learning under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66 for the
191980-1981 school year only 175 days of actual pupil attendance
20shall be required because of the closing of schools pursuant to
21Section 24-2 on January 29, 1981 upon the appointment by the
22President of that day as a day of thanksgiving for the freedom
23of the Americans who had been held hostage in Iran. Any days
24allowed by law for teachers' institutes but not used as such or
25used as parental institutes as provided in Section 10-22.18d
26shall increase the minimum term by the school days not so used.

10100HB2170sam001- 302 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Except as provided in Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
2the school term beyond the such closing date unless that
3extension of term is necessary to provide the minimum number of
4computable days. In case of such necessary extension, other
5than for the additional days of actual pupil attendance and
6in-service training for teachers required by this amendatory
7Act of the 101st General Assembly, school employees shall be
8paid for such additional time on the basis of their regular
9contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier
10than that set on the annual calendar when the schools of the
11district have provided the minimum number of computable days
12under this Section. Nothing in this Section prevents the board
13from employing superintendents of schools, principals and
14other nonteaching personnel for a period of 12 months, or in
15the case of superintendents for a period in accordance with
16Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from employing other
17personnel before or after the regular school term with payment
18of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
19during the school term. Remote learning days, blended remote
20learning days, and up to 5 remote and blended remote learning
21planning days established under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66 shall
22be deemed pupil attendance days for calculation of the length
23of a school term under this Section.
24 A school board may make such changes in its calendar for
25the school term as may be required by any changes in the legal
26school holidays prescribed in Section 24-2. A school board may

10100HB2170sam001- 303 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1make changes in its calendar for the school term as may be
2necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers' institute
3days as parental institute days as provided in Section
410-22.18d.
5 The calendar for the school term and any changes must be
6submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of
7schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
8 With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and
9subject to review by the State Board of Education every 3
10years, any school board may, by resolution of its board and in
11agreement with affected exclusive collective bargaining
12agents, establish experimental educational programs, including
13but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized
14under Section 10-20.56 of this Code, self-directed learning, or
15outside of formal class periods, which programs when so
16approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
17this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil
18attendance and with the other requirements of this Code Act as
19respects courses of instruction.
20(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19;
21101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
22
Article 85.
23 Section 85-5. The School Code is amended by changing
24Section 18-8.15 as follows:

10100HB2170sam001- 304 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15)
2 Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success
3for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
4 (a) General provisions.
5 (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by
6 June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten
7 through grade 12 public education system with the capacity
8 to ensure the educational development of all persons to the
9 limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of
10 Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To
11 accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of
12 funding public education that is evidence-based; is
13 sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful
14 opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity,
15 sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and
16 is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under
17 this Section, every school shall have the resources, based
18 on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
19 (A) provide all students with a high quality
20 education that offers the academic, enrichment, social
21 and emotional support, technical, and career-focused
22 programs that will allow them to become competitive
23 workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of
24 this State, and active members of our national
25 democracy;

10100HB2170sam001- 305 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (B) ensure all students receive the education they
2 need to graduate from high school with the skills
3 required to pursue post-secondary education and
4 training for a rewarding career;
5 (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
6 achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk
7 students by raising the performance of at-risk
8 students and not by reducing standards; and
9 (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
10 assume the primary responsibility to fund public
11 education and simultaneously relieve the
12 disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes
13 to fund schools.
14 (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
15 Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in
16 this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in
17 this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1
18 of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both
19 legislative chambers. As further defined and described in
20 this Section, there are 4 major components of the
21 Evidence-Based Funding model:
22 (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
23 Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that
24 considers the costs to implement research-based
25 activities, the unit's student demographics, and
26 regional wage differences.

10100HB2170sam001- 306 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (B) Second, the model calculates each
2 Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount
3 each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute
4 toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
5 (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
6 the State currently contributes to the Organizational
7 Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to
8 determine the unit's overall current adequacy of
9 funding.
10 (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
11 allocates new State funding to those Organizational
12 Units that are least well-funded, considering both
13 Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their
14 Adequacy Target.
15 (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under
16 this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received
17 for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make
18 expenditures by law.
19 (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall
20 have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
21 "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
22 subsection (b) of this Section.
23 "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
24 subsection (d) of this Section.
25 "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
26 paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.

10100HB2170sam001- 307 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all
2 Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent
3 shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a
4 transportation rate based on total expenses for
5 transportation services under this Code, as reported on the
6 most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil
7 Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the
8 Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and
9 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding
10 fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding
11 net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or
12 special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to
13 Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this
14 Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational
15 Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois
16 scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior
17 years for regular, vocational, or special education
18 transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or
19 subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the
20 total transportation expenses, as defined in this
21 paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from
22 the Operating Tax Rate.
23 "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
24 subsection (g) of this Section.
25 "Alternative School" means a public school that is
26 created and operated by a regional superintendent of

10100HB2170sam001- 308 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 schools and approved by the State Board.
2 "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
3 subsection (d) of this Section.
4 "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
5 monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments,
6 in addition to the State accountability assessment, that
7 assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and
8 meeting the needs of the students they serve.
9 "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
10 duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in
11 this State.
12 "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not
13 meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating
14 from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need
15 for vocational support or social services beyond that
16 provided by the regular school program. All students
17 included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as
18 well as all English learner and disabled students attending
19 the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk
20 students under this Section.
21 "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
22 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the
23 average number of students (grades K through 12) reported
24 to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit
25 on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus
26 the pre-kindergarten students who receive special

10100HB2170sam001- 309 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to
2 the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding
3 school year, or the average number of students (grades K
4 through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
5 Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the
6 pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
7 services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State
8 Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding
9 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent
10 fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means,
11 for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average
12 number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the
13 State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on
14 October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school
15 year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive
16 special education services as reported to the State Board
17 on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding
18 school year, or the average number of students (grades K
19 through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the
20 Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the
21 pre-kindergarten students who receive special education
22 services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and
23 March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school
24 years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in
25 the Organizational Unit" means the number of students
26 reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools

10100HB2170sam001- 310 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or
2 would attend if not placed or transferred to another school
3 or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of
4 calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12,
5 excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and
6 students attending an alternative education program
7 operated by a regional office of education or intermediate
8 service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students
9 attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as
10 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent
11 years, the school district reports to the State Board of
12 Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten
13 district-wide for all students, then all students
14 attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special
15 education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as
16 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not
17 collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by
18 grade or a December 1 collection of special education
19 pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the
20 effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish
21 such collection for all future years. For any year in which
22 a count by grade level was collected only once, that count
23 shall be used as the single count available for computing a
24 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a
25 regional office of education or an intermediate service
26 center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding

10100HB2170sam001- 311 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year
2 and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy
3 formulas are developed and adopted for each type of
4 program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of
5 education or an intermediate service center must be
6 determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For
7 the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation
8 must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the
9 assignment of students served by a regional office of
10 education or intermediate service center shall not result
11 in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school
12 district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be
13 the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average
14 ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must
15 be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year
16 average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the
17 ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the
18 dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment
19 data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation.
20 For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall
21 include only enrollment taken on October 1.
22 "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
23 of subsection (g) of this Section.
24 "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of
25 this Section.
26 "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used

10100HB2170sam001- 312 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State
2 aid.
3 "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
4 equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk
5 in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
6 calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
7 "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
8 an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target
9 attributable to bilingual education divided by the
10 Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product
11 of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding
12 received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational
13 Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual
14 education shall include all additional investments in
15 English learner students' adequacy elements.
16 "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
17 State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
18 "Central office" means individual administrators and
19 support service personnel charged with managing the
20 instructional programs, business and operations, and
21 security of the Organizational Unit.
22 "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost
23 differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional
24 variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not
25 educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the
26 first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be

10100HB2170sam001- 313 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the CWI initially developed by the National Center for
2 Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A &
3 M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of
4 Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State
5 Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar
6 methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M
7 University study, with adjustments made no less frequently
8 than once every 5 years.
9 "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
10 servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers,
11 instructional software, security software, curriculum
12 management courseware, and other similar materials and
13 equipment.
14 "Computer technology and equipment investment
15 allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an
16 Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the
17 prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50
18 per student computer technology and equipment investment
19 grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
20 Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the
21 amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An
22 Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final
23 Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer
24 technology and equipment investment grant shall include
25 all additional investments in computer technology and
26 equipment adequacy elements.

10100HB2170sam001- 314 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
2 English, writing, and language arts; history and social
3 studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced
4 Placement in high schools.
5 "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
6 elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle
7 and high schools.
8 "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
9 teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to
10 students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
11 "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement
12 tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the
13 calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a
14 school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the
15 abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the
16 replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and
17 repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection
18 therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public
19 Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
20 "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in
21 paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and
22 calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection
23 (d) of this Section.
24 "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
25 employment cost index for civilian workers in educational
26 services in elementary and secondary schools on a

10100HB2170sam001- 315 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding
2 the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
3 "EIS Data" means the employment information system
4 data maintained by the State Board on educators within
5 Organizational Units.
6 "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
7 insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit,
8 the costs associated with the statutorily required payment
9 of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher
10 pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and
11 Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.
12 "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the
13 definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of
14 this Code participating in a program of transitional
15 bilingual education or a transitional program of
16 instruction meeting the requirements and program
17 application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the
18 purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled,
19 the same collection and calculation methodology as defined
20 above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the
21 exception that EL student enrollment shall include
22 students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12.
23 "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
24 and educational programs that have been identified through
25 academic research as necessary to improve student success,
26 improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and

10100HB2170sam001- 316 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 provide for other per student costs related to the delivery
2 and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the
3 maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are
4 specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this
5 Section.
6 "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
7 to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
8 "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
9 provided to students outside the regular school day before
10 and after school or during non-instructional times during
11 the school day.
12 "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
13 in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and
14 the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
15 "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4)
16 of subsection (f) of this Section.
17 "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
18 subsection (f) of this Section.
19 "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
20 equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant
21 position at an Organizational Unit.
22 "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection
23 (g).
24 "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance
25 counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for
26 students within an Organizational Unit.

10100HB2170sam001- 317 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
2 district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
3 "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
4 education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in
5 the classroom and provides academic support to students.
6 "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
7 or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches
8 continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides
9 instructional support to teachers in the elements of
10 research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment
11 of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment
12 tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or
13 strategies; develops and implements training; chooses
14 standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers
15 with an understanding of current research; serves as a
16 mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead
17 teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in
18 collaboration, to use data to improve instructional
19 practice or develop model lessons.
20 "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional
21 materials for student instruction, including, but not
22 limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory
23 equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
24 "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
25 created and operated by a public university and approved by
26 the State Board.

10100HB2170sam001- 318 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
2 library information specialist or another individual whose
3 primary responsibility is overseeing library resources
4 within an Organizational Unit.
5 "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
6 combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
7 "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
8 subsection (c) of this Section.
9 "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph
10 (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
11 "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
12 of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
13 "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of
14 subsection (c) of this Section.
15 "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
16 in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of
17 students for the prior school year or the immediately
18 preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the
19 immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the
20 Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least
21 one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the
22 Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance
23 for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition
24 Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for
25 services provided by the Department of Children and Family
26 Services. Until such time that grade level low-income

10100HB2170sam001- 319 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 populations become available, grade level low-income
2 populations shall be determined by applying the low-income
3 percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The
4 low-income percentage is determined by dividing the
5 Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The
6 low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional
7 office of education or an intermediate service center must
8 be set to the weighted average of the low-income
9 percentages of all of the school districts in the service
10 region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of
11 multiplying the low-income percentage of each school
12 district served by the regional office of education or
13 intermediate service center by each school district's
14 Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and
15 dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment
16 for the service region.
17 "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services,
18 facility and ground maintenance, facility operations,
19 facility security, routine facility repairs, and other
20 similar services and functions.
21 "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of
22 subsection (g) of this Section.
23 "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
24 given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under
25 Section 2-3.170 of this the School Code.
26 "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all

10100HB2170sam001- 320 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in
2 excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding
3 Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
4 "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given
5 school year, the amount of State funds that would be
6 necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an
7 Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available
8 to each unit.
9 "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
10 school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for
11 nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of
12 and is available to provide health care-related services
13 for students of an Organizational Unit.
14 "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
15 previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
16 except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
17 Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
18 For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the
19 combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the
20 previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes,
21 except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital
22 Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
23 "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any
24 public school district that is recognized as such by the
25 State Board and that contains elementary schools typically
26 serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools

10100HB2170sam001- 321 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools
2 typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program
3 established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program
4 operated by a regional office of education or an
5 intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The
6 General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels
7 served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary
8 slightly from what is typical.
9 "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating
10 the CWI in the region and original county in which an
11 Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is
12 located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if
13 the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance
14 with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational
15 Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current
16 CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that
17 county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a
18 "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated
19 by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent
20 Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent
21 Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the
22 original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois
23 county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the
24 number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the
25 original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and
26 the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at

10100HB2170sam001- 322 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the
2 original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and
3 the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at
4 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its
5 weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the
6 Organizational Unit CWI.
7 "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
8 immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
9 "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
10 the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county
11 clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating
12 Tax Rate.
13 "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
14 paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
15 "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of
16 subsection (f) of this Section.
17 "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed
18 to be employed as a principal in this State.
19 "Professional development" means training programs for
20 licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to,
21 programs that assist in implementing new curriculum
22 programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data
23 training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and
24 strengths, target interventions, improve instruction,
25 encompass instructional strategies for English learner,
26 gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural

10100HB2170sam001- 323 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide
2 professional support for licensed staff.
3 "Prototypical" means 450 special education
4 pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students
5 for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students
6 for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students
7 for a high school.
8 "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
9 Law.
10 "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
11 (d) of this Section.
12 "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
13 social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff
14 member who provides support to at-risk or struggling
15 students.
16 "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
17 subsection (d) of this Section.
18 "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
19 Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the
20 Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
21 "School site staff" means the primary school secretary
22 and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
23 "Special education" means special educational
24 facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of
25 this Code.
26 "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an

10100HB2170sam001- 324 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable
2 to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's
3 final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be
4 multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant
5 to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy
6 Target attributable to special education shall include all
7 special education investment adequacy elements.
8 "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
9 instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects,
10 including, but not limited to, art, music, physical
11 education, health, driver education, career-technical
12 education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated
13 by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.
14 "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
15 safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school,
16 special education cooperative or entity recognized by the
17 State Board as a special education cooperative,
18 State-approved charter school, or alternative learning
19 opportunities program that received direct funding from
20 the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through
21 any of the funding sources included within the calculation
22 of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
23 "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
24 general State aid funding received by an Organizational
25 Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to
26 subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now

10100HB2170sam001- 325 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 repealed).
2 "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
3 Targets of all Organizational Units.
4 "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
5 "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
6 of Education.
7 "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
8 multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for
9 that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value,
10 summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and
11 dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units,
12 thereby creating an average weighted index.
13 "Student activities" means non-credit producing
14 after-school programs, including, but not limited to,
15 clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by
16 the school board of the Organizational Unit.
17 "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
18 teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational
19 Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on
20 a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace
21 another staff member.
22 "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs
23 provided to students during the summer months outside of
24 the regular school year.
25 "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
26 who helps in supervising students of an Organizational

10100HB2170sam001- 326 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations
2 such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and
3 playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising
4 students when being transported in buses serving the
5 Organizational Unit.
6 "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
7 subsection (g).
8 "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined
9 in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
10 "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
11 Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate
12 Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
13 (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
14 (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the
15 sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing
16 Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this
17 subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential
18 Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated
19 pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
20 (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
21 rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each
22 Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2),
23 with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on
24 ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set
25 forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating
26 attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups

10100HB2170sam001- 327 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 thereto are as follows:
2 (A) Core class size investments. Each
3 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required
4 to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as
5 is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the
6 Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
7 (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
8 Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
9 to support one FTE core teacher position for every
10 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
11 one FTE core teacher position for every 20
12 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
13 (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
14 Organizational Unit shall receive funding required
15 to support one FTE core teacher position for every
16 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and
17 one FTE core teacher position for every 25
18 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
19 The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
20 grade shall be determined by subtracting the
21 Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the
22 Organizational Unit for that grade.
23 (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
24 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
25 to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher
26 positions that correspond to the following

10100HB2170sam001- 328 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 percentages:
2 (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
3 elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the
4 number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers,
5 as determined under subparagraph (A) of this
6 paragraph (2); and
7 (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
8 high school, then 33.33% of the number of the
9 Organizational Unit's core teachers.
10 (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
11 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
12 to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position
13 for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten
14 children with disabilities and all kindergarten
15 through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
16 (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments.
17 Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding
18 needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each
19 prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
20 (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
21 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
22 to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to
23 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required
24 under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time
25 equivalent core, specialist, and intervention
26 teachers, school nurses, special education teachers

10100HB2170sam001- 329 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and instructional assistants, instructional
2 facilitators, and summer school and extended day
3 teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph
4 (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary
5 for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the
6 average salary of each instructional assistant
7 position.
8 (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each
9 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
10 to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450
11 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
12 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5
13 students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250
14 grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one
15 FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12
16 ASE high school students.
17 (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
18 shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse
19 for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
20 with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade
21 12 students across all grade levels it serves.
22 (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
23 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
24 to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of
25 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
26 kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for

10100HB2170sam001- 330 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for
2 each 200 ASE high school students.
3 (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
4 Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
5 librarian for each prototypical elementary school,
6 middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or
7 media technician for every 300 combined ASE of
8 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
9 kindergarten through grade 12 students.
10 (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
11 Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE
12 principal position for each prototypical elementary
13 school, plus one FTE principal position for each
14 prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal
15 position for each prototypical high school.
16 (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
17 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
18 to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each
19 prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant
20 principal position for each prototypical middle
21 school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for
22 each prototypical high school.
23 (L) School site staff investments. Each
24 Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed
25 for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of
26 pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all

10100HB2170sam001- 331 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE
2 position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus
3 one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
4 (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
5 shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12
6 ASE.
7 (N) Professional development investments. Each
8 Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of
9 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
10 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
11 students for trainers and other professional
12 development-related expenses for supplies and
13 materials.
14 (O) Instructional material investments. Each
15 Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of
16 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
17 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
18 students to cover instructional material costs.
19 (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
20 Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE
21 of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all
22 kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover
23 assessment costs.
24 (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments.
25 Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per
26 student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten

10100HB2170sam001- 332 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 children with disabilities and all kindergarten
2 through grade 12 students to cover computer technology
3 and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and
4 subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned
5 to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall
6 receive an additional $285.50 per student of the
7 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
8 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
9 students to cover computer technology and equipment
10 costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
11 The State Board may establish additional requirements
12 for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received
13 pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a
14 requirement that funds received pursuant to this
15 subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the
16 technology needs of the district. It is the intent of
17 Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts
18 receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the
19 following year, subject to compliance with the
20 requirements of the State Board.
21 (R) Student activities investments. Each
22 Organizational Unit shall receive the following
23 funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per
24 kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary
25 school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school,
26 plus $675 per ASE student in high school.

10100HB2170sam001- 333 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
2 Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student
3 of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
4 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
5 students for day-to-day maintenance and operations
6 expenditures, including salary, supplies, and
7 materials, as well as purchased services, but
8 excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary
9 for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the
10 calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
11 (T) Central office investments. Each
12 Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of
13 the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
14 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
15 students to cover central office operations, including
16 administrators and classified personnel charged with
17 managing the instructional programs, business and
18 operations of the school district, and security
19 personnel. The proportion of salary for the
20 application of a Regionalization Factor and the
21 calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
22 (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
23 Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of
24 all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target,
25 excluding substitute teachers and student activities
26 investments, to cover benefit costs. For central

10100HB2170sam001- 334 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 office and maintenance and operations investments, the
2 benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary
3 proportion of each investment. If at any time the
4 responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of
5 teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then
6 that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement
7 System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the
8 Organizational Unit for the preceding school year
9 shall be added to the benefit investment. For any
10 fiscal year in which a school district organized under
11 Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the
12 employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that
13 amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for
14 retiree health insurance as certified by the Public
15 School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of
16 Chicago to be paid by the school district for the
17 preceding school year that is statutorily required to
18 cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree
19 health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in
20 this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System
21 of the State of Illinois and the Public School
22 Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall
23 submit such information as the State Superintendent
24 may require for the calculations set forth in this
25 subparagraph (U).
26 (V) Additional investments in low-income students.

10100HB2170sam001- 335 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding
2 under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit
3 shall receive funding based on the average teacher
4 salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
5 (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
6 position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
7 (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
8 every 125 Low-Income Count students;
9 (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
10 for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
11 (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
12 for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
13 (W) Additional investments in English learner
14 students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other
15 funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational
16 Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher
17 salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
18 (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
19 position for every 125 English learner students;
20 (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
21 every 125 English learner students;
22 (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
23 for every 120 English learner students;
24 (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
25 for every 120 English learner students; and
26 (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100

10100HB2170sam001- 336 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 English learner students.
2 (X) Special education investments. Each
3 Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the
4 average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover
5 special education as follows:
6 (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
7 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
8 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
9 students;
10 (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every
11 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with
12 disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12
13 students; and
14 (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
15 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children
16 with disabilities and all kindergarten through
17 grade 12 students.
18 (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
19 Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall
20 annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar
21 using the employment information system data maintained by
22 the State Board, limited to public schools only and
23 excluding special education and vocational cooperatives,
24 schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and
25 charter schools, for the following positions:
26 (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.

10100HB2170sam001- 337 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
2 (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
3 (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8.
4 (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12.
5 (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12.
6 (G) Social worker.
7 (H) Psychologist.
8 (I) Librarian.
9 (J) Nurse.
10 (K) Principal.
11 (L) Assistant principal.
12 For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
13 includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers,
14 instructional facilitators, tutors, special education
15 teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner
16 teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school
17 teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the
18 Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding
19 positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the
20 average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
21 For calculating the salaries included within the
22 Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS
23 Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first
24 year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
25 (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
26 (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional

10100HB2170sam001- 338 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 assistant, library aide, library media tech, or
2 supervisory aide: $25,000.
3 In the second and subsequent years of implementation of
4 Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii)
5 of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
6 The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
7 determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S)
8 and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection
9 (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a
10 Regionalization Factor.
11 (c) Local Capacity calculation.
12 (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
13 represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute
14 toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the
15 Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local
16 Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local
17 Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph
18 (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal
19 to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the
20 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as
21 calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
22 subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local
23 Capacity Target.
24 (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
25 Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by
26 multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity

10100HB2170sam001- 339 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Ratio.
2 (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
3 Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational
4 Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is
5 determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this
6 paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution
7 resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each
8 Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
9 Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of
10 Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph
11 (C) of this paragraph (2).
12 (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
13 in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing
14 its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by
15 its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further
16 adjusted as follows:
17 (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
18 kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no
19 further adjustments shall be made;
20 (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
21 kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be
22 multiplied by 9/13;
23 (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
24 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be
25 multiplied by 4/13; and
26 (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a

10100HB2170sam001- 340 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 different grade configuration than those specified
2 in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph
3 (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a
4 comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
5 (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
6 percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity
7 Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local
8 Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting
9 in a percentile ranking to determine each
10 Organizational Unit's relative position to all other
11 Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity
12 Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a
13 percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall
14 be calculated using the standard normal distribution
15 of the score in relation to the weighted mean and
16 weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios
17 of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to
18 any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value
19 shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the
20 Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
21 recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from
22 the public university that are allocated to the
23 Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional
24 office of education or an intermediate service center,
25 the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in
26 recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from

10100HB2170sam001- 341 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 school districts that are allocated to the regional
2 office of education or intermediate service center.
3 The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage
4 shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational
5 Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit
6 creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values
7 of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total
8 ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard
9 deviation shall be determined by taking the square root
10 of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units'
11 Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated
12 by squaring the difference between each unit's Local
13 Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying
14 the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit
15 to create a weighted variance for each unit, then
16 summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by
17 the total ASE of all units.
18 (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
19 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target
20 shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's
21 remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of
22 subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois
23 Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of
24 education's remaining contribution pursuant to
25 paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of
26 the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal

10100HB2170sam001- 342 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 cost portion of the required contribution and amount
2 allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section
3 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year.
4 In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified
5 to the State Board of Education by the Teachers'
6 Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item
7 (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education
8 by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement
9 Fund of the City of Chicago.
10 (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more
11 than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity
12 shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated
13 in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local
14 Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the
15 Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real
16 Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals
17 the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local
18 Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by
19 the Local Capacity Percentage.
20 As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
21 Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real
22 Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the
23 resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's
24 Adequacy Target.
25 (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for
26purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.

10100HB2170sam001- 343 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
2 product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An
3 Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted
4 Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational
5 Unit.
6 (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
7 equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable
8 property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of
9 the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this
10 subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then
11 determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in
12 accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which
13 Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of
14 calculating Local Capacity.
15 (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department
16 of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the
17 value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue
18 of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit,
19 together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending
20 taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of
21 September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting
22 rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax
23 extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
24 (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
25 equalized assessed value of all taxable property of
26 each Organizational Unit situated entirely or

10100HB2170sam001- 344 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 partially within a county that is or was subject to the
2 provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
3 Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by
4 which the homestead exemption allowed under Section
5 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real
6 property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds
7 the total amount that would have been allowed in that
8 Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under
9 Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500
10 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000
11 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and
12 (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the
13 taxable year of all additional exemptions under
14 Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with
15 a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk
16 of any county that is or was subject to the provisions
17 of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code
18 shall annually calculate and certify to the Department
19 of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead
20 exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the
21 Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional
22 exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax
23 Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or
24 less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if
25 the general homestead exemption for a parcel of
26 property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177

10100HB2170sam001- 345 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175,
2 then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by
3 the difference, if any, between the amount of the
4 general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of
5 property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property
6 Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed
7 had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of
8 property been determined under Section 15-175 of the
9 Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this
10 subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are
11 allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code
12 for owners with a household income of less than
13 $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be
14 affected by the difference, if any, because of those
15 additional exemptions.
16 (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
17 Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to
18 which a municipality has adopted tax increment
19 allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment
20 Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article
21 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial
22 Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the
23 Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of
24 real property located in any such project area that is
25 attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV
26 of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of

10100HB2170sam001- 346 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the Organizational Unit, until such time as all
2 redevelopment project costs have been paid, as
3 provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
4 Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35
5 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
6 the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial
7 EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be
8 used until such time as all redevelopment project costs
9 have been paid.
10 (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
11 valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by
12 subtracting from the real property value, as equalized
13 or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the
14 district an amount computed by dividing the amount of
15 any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the
16 Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining
17 grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district
18 maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05%
19 for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and
20 adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount
21 of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of
22 Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same
23 percentage rates for district type as specified in this
24 subparagraph (B-5).
25 (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
26 Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the

10100HB2170sam001- 347 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation
2 for property within the partial elementary unit
3 district for elementary purposes, as defined in
4 Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized
5 assessed valuation for property within the partial
6 elementary unit district for high school purposes, as
7 defined in Article 11E of this Code.
8 (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the
9 average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years
10 or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in
11 the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more
12 compared to the 3-year average. In the event of
13 Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or
14 annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the
15 first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the
16 most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the
17 average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately
18 preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared
19 to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year
20 average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if
21 the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the
22 3-year average for the third year. For any school district
23 whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in
24 calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall
25 be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2
26 years or the immediately preceding year if that year

10100HB2170sam001- 348 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the 2-year
2 average.
3 "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
4 Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as
5 described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of
6 calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio.
7 Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the
8 PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the
9 product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in
10 the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05
11 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
12 this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension
13 Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or
14 does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to
15 Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base
16 Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of
17 the equalized assessed valuation last used in the
18 calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of
19 this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under
20 this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the
21 percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index
22 for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the
23 United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar
24 year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized
25 assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and
26 recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized

10100HB2170sam001- 349 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 assessed valuation of disconnected property.
2 As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
3 "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set
4 forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
5 (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
6 (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
7 Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded
8 Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the
9 Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the
10 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and
11 specified appropriation amounts described in this
12 paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by
13 the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now
14 repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524
15 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for
16 children requiring special education services); Section
17 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and
18 staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of
19 transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section
20 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3
21 of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation
22 level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under
23 Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also
24 includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district
25 pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to
26 funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code

10100HB2170sam001- 350 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference
2 between (I) the funds allocated to the school district
3 pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the
4 funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public
5 special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of
6 Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation),
7 Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80
8 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants'
9 alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational
10 service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education -
11 orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood
12 Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the
13 school district's actual expenditures for its non-public
14 special education, special education transportation,
15 transportation programs, agricultural education, truants'
16 alternative education, services that would otherwise be
17 performed by a regional office of education, special
18 education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as
19 most recently calculated and reported pursuant to
20 subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base
21 Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For
22 programs operated by a regional office of education or an
23 intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must
24 be the total amount of State funds allocated to those
25 programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided
26 pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section

10100HB2170sam001- 351 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5,
2 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and
3 administered by a regional office of education or an
4 intermediate service center must have an initial Base
5 Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year
6 ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received
7 in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar
8 existing program type. If the enrollment for a program
9 operated by a regional office of education or an
10 intermediate service center is zero, then it may not
11 receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the
12 next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to
13 Organizational Units under subsection (g).
14 (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the
15 Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially
16 Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of
17 Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the
18 Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii)
19 any amount received by a school district pursuant to
20 Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
21 (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
22 provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that
23 meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the
24 State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added
25 to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding
26 Minimum is calculated by the State Board:

10100HB2170sam001- 352 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an
2 Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this
3 Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to
4 the control of the State Board pursuant to a court
5 order for a minimum of 4 school years.
6 (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
7 Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous
8 school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of
9 this Section.
10 (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
11 sustainability through a 5-year financial and
12 strategic plan.
13 (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
14 progress and achieved sufficient stability in the
15 areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
16 As part of its determination under this paragraph (3),
17 the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's
18 summative designation, any accreditations of the
19 Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's
20 financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
21 If the State Board determines that an Organizational
22 Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3),
23 it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later
24 than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board
25 makes it determination, on the amount of District
26 Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base

10100HB2170sam001- 353 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State
2 Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint
3 resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money.
4 If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within
5 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the
6 addition of District Intervention Money is deemed
7 approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of
8 District Intervention Money to be added to the
9 Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District
10 Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding
11 Minimum annually thereafter.
12 For the first 4 years following the initial year that
13 the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has
14 met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has
15 received funding under this Section, the Organizational
16 Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before
17 November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and
18 strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph
19 (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the
20 past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that
21 must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each
22 year and the approved budget financial data for the current
23 year. The plan shall be developed according to the
24 guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the
25 State Board. The plan shall further include financial
26 projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a

10100HB2170sam001- 354 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 discussion and financial summary of the Organizational
2 Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not
3 demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or
4 if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an
5 annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan,
6 or other financial information as required by law, the
7 State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under
8 Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational
9 Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State
10 Board may extend the duration of the Panel.
11 (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
12 (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
13 Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order
14 to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the
15 funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of
16 this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's
17 Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy
18 are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection
19 (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and
20 Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the
21 Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels
22 pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
23 (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are
24 equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and
25 Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary
26 Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary

10100HB2170sam001- 355 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
2 (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
3 Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum
4 of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding
5 Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded
6 Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the
7 Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools
8 shall not include any portion of general State aid
9 allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition
10 charge times the charter school enrollment.
11 (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy
12 is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An
13 Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is
14 equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental
15 Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the
16 product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary
17 Percent of Adequacy.
18 (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
19 (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
20 Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding
21 equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's
22 allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this
23 subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the
24 Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first
25 places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in
26 accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based

10100HB2170sam001- 356 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New
2 State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as
3 follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New
4 State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New
5 State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all
6 New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1%
7 of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within
8 Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds
9 equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following
10 sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate
11 determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection
12 (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
13 equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph
14 (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
15 Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
16 amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
17 Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap
18 equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph
19 (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the
20 Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting
21 amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final
22 Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine
23 the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting
24 amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus
25 the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target
26 percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier

10100HB2170sam001- 357 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the
2 product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation
3 Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
4 (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all
5 Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit
6 shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3
7 Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational
8 Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE.
9 Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation
10 per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall
11 get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3
12 funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the
13 Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational
14 Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the
15 percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2
16 Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational
17 Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting
18 districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
19 (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers
20 as follows:
21 (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
22 except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
23 Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1
24 Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1
25 Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1
26 Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4)

10100HB2170sam001- 358 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 of this subsection (g).
2 (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
3 other Organizational Units, except for Specially
4 Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than
5 0.90.
6 (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
7 except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of
8 Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
9 (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
10 with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
11 (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
12 determined as follows:
13 (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
14 (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the
15 following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided
16 by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2
17 Organizational Units, unless the result of such
18 equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such
19 equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation
20 Rate is 1.0.
21 (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the
22 following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided
23 by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3
24 Organizational Units.
25 (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the
26 following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided

10100HB2170sam001- 359 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4
2 Organizational Units.
3 (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
4 (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that
5 allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed
6 with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
7 (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
8 (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
9 (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
10 greater than 90%, then than all Tier 1 funding shall be
11 allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's
12 funding may be identified.
13 (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
14 receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any
15 remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and
16 Tier 4 Organizational Units.
17 (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
18 Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for
19 direct funding following the implementation of Public Act
20 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the
21 definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified
22 portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to
23 one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined
24 by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of
25 the Organizational Units.
26 (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special

10100HB2170sam001- 360 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding
2 Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be
3 redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The
4 school district and the cooperative must include the amount
5 of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in
6 their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of
7 the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal.
8 (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish
9 a target for State funding that will keep pace with
10 inflation and continue to advance equity through the
11 Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State
12 funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is
13 $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
14 fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to
15 $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more
16 than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be
17 counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New
18 State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool
19 Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding
20 for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner:
21 (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
22 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
23 Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as
24 Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
25 (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
26 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum

10100HB2170sam001- 361 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
2 Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is
3 exhausted.
4 (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
5 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
6 Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in
7 Tier 4 and Tier 3.
8 (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an
9 amount equal to the difference between the Minimum
10 Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in
11 Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation
12 Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal
13 to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of
14 this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New
15 State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
16 (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
17 fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then
18 any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for
19 purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of
20 $50,000,000.
21 (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
22 appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after
23 implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units
24 receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under
25 paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held
26 harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to

10100HB2170sam001- 362 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding
2 received in accordance with this Section in the prior
3 fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding
4 Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
5 per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE
6 in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units
7 divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
8 Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to
9 Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the
10 relative formula when increases in appropriations for this
11 Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
12 Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount
13 that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum
14 established in the first year of implementation of this
15 Section. If additional reductions are required, all school
16 districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount
17 equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction
18 divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
19 (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
20 adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this
21 subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages
22 to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to
23 the nearest whole dollar.
24 (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and
25district submission requirements.
26 (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with

10100HB2170sam001- 363 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the
2 funding obligations created under this Section.
3 (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
4 Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State
5 Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under
6 this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be
7 distributed within an Organizational Unit without the
8 approval of the unit's school board.
9 (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
10 and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate
11 financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the
12 Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State
13 Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
14 each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds
15 allocated for its students with disabilities. The State
16 Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for
17 each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and
18 applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the
19 unit's Adequacy Target.
20 (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate
21 and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit
22 must expend on special education and bilingual education
23 and computer technology and equipment for Organizational
24 Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an
25 additional $285.50 per student computer technology and
26 equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target

10100HB2170sam001- 364 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special
2 Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and
3 computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
4 (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
5 calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal
6 year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending
7 through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys
8 appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in
9 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each
10 Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal
11 year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution
12 shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
13 (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
14 school year, to maintain school as required by law or to
15 maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive
16 Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one
17 or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise
18 operating recognized schools, the claim of the district
19 shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in
20 the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of
21 the school district. "Recognized school" means any public
22 school that meets the standards for recognition by the
23 State Board. A school district or attendance center not
24 having recognition status at the end of a school term is
25 entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal
26 claim that was filed while it was recognized.

10100HB2170sam001- 365 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (7) School district claims filed under this Section are
2 subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as
3 otherwise provided in this Section.
4 (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
5 calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its
6 Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall
7 be deemed attributable to the provision of special
8 educational facilities and services, as defined in Section
9 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance
10 with maintenance of State financial support requirements
11 under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education
12 Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for
13 the provision of special educational facilities and
14 services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and
15 must comply with any expenditure verification procedures
16 adopted by the State Board.
17 (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit
18 annual spending plans by the end of September of each year
19 to the State Board as part of the annual budget process,
20 which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will
21 utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based
22 Funding it receives from this State under this Section with
23 specific identification of the intended utilization of
24 Low-Income, English learner, and special education
25 resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each
26 Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational

10100HB2170sam001- 366 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the
2 Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as
3 defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may,
4 from time to time, identify additional requisites for
5 Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual
6 spending plans required under this subsection (h). The
7 format and scope of annual spending plans shall be
8 developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board
9 of Education. School districts that serve students under
10 Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit
11 information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code.
12 (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
13 Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for
14 all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy
15 funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall
16 submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly,
17 as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly
18 Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations
19 for:
20 (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
21 innovative, and 21st century learning environments
22 using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
23 (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
24 educators for successful instructional careers;
25 (C) application and enhancement of the current
26 financial accountability measures, the approved State

10100HB2170sam001- 367 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds
2 Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures
3 in relation to student growth and elements of the
4 Evidence-Based Funding model; and
5 (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy
6 funding system based on projected and recommended
7 funding levels from the General Assembly.
8 (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent must
9 recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the
10 Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the
11 study of average expenses and as reported in the most
12 recent annual financial report:
13 (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2)
14 of subsection (b).
15 (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph (O)
16 of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
17 (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph
18 (2) of subsection (b).
19 (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
20 paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
21 (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
22 (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
23 (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
24 paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
25 (i) Professional Review Panel.
26 (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and

10100HB2170sam001- 368 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 review topics related to the implementation and effect of
2 Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution
3 or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by
4 the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide
5 recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General
6 Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or
7 his or her designee must serve as a voting member and
8 chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must
9 appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the
10 Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a
11 three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and
12 voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any
13 recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed
14 by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided
15 in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the
16 following members:
17 (A) Two appointees that represent district
18 superintendents, recommended by a statewide
19 organization that represents district superintendents.
20 (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
21 recommended by a statewide organization that
22 represents school boards.
23 (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
24 school business officials, recommended by a statewide
25 organization that represents school business
26 officials.

10100HB2170sam001- 369 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (D) Two appointees that represent school
2 principals, recommended by a statewide organization
3 that represents school principals.
4 (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
5 recommended by a statewide organization that
6 represents teachers.
7 (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
8 recommended by another statewide organization that
9 represents teachers.
10 (G) Two appointees that represent regional
11 superintendents of schools, recommended by
12 organizations that represent regional superintendents.
13 (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the
14 State Superintendent.
15 (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
16 universities in this State.
17 (J) One member recommended by a statewide
18 organization that represents parents.
19 (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
20 impact organizations that represent major metropolitan
21 areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
22 (L) One member from a statewide organization
23 focused on research-based education policy to support
24 a school system that prepares all students for college,
25 a career, and democratic citizenship.
26 (M) One representative from a school district

10100HB2170sam001- 370 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 organized under Article 34 of this Code.
2 The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
3 membership of the Panel includes representatives from
4 school districts and communities reflecting the
5 geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity
6 of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally
7 ensure that the membership of the Panel includes
8 representatives with expertise in bilingual education and
9 special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff
10 the Panel.
11 (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the
12 State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly
13 shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of
14 Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of
15 Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the
16 President of the Senate, one member of the House of
17 Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the
18 House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate
19 appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall
20 be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All
21 members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor
22 shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
23 (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the
24 General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided
25 under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following
26 topics at the direction of the chairperson:

10100HB2170sam001- 371 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
2 referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this
3 Section.
4 (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
5 (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
6 maintenance and construction costs.
7 (D) "At-risk student" definition.
8 (E) Benefits.
9 (F) Technology.
10 (G) Local Capacity Target.
11 (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
12 Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning
13 opportunities programs.
14 (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
15 strategies.
16 (J) Special education investments.
17 (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
18 with the Illinois Early Learning Council.
19 (4) (Blank).
20 (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
21 Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall
22 complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based
23 Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not
24 the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall
25 report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the
26 Governor on the findings of the study.

10100HB2170sam001- 372 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (6) (Blank).
2 (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target calculation
3 under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of
4 students living in poverty or attending schools located in
5 areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the
6 Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and
7 advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula
8 distribution system established under this Section are
9 sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student
10 and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel
11 shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of
12 subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the
13 following in its review:
14 (A) The financial ability of school districts to
15 provide instruction in a foreign language to every
16 student and whether an additional Essential Element
17 should be added to the formula to ensure that every
18 student has access to instruction in a foreign
19 language.
20 (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential
21 Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel shall
22 consider whether the ratio accurately reflects the
23 staffing needed to support students living in poverty
24 or who have traumatic backgrounds.
25 (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be
26 required to better promote racial equity and eliminate

10100HB2170sam001- 373 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 structural racism within schools.
2 (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in
3 additional funds each year under this Section and an
4 estimate of when the school system will become fully
5 funded under this level of appropriation.
6 (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding
7 structures that would enable the State to become fully
8 funded at an earlier date.
9 (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to
10 find cost savings within the school system to expedite
11 the journey to a fully funded system.
12 On or before April 1, 2021, the Panel shall report to
13 the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on
14 the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is
15 inoperative on and after April 1, 2022.
16 (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other
17laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section
1818-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be
19references to evidence-based model formula funds or
20calculations under this Section.
21(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18;
22100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff.
236-14-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; revised 8-21-20.)
24
Article 90.

10100HB2170sam001- 374 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Section 90-5. The Department of Human Services Act is
2amended by adding Section 10-75 as follows:
3 (20 ILCS 1305/10-75 new)
4 Sec. 10-75. Findings; compensation; barriers.
5 (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following
6findings:
7 (1) Research demonstrates that the effectiveness of an
8 early childhood teacher is a predictor for the positive
9 developmental and academic outcomes for children.
10 (2) The work of early childhood educators is
11 sophisticated and central to the healthy learning and
12 development of young children and takes place in diverse
13 settings, including schools, community-based centers, and
14 homes.
15 (3) It is critically important for children's outcome
16 to have educators that reflect the diversity of the
17 families and communities they serve.
18 (4) The early childhood workforce is more racially
19 diverse than the K-12 workforce and its members hold
20 degrees, have earned credentials, and have years of
21 experience in the field of early childhood education.
22 (5) The early childhood workforce, particularly those
23 members who work in community-based settings and those who
24 work with infants and toddlers, are often not paid wages
25 that are aligned with the sophistication of their work and

10100HB2170sam001- 375 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 their level of education.
2 (6) All regions and settings have difficulty in finding
3 qualified teachers.
4 (7) A disproportionate number of Black and Latinx women
5 serve in essential, frontline positions, but are
6 underrepresented as lead teachers and in program
7 leadership where credentials and degrees are required.
8 (8) Members of the early childhood workforce face
9 multiple barriers that prevent them from attaining the
10 additional credentials and degrees required for career
11 advancement and higher levels of compensation.
12 (b) The Department of Human Services shall conduct an
13analysis of the data relating to teachers that is available in
14the Gateways to Opportunity Registry under the Gateways to
15Opportunity program established in Section 10-70 of this Act to
16ascertain those individuals who are participating in the
17Gateways to Opportunity program and who are close to attaining
18a higher credential lever or degree. If the following
19information is available in the Gateways to Opportunity
20Registry, the analysis of data about an identified individual
21shall include the individual's geographic location,
22demographic information, work setting, and the age groups of
23the children for which the individual is responsible.
24 (c) The Department of Human Services shall conduct outreach
25and provide targeted coaching and access to financial support
26that shall include, but is not limited to, scholarships and

10100HB2170sam001- 376 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1debt relief, to members of the early childhood workforce in a
2manner that must prioritize (i) increasing the diversity of the
3teacher pipeline, (ii) the regions in the State that have the
4greatest need, and (iii) those children in age groups who are
5experiencing the greatest shortage of teachers.
6 (d) The State Board of Education, in cooperation with the
7Department of Human Services, shall provide additional
8financial support to members of the early childhood workforce
9regardless of the setting in which they work and the
10credentials they seek. The State Board of Education shall
11prioritize potential candidates for assistance under this
12Section by those individuals who have the greatest need in the
13field of early childhood education.
14 (e) The Department of Human Services shall prepare and
15submit reports annually to the General Assembly disclosing the
16individuals who received financial assistance, scholarships,
17or other types of financial support provided through or
18administered by the Department of Human Services or by the
19State Board of Education. If the following information is
20available in the Gateways to Opportunity Registry, the analysis
21of data about the recipients of financial assistance shall
22include the geographic location, demographic information, work
23setting, the age groups of the children for which a recipient
24is responsible, and the degrees or credentials a recipient has
25attained.
26 (f) In cooperation with the Department of Human Services,

10100HB2170sam001- 377 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the Board of Higher Education in the course of their strategic
2planning process shall review the barriers to higher education
3and career advancement experienced by the early childhood
4workforce and by teachers of color. The Board of Higher
5Education shall place particular focus on the barriers
6experienced by the early childhood workforce and by teachers of
7color in accessing and completing the required coursework
8needed to attain additional credentials and degrees. The Board
9of Higher Education shall make policy recommendations and
10recommendations for the changes in practices to better meet the
11needs of the early childhood workforce that is largely
12comprised of non-traditional students and women of color.
13 (g) Subject to appropriation, the Department of Human
14Services and the State Board of Education shall prioritize
15reducing the compensation disparities that exist between
16members of the early childhood workforce and their K-12
17workforce counterparts and the disparities that exist within
18the early childhood workforce between the settings and the age
19groups of children in which they work.
20
Article 95.
21 Section 95-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the
22Equity in Higher Education Act. References in this Article to
23"this Act" mean this Article.

10100HB2170sam001- 378 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Section 95-5. Findings; policies.
2 (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
3 (1) Historic and continuous systemic racism has
4 created significant disparities in college access,
5 affordability, and completion for Black, Latinx,
6 low-income, and other underrepresented and historically
7 underserved students.
8 (2) Higher education is examining its role as a
9 contributor to systemic racism, while recognizing its
10 place in providing opportunity and upward mobility, and its
11 role as a powerful actor in dismantling systemic racism.
12 (3) Chicago State University has created the Equity
13 Working Group, which includes statewide representation of
14 private, community, and public sector stakeholders, to
15 create an action plan for employers, the secondary and
16 postsecondary education systems, philanthropic
17 organizations, community-based organizations, and our
18 executive and legislative bodies to improve college
19 access, completion, and post-graduation outcomes for Black
20 college students in Illinois.
21 (4) Despite similar numbers of Black high school
22 graduates, Illinois saw about 25,000 fewer Black enrollees
23 in Illinois higher education in 2018 compared to 2008.
24 (5) Illinois must address wide disparities in degree
25 completion at Illinois community colleges, which currently
26 graduate Black and Latinx students at a rate of 14% and 26%

10100HB2170sam001- 379 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 respectively compared to the rate of 38% for White
2 students, as well as at public universities, which
3 currently graduate Black and Latinx students at a rate of
4 34% and 49% respectively compared to 66% of White students,
5 within 6 years.
6 (6) The State of Illinois benefits from a diverse
7 public higher education system that includes universities
8 and community colleges with different missions and scopes
9 that maximize college enrollment, persistence, and
10 completion of underrepresented and historically
11 underserved students, including Black and Latinx students
12 and students from low-income families.
13 (7) Illinois has a moral obligation and an economic
14 interest in dismantling and reforming structures that
15 create or exacerbate racial and socioeconomic inequities
16 in K-12 and higher education.
17 (8) The Board of Higher Education has a statutory
18 obligation to create a strategic plan for higher education
19 and has adopted core principles to guide this plan.
20 (9) The Board of Higher Education has included among
21 its core principles designed to guide the strategic plan
22 the assumption that excellence coupled with equity should
23 drive the higher education system and that the higher
24 education system will make equity-driven decisions,
25 elevating the voices of those who have been underserved,
26 and actively identify and remove systemic barriers that

10100HB2170sam001- 380 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 have prevented students of color, first generation college
2 students, low-income students, adult learners, and rural
3 students from accessing and succeeding in higher
4 education; access and affordability as well as high quality
5 are embedded in the definition of equity.
6 (b) The General Assembly supports all of the following work
7and goals of the Board of Higher Education:
8 (1) Its work on the strategic plan for higher education
9 and the vision it has set forth that over the next 10 years
10 Illinois will have an equitable, accessible, innovative,
11 nimble, and aligned higher education ecosystem that
12 ensures individuals, families, and communities across the
13 state thrive.
14 (2) Its goal to close equity gaps in higher education
15 in Illinois and that the strategic plan will identify
16 multiple strategies to achieve this goal.
17 (3) Its goal to increase postsecondary
18 credential/degree attainment and develop talent to drive
19 the economy of Illinois and that the strategic plan will
20 identify strategies to achieve this goal, including
21 embedding equity in the State's attainment goal.
22 (4) Its goal to improve higher education
23 affordability, increase access, and manage costs and the
24 expectation that the strategic plan will identify
25 strategies for stakeholders to achieve these goals,
26 including opportunities to improve efficiency and

10100HB2170sam001- 381 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 principles for equitable and adequate ways to fund higher
2 education.
3 (c) The General Assembly encourages the Board of Higher
4Education to prepare an array of policy, practice, and proposed
5legislative changes required to implement the strategic plan,
6along with an implementation process and timeline by May 1,
72021 and to regularly evaluate the impact of the implementation
8of the strategic plan and publicly report the evaluation to
9ensure that the goals are achieved as intended and lead to a
10high-quality, equitable, and diverse higher education system
11in Illinois.
12
Article 100.
13 Section 100-1. Short title. This Act may be cited as the
14Developmental Education Reform Act. References in this Article
15to "this Act" mean this Article.
16 Section 100-5. Findings. The General Assembly makes all of
17the following findings:
18 (1) Nearly 50% of this State's high school graduates
19 who enroll full-time in a community college are placed in
20 developmental education coursework in at least one
21 subject. Community colleges place nearly 71% of Black
22 students in developmental education courses compared to
23 42% of white students.

10100HB2170sam001- 382 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (2) Traditional developmental education courses cost
2 students' time and money and expend their financial aid
3 because a student does not receive college credit for the
4 successful completion of a traditional developmental
5 education course. This can be a barrier to enrollment,
6 persistence, and certificate or degree completion.
7 (3) Developmental education courses can exacerbate
8 inequities in higher education. Community colleges
9 graduate Black students who are placed in developmental
10 education courses at a rate of approximately 8% compared to
11 a graduation rate of 26% for white students who are placed
12 in developmental education courses.
13 (4) A history of inconsistent and inadequate
14 approaches to student placement in community college
15 coursework, such as the reliance on standardized test
16 scores, has resulted in too many students being placed in
17 developmental education coursework who could otherwise
18 succeed in introductory college-level coursework or
19 introductory college-level coursework with concurrent
20 support.
21 (5) Public institutions of higher education and State
22 agencies have undertaken voluntary efforts and committed
23 resources to improve placement and to address disparities
24 in the successful completion of introductory college-level
25 coursework.
26 (6) The Illinois Council of Community College

10100HB2170sam001- 383 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Presidents, the Illinois Community College Chief Academic
2 Officers Commission, the Illinois Community College Chief
3 Student Services Officers Commission, and the Illinois
4 Mathematics Association of Community Colleges have already
5 developed and approved a more equitable, multiple measures
6 framework for placement in coursework that is currently
7 implemented at many but not all community colleges.
8 (7) In 2019, members of the General Assembly, faculty
9 and administrators from public institutions of higher
10 education, board trustees from community college
11 districts, representatives from the Board of Higher
12 Education, the Illinois Community College Board, and other
13 appointed stakeholders convened a task force to inventory
14 and study developmental education models employed by
15 public community colleges and universities in this State
16 and to submit a detailed plan for scaling developmental
17 education reforms in which all students who are placed in
18 developmental education coursework are enrolled in an
19 evidence-based developmental education model that
20 maximizes a student's likelihood of completing an
21 introductory college-level course within his or her first 2
22 semesters at an institution of higher education. The data
23 released by the task force indicates all of the following:
24 (A) Despite more effective developmental education
25 models, community colleges and universities use the
26 traditional developmental education model for 77% of

10100HB2170sam001- 384 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 students who place in a developmental education
2 mathematics course and for 67% of students who place in
3 a developmental English language course.
4 (B) In a 2017 cohort study, only 25% of the
5 students who were placed in traditional developmental
6 education mathematics courses and only 42% of students
7 who were placed in traditional developmental English
8 language courses completed the developmental education
9 courses and introductory college-level courses with a
10 grade of "C" or better within 2 years compared to the
11 completion rate of 65% of students who were placed
12 directly in introductory college-level mathematics
13 courses with concurrent support and 75% of students who
14 were placed directly in introductory college-level
15 English language courses with concurrent support.
16 (C) Improved policies, programs, and practices are
17 essential to address the systemic inequities that
18 exist in postsecondary education in this State, such as
19 the disproportionate enrollment of Black students in
20 developmental education courses.
21 Section 100-10. Definitions. In this Act:
22 "College-level English language or mathematics course" or
23"college-level English language or mathematics coursework"
24means a course that bears credit and fulfills English language
25or mathematics credit requirements for a baccalaureate degree,

10100HB2170sam001- 385 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1a certificate, or an associate degree from a postsecondary
2educational institution.
3 "Community college" means a public community college in
4this State.
5 "Developmental education" means instruction through which
6a high school graduate who applies to a college credit program
7may attain the communication and computation skills necessary
8to successfully complete college-level coursework.
9 "Developmental education course" or "developmental
10education coursework" means a course or a category of courses
11in which students are placed based on an institution's finding
12that a student does not have the proficiency necessary to
13succeed in an introductory college-level English language or
14mathematics course.
15 "Institution of higher education" or "institution" means a
16public community college or university in this State.
17 "University" means a public university in this State.
18 Section 100-15. Placement measures.
19 (a) On or before May 1, 2022, a community college shall use
20each of the following measures, as appropriate, to determine
21the placement of a student in introductory college-level
22English language or mathematics coursework and shall use the
23scores set forth in recommendations approved by the Illinois
24Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018:
25 (1) A student's cumulative high school grade point

10100HB2170sam001- 386 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 average.
2 (2) A student's successful completion of an
3 appropriate high school transition course in mathematics
4 or English.
5 (3) A student's successful completion of an
6 appropriate developmental education or introductory
7 college-level English language or mathematics course at
8 another regionally accredited postsecondary educational
9 institution.
10 (b) In determining the placement of a student in
11introductory college-level English language or mathematics
12coursework, a community college shall consider the
13standardized test scores provided by the student for placement
14in an introductory college-level English language or
15mathematics course.
16 In addition, a community college is encouraged to use the
17scores set forth in recommendations approved by the Illinois
18Council of Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018 and
19should also consider other individual measures for placement in
20an introductory college-level English language or mathematics
21course, as set forth in recommendations approved by the
22Illinois Council of Community College Presidents on June 1,
232018, and the scores set forth in those recommendations.
24 In its discretion, a community college may accept a lower
25score on individual placement measures or accept lower scores
26in combination with other placement measures than those set

10100HB2170sam001- 387 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1forth in the recommendations.
2 (c) If a student qualifies for placement in an introductory
3college-level English language or mathematics course using a
4single measure under subsection (a) or (b), no additional
5measures need to be considered for placement of the student in
6the introductory college-level English language or mathematics
7course.
8 Section 100-20. Recommendations of Illinois Council of
9Community College Presidents; revisions. If the Illinois
10Council of Community College Presidents approves any revised
11recommendations for determining the placement of students in
12introductory college-level English language or mathematics
13courses in response to changes in scoring systems, the
14introduction and use of additional measures, or evidence that
15demonstrates the inaccuracy in the use of scores in previous
16recommendations, then, within one year after the date of the
17adoption of those revised recommendations, references in this
18Act to recommendations approved by the Illinois Council of
19Community College Presidents on June 1, 2018 shall mean the
20revised recommendations. The General Assembly may request that
21the Illinois Council of Community College Presidents provide to
22the General Assembly the rationale and supporting evidence for
23any revision to the Council's recommendations.
24 Section 100-25. Placement policy; report.

10100HB2170sam001- 388 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (a) Each institution of higher education shall publicly
2post its placement policy in a manner that is easily accessible
3to both students and prospective students.
4 (b) On or before July 1, 2023, the Illinois Community
5College Board shall issue a report, which shall be made
6available to the public on its Internet website, concerning
7each community college's developmental education and
8college-level coursework placement policy and the policy's
9outcomes. The data disclosed in the report must be consistent
10with the Illinois Community College Board's requirements for
11data collection and must be disaggregated by developmental
12education course model, as defined by the Illinois Community
13College Board, and by gender, race and ethnicity, and federal
14Pell Grant status.
15 Section 100-30. Institutional plans; report.
16 (a) On or before January 1, 2022, each university shall
17submit to the Board of Higher Education and each community
18college shall submit to the Illinois Community College Board
19its institutional plan for scaling evidence-based
20developmental education reforms to maximize the probability
21that a student will be placed in and successfully complete
22introductory college-level English language or mathematics
23coursework within 2 semesters at the institution. At a minimum,
24a plan submitted by an institution shall include all of the
25following:

10100HB2170sam001- 389 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) A description of the current developmental
2 education models offered by the institution. If the
3 institution does not currently offer developmental
4 education coursework, it must provide details regarding
5 its decision not to offer developmental education
6 coursework and the pathways that are available to students
7 deemed to be insufficiently prepared for introductory
8 college-level English language or mathematics coursework.
9 (2) A description of the developmental education
10 models that will be implemented and scaled and the basis of
11 the evidence and associated data that the institution
12 considered in making the decision to scale each model.
13 (3) Baseline data and benchmarks for progress,
14 including, but not limited to, (i) enrollment in
15 credit-bearing English language or mathematics courses,
16 (ii) rates of successful completion of introductory
17 college-level English language or mathematics courses, and
18 (iii) college-credit accumulation.
19 (4) Detailed plans for scaling reforms and improving
20 outcomes for all students placed in traditional
21 developmental education models or models with comparable
22 introductory college-level course completion rates. The
23 plan shall provide details about the expected improvements
24 in educational outcomes for Black students as result of the
25 proposed reforms.
26 (b) On or before January 1, 2023 and each year thereafter,

10100HB2170sam001- 390 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the Board of Higher Education and Illinois Community College
2Board shall collect data and report to the General Assembly and
3the public the status of developmental education reforms at
4institutions. The report must include data on the progress of
5the developmental education reforms, including, but not
6limited to, (i) enrollment in credit-bearing English language
7or mathematics courses, (ii) rates of successful completion of
8introductory college-level English language or mathematics
9courses, and (iii) college-credit accumulation. The data must
10be disaggregated by gender, race and ethnicity, federal Pell
11Grant status, and other variables of interest to the Board of
12Higher Education and the Illinois Community College Board.
13 (c) On or before January 1, 2024 and each year thereafter,
14the Board of Higher Education and Illinois Community College
15Board, in consultation with institutions of higher education
16and other stakeholders, shall consider additional data
17reporting requirements to facilitate the rigorous and
18continuous evaluation of each institution's implementation
19plan and its impact on improving outcomes for students in
20developmental education, particularly for Black students.
21 Section 100-90. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
22of 1974. Nothing in this Act supersedes the federal Family
23Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 or rules adopted
24pursuant to the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy
25Act of 1974.

10100HB2170sam001- 391 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
Article 105.
2 Section 105-5. The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act
3is amended by adding Section 5-45.8 as follows:
4 (5 ILCS 100/5-45.8 new)
5 Sec. 5-45.8. Emergency rulemaking. To provide for the
6expeditious and timely implementation of this amendatory Act of
7the 101st General Assembly, emergency rules implementing this
8amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly may be adopted in
9accordance with Section 5-45 to implement this amendatory Act
10of the 101st General Assembly. The adoption of emergency rules
11authorized by Section 5-45 and this Section is deemed to be
12necessary for the public interest, safety, and welfare.
13 This Section is repealed on January 1, 2026.
14 Section 105-10. The Invest in Kids Act is amended by
15changing Sections 5, 10, 40, and 45 and by adding Section 7.5
16as follows:
17 (35 ILCS 40/5)
18 (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
19 Sec. 5. Definitions. As used in this Act:
20 "Authorized contribution" means the contribution amount
21that is listed on the contribution authorization certificate

10100HB2170sam001- 392 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1issued to the taxpayer.
2 "Board" means the State Board of Education.
3 "Contribution" means a donation made by the taxpayer during
4the taxable year for providing scholarships as provided in this
5Act.
6 "Custodian" means, with respect to eligible students, an
7Illinois resident who is a parent or legal guardian of the
8eligible student or students.
9 "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
10 "Eligible student" means a child who:
11 (1) is a member of a household whose federal adjusted
12 gross income the year before he or she initially receives a
13 scholarship under this program, as determined by the
14 Department, does not exceed 300% of the federal poverty
15 level and, once the child receives a scholarship, does not
16 exceed 400% of the federal poverty level;
17 (2) is eligible to attend a public elementary school or
18 high school in Illinois in the semester immediately
19 preceding the semester for which he or she first receives a
20 scholarship or is starting school in Illinois for the first
21 time when he or she first receives a scholarship; and
22 (3) resides in Illinois while receiving a scholarship.
23 "Family member" means a parent, child, or sibling, whether
24by whole blood, half blood, or adoption; spouse; or stepchild.
25 "Focus district" means a school district which has a school
26that is either (i) a school that has one or more subgroups in

10100HB2170sam001- 393 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1which the average student performance is at or below the State
2average for the lowest 10% of student performance in that
3subgroup or (ii) a school with an average graduation rate of
4less than 60% and not identified for priority.
5 "Jointly-administered CTE program" means a program or set
6of programs within a non-public school located in Illinois, as
7determined by the Department of Labor pursuant to Section 7.5
8of this Act.
9 "Necessary costs and fees" includes the customary charge
10for instruction and use of facilities in general and the
11additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are
12required generally of non-scholarship recipients for each
13academic period for which the scholarship applicant actually
14enrolls, including costs associated with student assessments,
15but does not include fees payable only once and other
16contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part.
17The Board may prescribe, by rules consistent with this Act,
18detailed provisions concerning the computation of necessary
19costs and fees.
20 "Scholarship granting organization" means an entity that:
21 (1) is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of
22 the Internal Revenue Code;
23 (2) uses at least 95% of the qualified contributions
24 received during a taxable year for scholarships;
25 (3) provides scholarships to students according to the
26 guidelines of this Act;

10100HB2170sam001- 394 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (4) deposits and holds qualified contributions and any
2 income derived from qualified contributions in an account
3 that is separate from the organization's operating fund or
4 other funds until such qualified contributions or income
5 are withdrawn for use; and
6 (5) is approved to issue certificates of receipt.
7 "Qualified contribution" means the authorized contribution
8made by a taxpayer to a scholarship granting organization for
9which the taxpayer has received a certificate of receipt from
10such organization.
11 "Qualified school" means a non-public school located in
12Illinois and recognized by the Board pursuant to Section
132-3.25o of the School Code.
14 "Scholarship" means an educational scholarship awarded to
15an eligible student to attend a qualified school of their
16custodians' choice in an amount not exceeding the necessary
17costs and fees to attend that school.
18 "Taxpayer" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
19trust, or other entity subject to the Illinois income tax. For
20the purposes of this Act, 2 individuals filing a joint return
21shall be considered one taxpayer.
22 "Technical academy" means a non-public school located in
23Illinois that (i) registers with the Board pursuant to Section
242-3.25o of the School Code and (ii) operates or will operate a
25jointly-administered CTE program as the primary focus of the
26school. To maintain its status as a technical academy, the

10100HB2170sam001- 395 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1non-public school must obtain recognition from the Board
2pursuant to Section 2-3.25o of the School Code within 2
3calendar years of its registration with the Board.
4(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
5 (35 ILCS 40/7.5 new)
6 Sec. 7.5. Determination of jointly-administered CTE
7programs.
8 (a) Upon its own motion, or petition from a qualified
9school or technical academy, the Department of Labor shall
10determine whether a program or set of programs offered or
11proposed by a qualified school or technical academy provides
12coursework and training in career and technical education
13pathways aligned to industry-recognized certifications and
14credentials. The Department of Labor shall make that
15determination based upon whether the industry-recognized
16certifications or credentials that are the focus of a qualified
17school or technical academy's coursework and training program
18or set of programs (i) are associated with an occupation
19determined to fall under the LEADING or EMERGING priority
20sectors as determined through Illinois' Workforce Innovation
21and Opportunity Act Unified State Plan, and (ii) provide wages
22that are at least 70% of the average annual wage in the State
23as determined by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics.
24 The Department of Labor shall publish a list of approved
25jointly-administered programs on its website and otherwise

10100HB2170sam001- 396 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1make such list available to the public.
2 (b) A qualified school or technical academy may petition
3the Department of Labor to obtain a determination that a
4proposed program or set of programs that it seeks to offer
5qualifies as a jointly-administered CTE program under
6subsection (a) of this Section. A petitioner shall file one
7original petition in the format provided by the Department of
8Labor and in the manner specified by the Department of Labor.
9The petitioner may withdraw his or her petition by submitting a
10written statement to the Department indicating withdrawal. The
11Department shall approve or deny a petition within 180 days of
12its submission, and, upon approval, shall proceed to add the
13program or set of programs to the list of approved
14jointly-administered CTE programs. The approval or denial of
15any petition is a final decision of the Department, subject to
16judicial review under the Administrative Review Law.
17Jurisdiction and venue are vested in the circuit court.
18 (c) The Department of Labor shall evaluate the approved
19jointly-administered CTE programs under this Section once
20every 5 years. At this time, the Department shall determine
21whether these programs continue to meet the requirements set
22forth in subsection (a) of this Section.
23 (35 ILCS 40/10)
24 (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
25 Sec. 10. Credit awards.

10100HB2170sam001- 397 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (a) The Department shall award credits against the tax
2imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the
3Illinois Income Tax Act to taxpayers who make qualified
4contributions. For contributions made under this Act, the
5credit shall be equal to % 75% of the total amount of qualified
6contributions made by the taxpayer during a taxable year, not
7to exceed a credit of $1,333,333 $1,000,000 per taxpayer.
8 (b) The aggregate amount of all credits the Department may
9award under this Act in any calendar year may not exceed
10$,000,000 $75,000,000. The aggregate credit cap under this
11subsection (b) shall be increased by 20% beginning on the first
12day of a calendar year if, in at least 2 of the previous 3
13calendar years, the applicable aggregate credit cap was
14reached.
15 (c) Contributions made by corporations (including
16Subchapter S corporations), partnerships, and trusts under
17this Act may not be directed to a particular subset of schools
18or , a particular school, but may not be directed to a
19particular group of students, or a particular student.
20Contributions made by individuals under this Act may be
21directed to a particular subset of schools or a particular
22school but may not be directed to a particular group of
23students or a particular student.
24 (d) No credit shall be taken under this Act for any
25qualified contribution for which the taxpayer claims a federal
26income tax deduction.

10100HB2170sam001- 398 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (e) Credits shall be awarded in a manner, as determined by
2the Department, that is geographically proportionate to
3enrollment in recognized non-public schools in Illinois. If the
4cap on the aggregate credits that may be awarded by the
5Department is not reached by April 1 June 1 of a given year,
6the Department shall award remaining credits on a first-come,
7first-served basis, without regard to the limitation of this
8subsection.
9 (f) Credits awarded for donations made to a technical
10academy shall be awarded without regard to subsection (e), but
11shall not exceed 15% of the annual statewide program cap. For
12the purposes of this subsection, "technical academy" means a
13technical academy that is registered with the Board within 30
14days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the
15101st General Assembly.
16(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
17 (35 ILCS 40/40)
18 (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
19 Sec. 40. Scholarship granting organization
20responsibilities.
21 (a) Before granting a scholarship for an academic year, all
22scholarship granting organizations shall assess and document
23each student's eligibility for the academic year.
24 (b) A scholarship granting organization shall grant
25scholarships only to eligible students.

10100HB2170sam001- 399 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (c) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an
2eligible student to attend any qualified school of the
3student's choosing, subject to the availability of funds.
4 (d) In granting scholarships, beginning in the 2022-2023
5school year and each school year thereafter, a scholarship
6granting organization shall give first priority to eligible
7students who received a scholarship from a scholarship granting
8organization during the previous school year. Second priority
9shall be given to the following priority groups:
10 (1) (blank); eligible students who received a
11 scholarship from a scholarship granting organization
12 during the previous school year;
13 (2) eligible students who are members of a household
14 whose previous year's total annual income does not exceed
15 185% of the federal poverty level;
16 (3) eligible students who reside within a focus
17 district; and
18 (4) eligible students who are siblings of students
19 currently receiving a scholarship.
20 (d-5) A scholarship granting organization shall begin
21granting scholarships no later than February 1 preceding the
22school year for which the scholarship is sought. Each The
23priority group groups identified in subsection (d) of this
24Section shall be eligible to receive scholarships on a
25first-come, first-served basis until the April 1 immediately
26preceding the school year for which the scholarship is sought

10100HB2170sam001- 400 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1starting with the first priority group identified in subsection
2(d) of this Section. Applications for scholarships for eligible
3students meeting the qualifications of one or more priority
4groups that are received before April 1 must be either approved
5or denied within 10 business days after receipt. Beginning
6April 1, all eligible students shall be eligible to receive
7scholarships without regard to the priority groups identified
8in subsection (d) of this Section.
9 (e) Except as provided in subsection (e-5) of this Section,
10scholarships shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the statewide
11average operational expense per student among public schools or
12(ii) the necessary costs and fees for attendance at the
13qualified school. Scholarships shall be prorated as follows:
14 (1) for eligible students whose household income is
15 less than 185% of the federal poverty level, the
16 scholarship shall be 100% of the amount determined pursuant
17 to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this
18 Section;
19 (2) for eligible students whose household income is
20 185% or more of the federal poverty level but less than
21 250% of the federal poverty level, the average of
22 scholarships shall be 75% of the amount determined pursuant
23 to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this
24 Section; and
25 (3) for eligible students whose household income is
26 250% or more of the federal poverty level, the average of

10100HB2170sam001- 401 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 scholarships shall be 50% of the amount determined pursuant
2 to this subsection (e) and subsection (e-5) of this
3 Section.
4 (e-5) The statewide average operational expense per
5student among public schools shall be multiplied by the
6following factors:
7 (1) for students determined eligible to receive
8 services under the federal Individuals with Disabilities
9 Education Act, 2;
10 (2) for students who are English learners, as defined
11 in subsection (d) of Section 14C-2 of the School Code, 1.2;
12 and
13 (3) for students who are gifted and talented children,
14 as defined in Section 14A-20 of the School Code, 1.1; and .
15 (4) for students enrolled in a jointly-administered
16 CTE program, 1.5.
17 (f) A scholarship granting organization shall distribute
18scholarship payments to the participating school where the
19student is enrolled.
20 (g) Beginning in For the 2018-2019 school year through the
212021-2022 school year, each scholarship granting organization
22shall expend no less than 75% of the qualified contributions
23received during the calendar year in which the qualified
24contributions were received. No more than 25% of the qualified
25contributions may be carried forward to the following calendar
26year.

10100HB2170sam001- 402 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (h) In determining compliance with subsection (g), a
2scholarship granting organization may exempt a portion of
3donations directed to a technical academy operating in the
4first two calendar years in which the school is eligible to
5receive donations. For purposes of determining compliance with
6subsection (g) the sum of exempted donations per technical
7academy shall not exceed $3,000,000 over the 2-calendar year
8period. Not more than one scholarship granting organization
9shall exempt a portion of directed donations per technical
10academy. For the 2022-2023 school year, each scholarship
11granting organization shall expend all qualified contributions
12received during the calendar year in which the qualified
13contributions were received. No qualified contributions may be
14carried forward to the following calendar year.
15 (i) A scholarship granting organization shall allow an
16eligible student to transfer a scholarship during a school year
17to any other participating school of the custodian's choice.
18Such scholarships shall be prorated.
19 (j) With the prior approval of the Department, a
20scholarship granting organization may transfer funds to
21another scholarship granting organization if additional funds
22are required to meet scholarship demands at the receiving
23scholarship granting organization. All transferred funds must
24be deposited by the receiving scholarship granting
25organization into its scholarship accounts. All transferred
26amounts received by any scholarship granting organization must

10100HB2170sam001- 403 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1be separately disclosed to the Department.
2 (k) If the approval of a scholarship granting organization
3is revoked as provided in Section 20 of this Act or the
4scholarship granting organization is dissolved, all remaining
5qualified contributions of the scholarship granting
6organization shall be transferred to another scholarship
7granting organization. All transferred funds must be deposited
8by the receiving scholarship granting organization into its
9scholarship accounts.
10 (l) Scholarship granting organizations shall make
11reasonable efforts to advertise the availability of
12scholarships to eligible students.
13(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
14 (35 ILCS 40/45)
15 (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
16 Sec. 45. State Board responsibilities.
17 (a) Beginning in the 2019-2020 school year, students who
18have been granted a scholarship under this Act shall be
19annually assessed at the qualified school where the student
20attends school in the same manner in which students that attend
21public schools are annually assessed pursuant to Section
222-3.64a-5 of the School Code. Such qualified school shall pay
23costs associated with this requirement.
24 (b) The Board shall select an independent research
25organization, which may be a public or private entity or

10100HB2170sam001- 404 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1university, to which participating qualified schools must
2report the scores of students who are receiving scholarships
3and are assessed pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section.
4Costs associated with the independent research organization
5shall be paid by the scholarship granting organizations on a
6per-pupil basis or by gifts, grants, or donations received by
7the Board under subsection (d) of this Section, as determined
8by the Board. The independent research organization must
9annually report to the Board on the year-to-year learning gains
10of students receiving scholarships on a statewide basis. The
11report shall also include, to the extent possible, a comparison
12of these learning gains to the statewide learning gains of
13public school students with socioeconomic backgrounds similar
14to those of students receiving scholarships. The annual report
15shall be delivered to the Board and published on its website.
16 (c) Beginning within 120 days after the Board first
17receives the annual report by the independent research
18organization as provided in subsection (b) of this Section and
19on an annual basis thereafter, the Board shall submit a written
20report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, the
21Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader of
22the Senate, and the Minority Leader of the House of
23Representatives regarding this Act. Such report shall include
24an evaluation of the academic performance of students receiving
25scholarships and recommendations for improving student
26performance.

10100HB2170sam001- 405 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (d) Subject to the State Officials and Employees Ethics
2Act, the Board may receive and expend gifts, grants, and
3donations of any kind from any public or private entity to
4carry out the purposes of this Section, subject to the terms
5and conditions under which the gifts are given, provided that
6all such terms and conditions are permissible under law.
7 (e) The sharing and reporting of student assessment
8learning gain data under this Section must be in accordance
9with requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
10Act and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties
11must preserve the confidentiality of such information as
12required by law. The annual report must not disaggregate data
13to a level that will disclose the academic level of individual
14students.
15(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
16 (35 ILCS 40/65 rep.)
17 (35 ILCS 40/995 rep.)
18 Section 105-15. The Invest in Kids Act is amended by
19repealing Sections 65 and 995.
20
Article 110.
21 Section 110-5. The Illinois Vehicle Code is amended by
22changing Sections 6-209.1, 11-208.3, 11-208.6, 11-208.8,
2311-208.9, and 11-1201.1 as follows:

10100HB2170sam001- 406 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (625 ILCS 5/6-209.1)
2 Sec. 6-209.1. Restoration of driving privileges;
3revocation; suspension; cancellation.
4 (a) The Secretary shall rescind the suspension or
5cancellation of a person's driver's license that has been
6suspended or canceled before July 1, 2020 (the effective date
7of Public Act 101-623) this amendatory Act of the 101st General
8Assembly due to:
9 (1) the person being convicted of theft of motor fuel
10 under Section Sections 16-25 or 16K-15 of the Criminal Code
11 of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012;
12 (2) the person, since the issuance of the driver's
13 license, being adjudged to be afflicted with or suffering
14 from any mental disability or disease;
15 (3) a violation of Section 6-16 of the Liquor Control
16 Act of 1934 or a similar provision of a local ordinance;
17 (4) the person being convicted of a violation of
18 Section 6-20 of the Liquor Control Act of 1934 or a similar
19 provision of a local ordinance, if the person presents a
20 certified copy of a court order that includes a finding
21 that the person was not an occupant of a motor vehicle at
22 the time of the violation;
23 (5) the person receiving a disposition of court
24 supervision for a violation of subsection subsections (a),
25 (d), or (e) of Section 6-20 of the Liquor Control Act of

10100HB2170sam001- 407 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 1934 or a similar provision of a local ordinance, if the
2 person presents a certified copy of a court order that
3 includes a finding that the person was not an occupant of a
4 motor vehicle at the time of the violation;
5 (6) the person failing to pay any fine or penalty due
6 or owing as a result of 10 or more violations of a
7 municipality's or county's vehicular standing, parking, or
8 compliance regulations established by ordinance under
9 Section 11-208.3 of this Code;
10 (7) the person failing to satisfy any fine or penalty
11 resulting from a final order issued by the Illinois State
12 Toll Highway Authority relating directly or indirectly to 5
13 or more toll violations, toll evasions, or both;
14 (8) the person being convicted of a violation of
15 Section 4-102 of this Code, if the person presents a
16 certified copy of a court order that includes a finding
17 that the person did not exercise actual physical control of
18 the vehicle at the time of the violation; or
19 (9) the person being convicted of criminal trespass to
20 vehicles under Section 21-2 of the Criminal Code of 2012,
21 if the person presents a certified copy of a court order
22 that includes a finding that the person did not exercise
23 actual physical control of the vehicle at the time of the
24 violation.
25 (b) As soon as practicable and no later than July 1, 2021,
26the Secretary shall rescind the suspension, cancellation, or

10100HB2170sam001- 408 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1prohibition of renewal of a person's driver's license that has
2been suspended, canceled, or whose renewal has been prohibited
3before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 101st
4General Assembly due to the person having failed to pay any
5fine or penalty as a result of 5 offenses for automated traffic
6law enforcement system violations under Sections 11-208.6,
711-208.8, 11-208.9, and 11-1201.1.
8(Source: P.A. 101-623, eff. 7-1-20; revised 8-18-20.)
9 (625 ILCS 5/11-208.3) (from Ch. 95 1/2, par. 11-208.3)
10 Sec. 11-208.3. Administrative adjudication of violations
11of traffic regulations concerning the standing, parking, or
12condition of vehicles, automated traffic law violations, and
13automated speed enforcement system violations.
14 (a) Any municipality or county may provide by ordinance for
15a system of administrative adjudication of vehicular standing
16and parking violations and vehicle compliance violations as
17described in this subsection, automated traffic law violations
18as defined in Section 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1, and
19automated speed enforcement system violations as defined in
20Section 11-208.8. The administrative system shall have as its
21purpose the fair and efficient enforcement of municipal or
22county regulations through the administrative adjudication of
23automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic law
24violations and violations of municipal or county ordinances
25regulating the standing and parking of vehicles, the condition

10100HB2170sam001- 409 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1and use of vehicle equipment, and the display of municipal or
2county wheel tax licenses within the municipality's or county's
3borders. The administrative system shall only have authority to
4adjudicate civil offenses carrying fines not in excess of $500
5or requiring the completion of a traffic education program, or
6both, that occur after the effective date of the ordinance
7adopting such a system under this Section. For purposes of this
8Section, "compliance violation" means a violation of a
9municipal or county regulation governing the condition or use
10of equipment on a vehicle or governing the display of a
11municipal or county wheel tax license.
12 (b) Any ordinance establishing a system of administrative
13adjudication under this Section shall provide for:
14 (1) A traffic compliance administrator authorized to
15 adopt, distribute, and process parking, compliance, and
16 automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic
17 law violation notices and other notices required by this
18 Section, collect money paid as fines and penalties for
19 violation of parking and compliance ordinances and
20 automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic
21 law violations, and operate an administrative adjudication
22 system. The traffic compliance administrator also may make
23 a certified report to the Secretary of State under Section
24 6-306.5.
25 (2) A parking, standing, compliance, automated speed
26 enforcement system, or automated traffic law violation

10100HB2170sam001- 410 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 notice that shall specify or include the date, time, and
2 place of violation of a parking, standing, compliance,
3 automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic
4 law regulation; the particular regulation violated; any
5 requirement to complete a traffic education program; the
6 fine and any penalty that may be assessed for late payment
7 or failure to complete a required traffic education
8 program, or both, when so provided by ordinance; the
9 vehicle make or a photograph of the vehicle; the state
10 registration number of the vehicle; and the identification
11 number of the person issuing the notice. With regard to
12 automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic
13 law violations, vehicle make shall be specified on the
14 automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic
15 law violation notice if the notice does not include a
16 photograph of the vehicle and the make is available and
17 readily discernible. With regard to municipalities or
18 counties with a population of 1 million or more, it shall
19 be grounds for dismissal of a parking violation if the
20 state registration number or vehicle make specified is
21 incorrect. The violation notice shall state that the
22 completion of any required traffic education program, the
23 payment of any indicated fine, and the payment of any
24 applicable penalty for late payment or failure to complete
25 a required traffic education program, or both, shall
26 operate as a final disposition of the violation. The notice

10100HB2170sam001- 411 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 also shall contain information as to the availability of a
2 hearing in which the violation may be contested on its
3 merits. The violation notice shall specify the time and
4 manner in which a hearing may be had.
5 (3) Service of a parking, standing, or compliance
6 violation notice by: (i) affixing the original or a
7 facsimile of the notice to an unlawfully parked or standing
8 vehicle; (ii) handing the notice to the operator of a
9 vehicle if he or she is present; or (iii) mailing the
10 notice to the address of the registered owner or lessee of
11 the cited vehicle as recorded with the Secretary of State
12 or the lessor of the motor vehicle within 30 days after the
13 Secretary of State or the lessor of the motor vehicle
14 notifies the municipality or county of the identity of the
15 owner or lessee of the vehicle, but not later than 90 days
16 after the date of the violation, except that in the case of
17 a lessee of a motor vehicle, service of a parking,
18 standing, or compliance violation notice may occur no later
19 than 210 days after the violation; and service of an
20 automated speed enforcement system or automated traffic
21 law violation notice by mail to the address of the
22 registered owner or lessee of the cited vehicle as recorded
23 with the Secretary of State or the lessor of the motor
24 vehicle within 30 days after the Secretary of State or the
25 lessor of the motor vehicle notifies the municipality or
26 county of the identity of the owner or lessee of the

10100HB2170sam001- 412 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 vehicle, but not later than 90 days after the violation,
2 except that in the case of a lessee of a motor vehicle,
3 service of an automated traffic law violation notice may
4 occur no later than 210 days after the violation. A person
5 authorized by ordinance to issue and serve parking,
6 standing, and compliance violation notices shall certify
7 as to the correctness of the facts entered on the violation
8 notice by signing his or her name to the notice at the time
9 of service or, in the case of a notice produced by a
10 computerized device, by signing a single certificate to be
11 kept by the traffic compliance administrator attesting to
12 the correctness of all notices produced by the device while
13 it was under his or her control. In the case of an
14 automated traffic law violation, the ordinance shall
15 require a determination by a technician employed or
16 contracted by the municipality or county that, based on
17 inspection of recorded images, the motor vehicle was being
18 operated in violation of Section 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or
19 11-1201.1 or a local ordinance. If the technician
20 determines that the vehicle entered the intersection as
21 part of a funeral procession or in order to yield the
22 right-of-way to an emergency vehicle, a citation shall not
23 be issued. In municipalities with a population of less than
24 1,000,000 inhabitants and counties with a population of
25 less than 3,000,000 inhabitants, the automated traffic law
26 ordinance shall require that all determinations by a

10100HB2170sam001- 413 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 technician that a motor vehicle was being operated in
2 violation of Section 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1 or a
3 local ordinance must be reviewed and approved by a law
4 enforcement officer or retired law enforcement officer of
5 the municipality or county issuing the violation. In
6 municipalities with a population of 1,000,000 or more
7 inhabitants and counties with a population of 3,000,000 or
8 more inhabitants, the automated traffic law ordinance
9 shall require that all determinations by a technician that
10 a motor vehicle was being operated in violation of Section
11 11-208.6, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1 or a local ordinance must
12 be reviewed and approved by a law enforcement officer or
13 retired law enforcement officer of the municipality or
14 county issuing the violation or by an additional fully
15 trained fully-trained reviewing technician who is not
16 employed by the contractor who employs the technician who
17 made the initial determination. In the case of an automated
18 speed enforcement system violation, the ordinance shall
19 require a determination by a technician employed by the
20 municipality, based upon an inspection of recorded images,
21 video or other documentation, including documentation of
22 the speed limit and automated speed enforcement signage,
23 and documentation of the inspection, calibration, and
24 certification of the speed equipment, that the vehicle was
25 being operated in violation of Article VI of Chapter 11 of
26 this Code or a similar local ordinance. If the technician

10100HB2170sam001- 414 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 determines that the vehicle speed was not determined by a
2 calibrated, certified speed equipment device based upon
3 the speed equipment documentation, or if the vehicle was an
4 emergency vehicle, a citation may not be issued. The
5 automated speed enforcement ordinance shall require that
6 all determinations by a technician that a violation
7 occurred be reviewed and approved by a law enforcement
8 officer or retired law enforcement officer of the
9 municipality issuing the violation or by an additional
10 fully trained reviewing technician who is not employed by
11 the contractor who employs the technician who made the
12 initial determination. Routine and independent calibration
13 of the speeds produced by automated speed enforcement
14 systems and equipment shall be conducted annually by a
15 qualified technician. Speeds produced by an automated
16 speed enforcement system shall be compared with speeds
17 produced by lidar or other independent equipment. Radar or
18 lidar equipment shall undergo an internal validation test
19 no less frequently than once each week. Qualified
20 technicians shall test loop-based loop based equipment no
21 less frequently than once a year. Radar equipment shall be
22 checked for accuracy by a qualified technician when the
23 unit is serviced, when unusual or suspect readings persist,
24 or when deemed necessary by a reviewing technician. Radar
25 equipment shall be checked with the internal frequency
26 generator and the internal circuit test whenever the radar

10100HB2170sam001- 415 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 is turned on. Technicians must be alert for any unusual or
2 suspect readings, and if unusual or suspect readings of a
3 radar unit persist, that unit shall immediately be removed
4 from service and not returned to service until it has been
5 checked by a qualified technician and determined to be
6 functioning properly. Documentation of the annual
7 calibration results, including the equipment tested, test
8 date, technician performing the test, and test results,
9 shall be maintained and available for use in the
10 determination of an automated speed enforcement system
11 violation and issuance of a citation. The technician
12 performing the calibration and testing of the automated
13 speed enforcement equipment shall be trained and certified
14 in the use of equipment for speed enforcement purposes.
15 Training on the speed enforcement equipment may be
16 conducted by law enforcement, civilian, or manufacturer's
17 personnel and if applicable may be equivalent to the
18 equipment use and operations training included in the Speed
19 Measuring Device Operator Program developed by the
20 National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).
21 The vendor or technician who performs the work shall keep
22 accurate records on each piece of equipment the technician
23 calibrates and tests. As used in this paragraph, "fully
24 trained fully-trained reviewing technician" means a person
25 who has received at least 40 hours of supervised training
26 in subjects which shall include image inspection and

10100HB2170sam001- 416 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 interpretation, the elements necessary to prove a
2 violation, license plate identification, and traffic
3 safety and management. In all municipalities and counties,
4 the automated speed enforcement system or automated
5 traffic law ordinance shall require that no additional fee
6 shall be charged to the alleged violator for exercising his
7 or her right to an administrative hearing, and persons
8 shall be given at least 25 days following an administrative
9 hearing to pay any civil penalty imposed by a finding that
10 Section 11-208.6, 11-208.8, 11-208.9, or 11-1201.1 or a
11 similar local ordinance has been violated. The original or
12 a facsimile of the violation notice or, in the case of a
13 notice produced by a computerized device, a printed record
14 generated by the device showing the facts entered on the
15 notice, shall be retained by the traffic compliance
16 administrator, and shall be a record kept in the ordinary
17 course of business. A parking, standing, compliance,
18 automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic
19 law violation notice issued, signed, and served in
20 accordance with this Section, a copy of the notice, or the
21 computer-generated computer generated record shall be
22 prima facie correct and shall be prima facie evidence of
23 the correctness of the facts shown on the notice. The
24 notice, copy, or computer-generated computer generated
25 record shall be admissible in any subsequent
26 administrative or legal proceedings.

10100HB2170sam001- 417 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (4) An opportunity for a hearing for the registered
2 owner of the vehicle cited in the parking, standing,
3 compliance, automated speed enforcement system, or
4 automated traffic law violation notice in which the owner
5 may contest the merits of the alleged violation, and during
6 which formal or technical rules of evidence shall not
7 apply; provided, however, that under Section 11-1306 of
8 this Code the lessee of a vehicle cited in the violation
9 notice likewise shall be provided an opportunity for a
10 hearing of the same kind afforded the registered owner. The
11 hearings shall be recorded, and the person conducting the
12 hearing on behalf of the traffic compliance administrator
13 shall be empowered to administer oaths and to secure by
14 subpoena both the attendance and testimony of witnesses and
15 the production of relevant books and papers. Persons
16 appearing at a hearing under this Section may be
17 represented by counsel at their expense. The ordinance may
18 also provide for internal administrative review following
19 the decision of the hearing officer.
20 (5) Service of additional notices, sent by first class
21 United States mail, postage prepaid, to the address of the
22 registered owner of the cited vehicle as recorded with the
23 Secretary of State or, if any notice to that address is
24 returned as undeliverable, to the last known address
25 recorded in a United States Post Office approved database,
26 or, under Section 11-1306 or subsection (p) of Section

10100HB2170sam001- 418 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 11-208.6 or 11-208.9, or subsection (p) of Section 11-208.8
2 of this Code, to the lessee of the cited vehicle at the
3 last address known to the lessor of the cited vehicle at
4 the time of lease or, if any notice to that address is
5 returned as undeliverable, to the last known address
6 recorded in a United States Post Office approved database.
7 The service shall be deemed complete as of the date of
8 deposit in the United States mail. The notices shall be in
9 the following sequence and shall include, but not be
10 limited to, the information specified herein:
11 (i) A second notice of parking, standing, or
12 compliance violation if the first notice of the
13 violation was issued by affixing the original or a
14 facsimile of the notice to the unlawfully parked
15 vehicle or by handing the notice to the operator. This
16 notice shall specify or include the date and location
17 of the violation cited in the parking, standing, or
18 compliance violation notice, the particular regulation
19 violated, the vehicle make or a photograph of the
20 vehicle, the state registration number of the vehicle,
21 any requirement to complete a traffic education
22 program, the fine and any penalty that may be assessed
23 for late payment or failure to complete a traffic
24 education program, or both, when so provided by
25 ordinance, the availability of a hearing in which the
26 violation may be contested on its merits, and the time

10100HB2170sam001- 419 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 and manner in which the hearing may be had. The notice
2 of violation shall also state that failure to complete
3 a required traffic education program, to pay the
4 indicated fine and any applicable penalty, or to appear
5 at a hearing on the merits in the time and manner
6 specified, will result in a final determination of
7 violation liability for the cited violation in the
8 amount of the fine or penalty indicated, and that, upon
9 the occurrence of a final determination of violation
10 liability for the failure, and the exhaustion of, or
11 failure to exhaust, available administrative or
12 judicial procedures for review, any incomplete traffic
13 education program or any unpaid fine or penalty, or
14 both, will constitute a debt due and owing the
15 municipality or county.
16 (ii) A notice of final determination of parking,
17 standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement
18 system, or automated traffic law violation liability.
19 This notice shall be sent following a final
20 determination of parking, standing, compliance,
21 automated speed enforcement system, or automated
22 traffic law violation liability and the conclusion of
23 judicial review procedures taken under this Section.
24 The notice shall state that the incomplete traffic
25 education program or the unpaid fine or penalty, or
26 both, is a debt due and owing the municipality or

10100HB2170sam001- 420 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 county. The notice shall contain warnings that failure
2 to complete any required traffic education program or
3 to pay any fine or penalty due and owing the
4 municipality or county, or both, within the time
5 specified may result in the municipality's or county's
6 filing of a petition in the Circuit Court to have the
7 incomplete traffic education program or unpaid fine or
8 penalty, or both, rendered a judgment as provided by
9 this Section, or, where applicable, may result in
10 suspension of the person's driver's drivers license
11 for failure to complete a traffic education program or
12 to pay fines or penalties, or both, for 5 or more
13 automated traffic law violations under Section
14 11-208.6 or 11-208.9 or automated speed enforcement
15 system violations under Section 11-208.8.
16 (6) A notice of impending driver's drivers license
17 suspension. This notice shall be sent to the person liable
18 for failure to complete a required traffic education
19 program or to pay any fine or penalty that remains due and
20 owing, or both, on 5 or more unpaid automated speed
21 enforcement system or automated traffic law violations.
22 The notice shall state that failure to complete a required
23 traffic education program or to pay the fine or penalty
24 owing, or both, within 45 days of the notice's date will
25 result in the municipality or county notifying the
26 Secretary of State that the person is eligible for

10100HB2170sam001- 421 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 initiation of suspension proceedings under Section 6-306.5
2 of this Code. The notice shall also state that the person
3 may obtain a photostatic copy of an original ticket
4 imposing a fine or penalty by sending a self-addressed self
5 addressed, stamped envelope to the municipality or county
6 along with a request for the photostatic copy. The notice
7 of impending driver's drivers license suspension shall be
8 sent by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to
9 the address recorded with the Secretary of State or, if any
10 notice to that address is returned as undeliverable, to the
11 last known address recorded in a United States Post Office
12 approved database.
13 (7) Final determinations of violation liability. A
14 final determination of violation liability shall occur
15 following failure to complete the required traffic
16 education program or to pay the fine or penalty, or both,
17 after a hearing officer's determination of violation
18 liability and the exhaustion of or failure to exhaust any
19 administrative review procedures provided by ordinance.
20 Where a person fails to appear at a hearing to contest the
21 alleged violation in the time and manner specified in a
22 prior mailed notice, the hearing officer's determination
23 of violation liability shall become final: (A) upon denial
24 of a timely petition to set aside that determination, or
25 (B) upon expiration of the period for filing the petition
26 without a filing having been made.

10100HB2170sam001- 422 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (8) A petition to set aside a determination of parking,
2 standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement system,
3 or automated traffic law violation liability that may be
4 filed by a person owing an unpaid fine or penalty. A
5 petition to set aside a determination of liability may also
6 be filed by a person required to complete a traffic
7 education program. The petition shall be filed with and
8 ruled upon by the traffic compliance administrator in the
9 manner and within the time specified by ordinance. The
10 grounds for the petition may be limited to: (A) the person
11 not having been the owner or lessee of the cited vehicle on
12 the date the violation notice was issued, (B) the person
13 having already completed the required traffic education
14 program or paid the fine or penalty, or both, for the
15 violation in question, and (C) excusable failure to appear
16 at or request a new date for a hearing. With regard to
17 municipalities or counties with a population of 1 million
18 or more, it shall be grounds for dismissal of a parking
19 violation if the state registration number or vehicle make,
20 only if specified in the violation notice, is incorrect.
21 After the determination of parking, standing, compliance,
22 automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic
23 law violation liability has been set aside upon a showing
24 of just cause, the registered owner shall be provided with
25 a hearing on the merits for that violation.
26 (9) Procedures for non-residents. Procedures by which

10100HB2170sam001- 423 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 persons who are not residents of the municipality or county
2 may contest the merits of the alleged violation without
3 attending a hearing.
4 (10) A schedule of civil fines for violations of
5 vehicular standing, parking, compliance, automated speed
6 enforcement system, or automated traffic law regulations
7 enacted by ordinance pursuant to this Section, and a
8 schedule of penalties for late payment of the fines or
9 failure to complete required traffic education programs,
10 provided, however, that the total amount of the fine and
11 penalty for any one violation shall not exceed $250, except
12 as provided in subsection (c) of Section 11-1301.3 of this
13 Code.
14 (11) Other provisions as are necessary and proper to
15 carry into effect the powers granted and purposes stated in
16 this Section.
17 (c) Any municipality or county establishing vehicular
18standing, parking, compliance, automated speed enforcement
19system, or automated traffic law regulations under this Section
20may also provide by ordinance for a program of vehicle
21immobilization for the purpose of facilitating enforcement of
22those regulations. The program of vehicle immobilization shall
23provide for immobilizing any eligible vehicle upon the public
24way by presence of a restraint in a manner to prevent operation
25of the vehicle. Any ordinance establishing a program of vehicle
26immobilization under this Section shall provide:

10100HB2170sam001- 424 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (1) Criteria for the designation of vehicles eligible
2 for immobilization. A vehicle shall be eligible for
3 immobilization when the registered owner of the vehicle has
4 accumulated the number of incomplete traffic education
5 programs or unpaid final determinations of parking,
6 standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement system,
7 or automated traffic law violation liability, or both, as
8 determined by ordinance.
9 (2) A notice of impending vehicle immobilization and a
10 right to a hearing to challenge the validity of the notice
11 by disproving liability for the incomplete traffic
12 education programs or unpaid final determinations of
13 parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement
14 system, or automated traffic law violation liability, or
15 both, listed on the notice.
16 (3) The right to a prompt hearing after a vehicle has
17 been immobilized or subsequently towed without the
18 completion of the required traffic education program or
19 payment of the outstanding fines and penalties on parking,
20 standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement system,
21 or automated traffic law violations, or both, for which
22 final determinations have been issued. An order issued
23 after the hearing is a final administrative decision within
24 the meaning of Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil
25 Procedure.
26 (4) A post immobilization and post-towing notice

10100HB2170sam001- 425 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 advising the registered owner of the vehicle of the right
2 to a hearing to challenge the validity of the impoundment.
3 (d) Judicial review of final determinations of parking,
4standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement system, or
5automated traffic law violations and final administrative
6decisions issued after hearings regarding vehicle
7immobilization and impoundment made under this Section shall be
8subject to the provisions of the Administrative Review Law.
9 (e) Any fine, penalty, incomplete traffic education
10program, or part of any fine or any penalty remaining unpaid
11after the exhaustion of, or the failure to exhaust,
12administrative remedies created under this Section and the
13conclusion of any judicial review procedures shall be a debt
14due and owing the municipality or county and, as such, may be
15collected in accordance with applicable law. Completion of any
16required traffic education program and payment in full of any
17fine or penalty resulting from a standing, parking, compliance,
18automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic law
19violation shall constitute a final disposition of that
20violation.
21 (f) After the expiration of the period within which
22judicial review may be sought for a final determination of
23parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement
24system, or automated traffic law violation, the municipality or
25county may commence a proceeding in the Circuit Court for
26purposes of obtaining a judgment on the final determination of

10100HB2170sam001- 426 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1violation. Nothing in this Section shall prevent a municipality
2or county from consolidating multiple final determinations of
3parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement
4system, or automated traffic law violations against a person in
5a proceeding. Upon commencement of the action, the municipality
6or county shall file a certified copy or record of the final
7determination of parking, standing, compliance, automated
8speed enforcement system, or automated traffic law violation,
9which shall be accompanied by a certification that recites
10facts sufficient to show that the final determination of
11violation was issued in accordance with this Section and the
12applicable municipal or county ordinance. Service of the
13summons and a copy of the petition may be by any method
14provided by Section 2-203 of the Code of Civil Procedure or by
15certified mail, return receipt requested, provided that the
16total amount of fines and penalties for final determinations of
17parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement
18system, or automated traffic law violations does not exceed
19$2500. If the court is satisfied that the final determination
20of parking, standing, compliance, automated speed enforcement
21system, or automated traffic law violation was entered in
22accordance with the requirements of this Section and the
23applicable municipal or county ordinance, and that the
24registered owner or the lessee, as the case may be, had an
25opportunity for an administrative hearing and for judicial
26review as provided in this Section, the court shall render

10100HB2170sam001- 427 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1judgment in favor of the municipality or county and against the
2registered owner or the lessee for the amount indicated in the
3final determination of parking, standing, compliance,
4automated speed enforcement system, or automated traffic law
5violation, plus costs. The judgment shall have the same effect
6and may be enforced in the same manner as other judgments for
7the recovery of money.
8 (g) The fee for participating in a traffic education
9program under this Section shall not exceed $25.
10 A low-income individual required to complete a traffic
11education program under this Section who provides proof of
12eligibility for the federal earned income tax credit under
13Section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code or the Illinois earned
14income tax credit under Section 212 of the Illinois Income Tax
15Act shall not be required to pay any fee for participating in a
16required traffic education program.
17(Source: P.A. 101-32, eff. 6-28-19; 101-623, eff. 7-1-20;
18revised 12-21-20.)
19 (625 ILCS 5/11-208.6)
20 Sec. 11-208.6. Automated traffic law enforcement system.
21 (a) As used in this Section, "automated traffic law
22enforcement system" means a device with one or more motor
23vehicle sensors working in conjunction with a red light signal
24to produce recorded images of motor vehicles entering an
25intersection against a red signal indication in violation of

10100HB2170sam001- 428 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Section 11-306 of this Code or a similar provision of a local
2ordinance.
3 An automated traffic law enforcement system is a system, in
4a municipality or county operated by a governmental agency,
5that produces a recorded image of a motor vehicle's violation
6of a provision of this Code or a local ordinance and is
7designed to obtain a clear recorded image of the vehicle and
8the vehicle's license plate. The recorded image must also
9display the time, date, and location of the violation.
10 (b) As used in this Section, "recorded images" means images
11recorded by an automated traffic law enforcement system on:
12 (1) 2 or more photographs;
13 (2) 2 or more microphotographs;
14 (3) 2 or more electronic images; or
15 (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on
16 at least one image or portion of the recording, clearly
17 identifying the registration plate or digital registration
18 plate number of the motor vehicle.
19 (b-5) A municipality or county that produces a recorded
20image of a motor vehicle's violation of a provision of this
21Code or a local ordinance must make the recorded images of a
22violation accessible to the alleged violator by providing the
23alleged violator with a website address, accessible through the
24Internet.
25 (c) Except as provided under Section 11-208.8 of this Code,
26a county or municipality, including a home rule county or

10100HB2170sam001- 429 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1municipality, may not use an automated traffic law enforcement
2system to provide recorded images of a motor vehicle for the
3purpose of recording its speed. Except as provided under
4Section 11-208.8 of this Code, the regulation of the use of
5automated traffic law enforcement systems to record vehicle
6speeds is an exclusive power and function of the State. This
7subsection (c) is a denial and limitation of home rule powers
8and functions under subsection (h) of Section 6 of Article VII
9of the Illinois Constitution.
10 (c-5) A county or municipality, including a home rule
11county or municipality, may not use an automated traffic law
12enforcement system to issue violations in instances where the
13motor vehicle comes to a complete stop and does not enter the
14intersection, as defined by Section 1-132 of this Code, during
15the cycle of the red signal indication unless one or more
16pedestrians or bicyclists are present, even if the motor
17vehicle stops at a point past a stop line or crosswalk where a
18driver is required to stop, as specified in subsection (c) of
19Section 11-306 of this Code or a similar provision of a local
20ordinance.
21 (c-6) A county, or a municipality with less than 2,000,000
22inhabitants, including a home rule county or municipality, may
23not use an automated traffic law enforcement system to issue
24violations in instances where a motorcyclist enters an
25intersection against a red signal indication when the red
26signal fails to change to a green signal within a reasonable

10100HB2170sam001- 430 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1period of time not less than 120 seconds because of a signal
2malfunction or because the signal has failed to detect the
3arrival of the motorcycle due to the motorcycle's size or
4weight.
5 (d) For each violation of a provision of this Code or a
6local ordinance recorded by an automatic traffic law
7enforcement system, the county or municipality having
8jurisdiction shall issue a written notice of the violation to
9the registered owner of the vehicle as the alleged violator.
10The notice shall be delivered to the registered owner of the
11vehicle, by mail, within 30 days after the Secretary of State
12notifies the municipality or county of the identity of the
13owner of the vehicle, but in no event later than 90 days after
14the violation.
15 The notice shall include:
16 (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
17 vehicle;
18 (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
19 involved in the violation;
20 (3) the violation charged;
21 (4) the location where the violation occurred;
22 (5) the date and time of the violation;
23 (6) a copy of the recorded images;
24 (7) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the
25 requirements of any traffic education program imposed and
26 the date by which the civil penalty should be paid and the

10100HB2170sam001- 431 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 traffic education program should be completed;
2 (8) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
3 violation of a red light signal;
4 (9) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty, to
5 complete a required traffic education program, or to
6 contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
7 liability and may result in a suspension of the driving
8 privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle;
9 (10) a statement that the person may elect to proceed
10 by:
11 (A) paying the fine, completing a required traffic
12 education program, or both; or
13 (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by
14 administrative hearing; and
15 (11) a website address, accessible through the
16 Internet, where the person may view the recorded images of
17 the violation.
18 (e) (Blank). If a person charged with a traffic violation,
19as a result of an automated traffic law enforcement system,
20does not pay the fine or complete a required traffic education
21program, or both, or successfully contest the civil penalty
22resulting from that violation, the Secretary of State shall
23suspend the driving privileges of the registered owner of the
24vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this Code for failing to
25complete a required traffic education program or to pay any
26fine or penalty due and owing, or both, as a result of a

10100HB2170sam001- 432 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1combination of 5 violations of the automated traffic law
2enforcement system or the automated speed enforcement system
3under Section 11-208.8 of this Code.
4 (f) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
5automated traffic law enforcement system, a notice alleging
6that the violation occurred shall be evidence of the facts
7contained in the notice and admissible in any proceeding
8alleging a violation under this Section.
9 (g) Recorded images made by an automatic traffic law
10enforcement system are confidential and shall be made available
11only to the alleged violator and governmental and law
12enforcement agencies for purposes of adjudicating a violation
13of this Section, for statistical purposes, or for other
14governmental purposes. Any recorded image evidencing a
15violation of this Section, however, may be admissible in any
16proceeding resulting from the issuance of the citation.
17 (h) The court or hearing officer may consider in defense of
18a violation:
19 (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or
20 digital registration plates of the motor vehicle were
21 stolen before the violation occurred and not under the
22 control of or in the possession of the owner at the time of
23 the violation;
24 (2) that the driver of the vehicle passed through the
25 intersection when the light was red either (i) in order to
26 yield the right-of-way to an emergency vehicle or (ii) as

10100HB2170sam001- 433 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 part of a funeral procession; and
2 (3) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal
3 or county ordinance.
4 (i) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the
5registration plates or digital registration plates were stolen
6before the violation occurred and were not under the control or
7possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the owner
8must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen motor
9vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement
10agency in a timely manner.
11 (j) Unless the driver of the motor vehicle received a
12Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer at the time of
13the violation, the motor vehicle owner is subject to a civil
14penalty not exceeding $100 or the completion of a traffic
15education program, or both, plus an additional penalty of not
16more than $100 for failure to pay the original penalty or to
17complete a required traffic education program, or both, in a
18timely manner, if the motor vehicle is recorded by an automated
19traffic law enforcement system. A violation for which a civil
20penalty is imposed under this Section is not a violation of a
21traffic regulation governing the movement of vehicles and may
22not be recorded on the driving record of the owner of the
23vehicle.
24 (j-3) A registered owner who is a holder of a valid
25commercial driver's license is not required to complete a
26traffic education program.

10100HB2170sam001- 434 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (j-5) For purposes of the required traffic education
2program only, a registered owner may submit an affidavit to the
3court or hearing officer swearing that at the time of the
4alleged violation, the vehicle was in the custody and control
5of another person. The affidavit must identify the person in
6custody and control of the vehicle, including the person's name
7and current address. The person in custody and control of the
8vehicle at the time of the violation is required to complete
9the required traffic education program. If the person in
10custody and control of the vehicle at the time of the violation
11completes the required traffic education program, the
12registered owner of the vehicle is not required to complete a
13traffic education program.
14 (k) An intersection equipped with an automated traffic law
15enforcement system must be posted with a sign visible to
16approaching traffic indicating that the intersection is being
17monitored by an automated traffic law enforcement system.
18 (k-3) A municipality or county that has one or more
19intersections equipped with an automated traffic law
20enforcement system must provide notice to drivers by posting
21the locations of automated traffic law systems on the
22municipality or county website.
23 (k-5) An intersection equipped with an automated traffic
24law enforcement system must have a yellow change interval that
25conforms with the Illinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
26Devices (IMUTCD) published by the Illinois Department of

10100HB2170sam001- 435 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Transportation.
2 (k-7) A municipality or county operating an automated
3traffic law enforcement system shall conduct a statistical
4analysis to assess the safety impact of each automated traffic
5law enforcement system at an intersection following
6installation of the system. The statistical analysis shall be
7based upon the best available crash, traffic, and other data,
8and shall cover a period of time before and after installation
9of the system sufficient to provide a statistically valid
10comparison of safety impact. The statistical analysis shall be
11consistent with professional judgment and acceptable industry
12practice. The statistical analysis also shall be consistent
13with the data required for valid comparisons of before and
14after conditions and shall be conducted within a reasonable
15period following the installation of the automated traffic law
16enforcement system. The statistical analysis required by this
17subsection (k-7) shall be made available to the public and
18shall be published on the website of the municipality or
19county. If the statistical analysis for the 36 month period
20following installation of the system indicates that there has
21been an increase in the rate of accidents at the approach to
22the intersection monitored by the system, the municipality or
23county shall undertake additional studies to determine the
24cause and severity of the accidents, and may take any action
25that it determines is necessary or appropriate to reduce the
26number or severity of the accidents at that intersection.

10100HB2170sam001- 436 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (l) The compensation paid for an automated traffic law
2enforcement system must be based on the value of the equipment
3or the services provided and may not be based on the number of
4traffic citations issued or the revenue generated by the
5system.
6 (m) This Section applies only to the counties of Cook,
7DuPage, Kane, Lake, Madison, McHenry, St. Clair, and Will and
8to municipalities located within those counties.
9 (n) The fee for participating in a traffic education
10program under this Section shall not exceed $25.
11 A low-income individual required to complete a traffic
12education program under this Section who provides proof of
13eligibility for the federal earned income tax credit under
14Section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code or the Illinois earned
15income tax credit under Section 212 of the Illinois Income Tax
16Act shall not be required to pay any fee for participating in a
17required traffic education program.
18 (o) (Blank). A municipality or county shall make a
19certified report to the Secretary of State pursuant to Section
206-306.5 of this Code whenever a registered owner of a vehicle
21has failed to pay any fine or penalty due and owing as a result
22of a combination of 5 offenses for automated traffic law or
23speed enforcement system violations.
24 (p) No person who is the lessor of a motor vehicle pursuant
25to a written lease agreement shall be liable for an automated
26speed or traffic law enforcement system violation involving

10100HB2170sam001- 437 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1such motor vehicle during the period of the lease; provided
2that upon the request of the appropriate authority received
3within 120 days after the violation occurred, the lessor
4provides within 60 days after such receipt the name and address
5of the lessee. The drivers license number of a lessee may be
6subsequently individually requested by the appropriate
7authority if needed for enforcement of this Section.
8 Upon the provision of information by the lessor pursuant to
9this subsection, the county or municipality may issue the
10violation to the lessee of the vehicle in the same manner as it
11would issue a violation to a registered owner of a vehicle
12pursuant to this Section, and the lessee may be held liable for
13the violation.
14(Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
15 (625 ILCS 5/11-208.8)
16 Sec. 11-208.8. Automated speed enforcement systems in
17safety zones.
18 (a) As used in this Section:
19 "Automated speed enforcement system" means a photographic
20device, radar device, laser device, or other electrical or
21mechanical device or devices installed or utilized in a safety
22zone and designed to record the speed of a vehicle and obtain a
23clear photograph or other recorded image of the vehicle and the
24vehicle's registration plate or digital registration plate
25while the driver is violating Article VI of Chapter 11 of this

10100HB2170sam001- 438 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Code or a similar provision of a local ordinance.
2 An automated speed enforcement system is a system, located
3in a safety zone which is under the jurisdiction of a
4municipality, that produces a recorded image of a motor
5vehicle's violation of a provision of this Code or a local
6ordinance and is designed to obtain a clear recorded image of
7the vehicle and the vehicle's license plate. The recorded image
8must also display the time, date, and location of the
9violation.
10 "Owner" means the person or entity to whom the vehicle is
11registered.
12 "Recorded image" means images recorded by an automated
13speed enforcement system on:
14 (1) 2 or more photographs;
15 (2) 2 or more microphotographs;
16 (3) 2 or more electronic images; or
17 (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on
18 at least one image or portion of the recording, clearly
19 identifying the registration plate or digital registration
20 plate number of the motor vehicle.
21 "Safety zone" means an area that is within one-eighth of a
22mile from the nearest property line of any public or private
23elementary or secondary school, or from the nearest property
24line of any facility, area, or land owned by a school district
25that is used for educational purposes approved by the Illinois
26State Board of Education, not including school district

10100HB2170sam001- 439 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1headquarters or administrative buildings. A safety zone also
2includes an area that is within one-eighth of a mile from the
3nearest property line of any facility, area, or land owned by a
4park district used for recreational purposes. However, if any
5portion of a roadway is within either one-eighth mile radius,
6the safety zone also shall include the roadway extended to the
7furthest portion of the next furthest intersection. The term
8"safety zone" does not include any portion of the roadway known
9as Lake Shore Drive or any controlled access highway with 8 or
10more lanes of traffic.
11 (a-5) The automated speed enforcement system shall be
12operational and violations shall be recorded only at the
13following times:
14 (i) if the safety zone is based upon the property line
15 of any facility, area, or land owned by a school district,
16 only on school days and no earlier than 6 a.m. and no later
17 than 8:30 p.m. if the school day is during the period of
18 Monday through Thursday, or 9 p.m. if the school day is a
19 Friday; and
20 (ii) if the safety zone is based upon the property line
21 of any facility, area, or land owned by a park district, no
22 earlier than one hour prior to the time that the facility,
23 area, or land is open to the public or other patrons, and
24 no later than one hour after the facility, area, or land is
25 closed to the public or other patrons.
26 (b) A municipality that produces a recorded image of a

10100HB2170sam001- 440 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1motor vehicle's violation of a provision of this Code or a
2local ordinance must make the recorded images of a violation
3accessible to the alleged violator by providing the alleged
4violator with a website address, accessible through the
5Internet.
6 (c) Notwithstanding any penalties for any other violations
7of this Code, the owner of a motor vehicle used in a traffic
8violation recorded by an automated speed enforcement system
9shall be subject to the following penalties:
10 (1) if the recorded speed is no less than 6 miles per
11 hour and no more than 10 miles per hour over the legal
12 speed limit, a civil penalty not exceeding $50, plus an
13 additional penalty of not more than $50 for failure to pay
14 the original penalty in a timely manner; or
15 (2) if the recorded speed is more than 10 miles per
16 hour over the legal speed limit, a civil penalty not
17 exceeding $100, plus an additional penalty of not more than
18 $100 for failure to pay the original penalty in a timely
19 manner.
20 A penalty may not be imposed under this Section if the
21driver of the motor vehicle received a Uniform Traffic Citation
22from a police officer for a speeding violation occurring within
23one-eighth of a mile and 15 minutes of the violation that was
24recorded by the system. A violation for which a civil penalty
25is imposed under this Section is not a violation of a traffic
26regulation governing the movement of vehicles and may not be

10100HB2170sam001- 441 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1recorded on the driving record of the owner of the vehicle. A
2law enforcement officer is not required to be present or to
3witness the violation. No penalty may be imposed under this
4Section if the recorded speed of a vehicle is 5 miles per hour
5or less over the legal speed limit. The municipality may send,
6in the same manner that notices are sent under this Section, a
7speed violation warning notice where the violation involves a
8speed of 5 miles per hour or less above the legal speed limit.
9 (d) The net proceeds that a municipality receives from
10civil penalties imposed under an automated speed enforcement
11system, after deducting all non-personnel and personnel costs
12associated with the operation and maintenance of such system,
13shall be expended or obligated by the municipality for the
14following purposes:
15 (i) public safety initiatives to ensure safe passage
16 around schools, and to provide police protection and
17 surveillance around schools and parks, including but not
18 limited to: (1) personnel costs; and (2) non-personnel
19 costs such as construction and maintenance of public safety
20 infrastructure and equipment;
21 (ii) initiatives to improve pedestrian and traffic
22 safety;
23 (iii) construction and maintenance of infrastructure
24 within the municipality, including but not limited to roads
25 and bridges; and
26 (iv) after school programs.

10100HB2170sam001- 442 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (e) For each violation of a provision of this Code or a
2local ordinance recorded by an automated speed enforcement
3system, the municipality having jurisdiction shall issue a
4written notice of the violation to the registered owner of the
5vehicle as the alleged violator. The notice shall be delivered
6to the registered owner of the vehicle, by mail, within 30 days
7after the Secretary of State notifies the municipality of the
8identity of the owner of the vehicle, but in no event later
9than 90 days after the violation.
10 (f) The notice required under subsection (e) of this
11Section shall include:
12 (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
13 vehicle;
14 (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
15 involved in the violation;
16 (3) the violation charged;
17 (4) the date, time, and location where the violation
18 occurred;
19 (5) a copy of the recorded image or images;
20 (6) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the
21 date by which the civil penalty should be paid;
22 (7) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
23 violation of a speed restriction;
24 (8) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty or
25 to contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
26 liability and may result in a suspension of the driving

10100HB2170sam001- 443 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle;
2 (9) a statement that the person may elect to proceed
3 by:
4 (A) paying the fine; or
5 (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by
6 administrative hearing; and
7 (10) a website address, accessible through the
8 Internet, where the person may view the recorded images of
9 the violation.
10 (g) (Blank). If a person charged with a traffic violation,
11as a result of an automated speed enforcement system, does not
12pay the fine or successfully contest the civil penalty
13resulting from that violation, the Secretary of State shall
14suspend the driving privileges of the registered owner of the
15vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this Code for failing to pay
16any fine or penalty due and owing, or both, as a result of a
17combination of 5 violations of the automated speed enforcement
18system or the automated traffic law under Section 11-208.6 of
19this Code.
20 (h) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
21automated speed enforcement system, a notice alleging that the
22violation occurred shall be evidence of the facts contained in
23the notice and admissible in any proceeding alleging a
24violation under this Section.
25 (i) Recorded images made by an automated speed enforcement
26system are confidential and shall be made available only to the

10100HB2170sam001- 444 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1alleged violator and governmental and law enforcement agencies
2for purposes of adjudicating a violation of this Section, for
3statistical purposes, or for other governmental purposes. Any
4recorded image evidencing a violation of this Section, however,
5may be admissible in any proceeding resulting from the issuance
6of the citation.
7 (j) The court or hearing officer may consider in defense of
8a violation:
9 (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or
10 digital registration plates of the motor vehicle were
11 stolen before the violation occurred and not under the
12 control or in the possession of the owner at the time of
13 the violation;
14 (2) that the driver of the motor vehicle received a
15 Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer for a
16 speeding violation occurring within one-eighth of a mile
17 and 15 minutes of the violation that was recorded by the
18 system; and
19 (3) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal
20 ordinance.
21 (k) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the
22registration plates or digital registration plates were stolen
23before the violation occurred and were not under the control or
24possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the owner
25must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen motor
26vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement

10100HB2170sam001- 445 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1agency in a timely manner.
2 (l) A roadway equipped with an automated speed enforcement
3system shall be posted with a sign conforming to the national
4Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices that is visible to
5approaching traffic stating that vehicle speeds are being
6photo-enforced and indicating the speed limit. The
7municipality shall install such additional signage as it
8determines is necessary to give reasonable notice to drivers as
9to where automated speed enforcement systems are installed.
10 (m) A roadway where a new automated speed enforcement
11system is installed shall be posted with signs providing 30
12days notice of the use of a new automated speed enforcement
13system prior to the issuance of any citations through the
14automated speed enforcement system.
15 (n) The compensation paid for an automated speed
16enforcement system must be based on the value of the equipment
17or the services provided and may not be based on the number of
18traffic citations issued or the revenue generated by the
19system.
20 (o) (Blank). A municipality shall make a certified report
21to the Secretary of State pursuant to Section 6-306.5 of this
22Code whenever a registered owner of a vehicle has failed to pay
23any fine or penalty due and owing as a result of a combination
24of 5 offenses for automated speed or traffic law enforcement
25system violations.
26 (p) No person who is the lessor of a motor vehicle pursuant

10100HB2170sam001- 446 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1to a written lease agreement shall be liable for an automated
2speed or traffic law enforcement system violation involving
3such motor vehicle during the period of the lease; provided
4that upon the request of the appropriate authority received
5within 120 days after the violation occurred, the lessor
6provides within 60 days after such receipt the name and address
7of the lessee. The drivers license number of a lessee may be
8subsequently individually requested by the appropriate
9authority if needed for enforcement of this Section.
10 Upon the provision of information by the lessor pursuant to
11this subsection, the municipality may issue the violation to
12the lessee of the vehicle in the same manner as it would issue
13a violation to a registered owner of a vehicle pursuant to this
14Section, and the lessee may be held liable for the violation.
15 (q) A municipality using an automated speed enforcement
16system must provide notice to drivers by publishing the
17locations of all safety zones where system equipment is
18installed on the website of the municipality.
19 (r) A municipality operating an automated speed
20enforcement system shall conduct a statistical analysis to
21assess the safety impact of the system. The statistical
22analysis shall be based upon the best available crash, traffic,
23and other data, and shall cover a period of time before and
24after installation of the system sufficient to provide a
25statistically valid comparison of safety impact. The
26statistical analysis shall be consistent with professional

10100HB2170sam001- 447 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1judgment and acceptable industry practice. The statistical
2analysis also shall be consistent with the data required for
3valid comparisons of before and after conditions and shall be
4conducted within a reasonable period following the
5installation of the automated traffic law enforcement system.
6The statistical analysis required by this subsection shall be
7made available to the public and shall be published on the
8website of the municipality.
9 (s) This Section applies only to municipalities with a
10population of 1,000,000 or more inhabitants.
11(Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
12 (625 ILCS 5/11-208.9)
13 Sec. 11-208.9. Automated traffic law enforcement system;
14approaching, overtaking, and passing a school bus.
15 (a) As used in this Section, "automated traffic law
16enforcement system" means a device with one or more motor
17vehicle sensors working in conjunction with the visual signals
18on a school bus, as specified in Sections 12-803 and 12-805 of
19this Code, to produce recorded images of motor vehicles that
20fail to stop before meeting or overtaking, from either
21direction, any school bus stopped at any location for the
22purpose of receiving or discharging pupils in violation of
23Section 11-1414 of this Code or a similar provision of a local
24ordinance.
25 An automated traffic law enforcement system is a system, in

10100HB2170sam001- 448 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1a municipality or county operated by a governmental agency,
2that produces a recorded image of a motor vehicle's violation
3of a provision of this Code or a local ordinance and is
4designed to obtain a clear recorded image of the vehicle and
5the vehicle's license plate. The recorded image must also
6display the time, date, and location of the violation.
7 (b) As used in this Section, "recorded images" means images
8recorded by an automated traffic law enforcement system on:
9 (1) 2 or more photographs;
10 (2) 2 or more microphotographs;
11 (3) 2 or more electronic images; or
12 (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on
13 at least one image or portion of the recording, clearly
14 identifying the registration plate or digital registration
15 plate number of the motor vehicle.
16 (c) A municipality or county that produces a recorded image
17of a motor vehicle's violation of a provision of this Code or a
18local ordinance must make the recorded images of a violation
19accessible to the alleged violator by providing the alleged
20violator with a website address, accessible through the
21Internet.
22 (d) For each violation of a provision of this Code or a
23local ordinance recorded by an automated traffic law
24enforcement system, the county or municipality having
25jurisdiction shall issue a written notice of the violation to
26the registered owner of the vehicle as the alleged violator.

10100HB2170sam001- 449 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1The notice shall be delivered to the registered owner of the
2vehicle, by mail, within 30 days after the Secretary of State
3notifies the municipality or county of the identity of the
4owner of the vehicle, but in no event later than 90 days after
5the violation.
6 (e) The notice required under subsection (d) shall include:
7 (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
8 vehicle;
9 (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
10 involved in the violation;
11 (3) the violation charged;
12 (4) the location where the violation occurred;
13 (5) the date and time of the violation;
14 (6) a copy of the recorded images;
15 (7) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the
16 date by which the civil penalty should be paid;
17 (8) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
18 violation of overtaking or passing a school bus stopped for
19 the purpose of receiving or discharging pupils;
20 (9) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty or
21 to contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
22 liability and may result in a suspension of the driving
23 privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle;
24 (10) a statement that the person may elect to proceed
25 by:
26 (A) paying the fine; or

10100HB2170sam001- 450 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by
2 administrative hearing; and
3 (11) a website address, accessible through the
4 Internet, where the person may view the recorded images of
5 the violation.
6 (f) (Blank). If a person charged with a traffic violation,
7as a result of an automated traffic law enforcement system
8under this Section, does not pay the fine or successfully
9contest the civil penalty resulting from that violation, the
10Secretary of State shall suspend the driving privileges of the
11registered owner of the vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this
12Code for failing to pay any fine or penalty due and owing as a
13result of a combination of 5 violations of the automated
14traffic law enforcement system or the automated speed
15enforcement system under Section 11-208.8 of this Code.
16 (g) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
17automated traffic law enforcement system, a notice alleging
18that the violation occurred shall be evidence of the facts
19contained in the notice and admissible in any proceeding
20alleging a violation under this Section.
21 (h) Recorded images made by an automated traffic law
22enforcement system are confidential and shall be made available
23only to the alleged violator and governmental and law
24enforcement agencies for purposes of adjudicating a violation
25of this Section, for statistical purposes, or for other
26governmental purposes. Any recorded image evidencing a

10100HB2170sam001- 451 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1violation of this Section, however, may be admissible in any
2proceeding resulting from the issuance of the citation.
3 (i) The court or hearing officer may consider in defense of
4a violation:
5 (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or
6 digital registration plates of the motor vehicle were
7 stolen before the violation occurred and not under the
8 control of or in the possession of the owner at the time of
9 the violation;
10 (2) that the driver of the motor vehicle received a
11 Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer for a
12 violation of Section 11-1414 of this Code within one-eighth
13 of a mile and 15 minutes of the violation that was recorded
14 by the system;
15 (3) that the visual signals required by Sections 12-803
16 and 12-805 of this Code were damaged, not activated, not
17 present in violation of Sections 12-803 and 12-805, or
18 inoperable; and
19 (4) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal
20 or county ordinance.
21 (j) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the
22registration plates or digital registration plates were stolen
23before the violation occurred and were not under the control or
24possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the owner
25must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen motor
26vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement

10100HB2170sam001- 452 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1agency in a timely manner.
2 (k) Unless the driver of the motor vehicle received a
3Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer at the time of
4the violation, the motor vehicle owner is subject to a civil
5penalty not exceeding $150 for a first time violation or $500
6for a second or subsequent violation, plus an additional
7penalty of not more than $100 for failure to pay the original
8penalty in a timely manner, if the motor vehicle is recorded by
9an automated traffic law enforcement system. A violation for
10which a civil penalty is imposed under this Section is not a
11violation of a traffic regulation governing the movement of
12vehicles and may not be recorded on the driving record of the
13owner of the vehicle, but may be recorded by the municipality
14or county for the purpose of determining if a person is subject
15to the higher fine for a second or subsequent offense.
16 (l) A school bus equipped with an automated traffic law
17enforcement system must be posted with a sign indicating that
18the school bus is being monitored by an automated traffic law
19enforcement system.
20 (m) A municipality or county that has one or more school
21buses equipped with an automated traffic law enforcement system
22must provide notice to drivers by posting a list of school
23districts using school buses equipped with an automated traffic
24law enforcement system on the municipality or county website.
25School districts that have one or more school buses equipped
26with an automated traffic law enforcement system must provide

10100HB2170sam001- 453 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1notice to drivers by posting that information on their
2websites.
3 (n) A municipality or county operating an automated traffic
4law enforcement system shall conduct a statistical analysis to
5assess the safety impact in each school district using school
6buses equipped with an automated traffic law enforcement system
7following installation of the system. The statistical analysis
8shall be based upon the best available crash, traffic, and
9other data, and shall cover a period of time before and after
10installation of the system sufficient to provide a
11statistically valid comparison of safety impact. The
12statistical analysis shall be consistent with professional
13judgment and acceptable industry practice. The statistical
14analysis also shall be consistent with the data required for
15valid comparisons of before and after conditions and shall be
16conducted within a reasonable period following the
17installation of the automated traffic law enforcement system.
18The statistical analysis required by this subsection shall be
19made available to the public and shall be published on the
20website of the municipality or county. If the statistical
21analysis for the 36-month period following installation of the
22system indicates that there has been an increase in the rate of
23accidents at the approach to school buses monitored by the
24system, the municipality or county shall undertake additional
25studies to determine the cause and severity of the accidents,
26and may take any action that it determines is necessary or

10100HB2170sam001- 454 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1appropriate to reduce the number or severity of the accidents
2involving school buses equipped with an automated traffic law
3enforcement system.
4 (o) The compensation paid for an automated traffic law
5enforcement system must be based on the value of the equipment
6or the services provided and may not be based on the number of
7traffic citations issued or the revenue generated by the
8system.
9 (p) No person who is the lessor of a motor vehicle pursuant
10to a written lease agreement shall be liable for an automated
11speed or traffic law enforcement system violation involving
12such motor vehicle during the period of the lease; provided
13that upon the request of the appropriate authority received
14within 120 days after the violation occurred, the lessor
15provides within 60 days after such receipt the name and address
16of the lessee. The drivers license number of a lessee may be
17subsequently individually requested by the appropriate
18authority if needed for enforcement of this Section.
19 Upon the provision of information by the lessor pursuant to
20this subsection, the county or municipality may issue the
21violation to the lessee of the vehicle in the same manner as it
22would issue a violation to a registered owner of a vehicle
23pursuant to this Section, and the lessee may be held liable for
24the violation.
25 (q) (Blank). A municipality or county shall make a
26certified report to the Secretary of State pursuant to Section

10100HB2170sam001- 455 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
16-306.5 of this Code whenever a registered owner of a vehicle
2has failed to pay any fine or penalty due and owing as a result
3of a combination of 5 offenses for automated traffic law or
4speed enforcement system violations.
5 (r) After a municipality or county enacts an ordinance
6providing for automated traffic law enforcement systems under
7this Section, each school district within that municipality or
8county's jurisdiction may implement an automated traffic law
9enforcement system under this Section. The elected school board
10for that district must approve the implementation of an
11automated traffic law enforcement system. The school district
12shall be responsible for entering into a contract, approved by
13the elected school board of that district, with vendors for the
14installation, maintenance, and operation of the automated
15traffic law enforcement system. The school district must enter
16into an intergovernmental agreement, approved by the elected
17school board of that district, with the municipality or county
18with jurisdiction over that school district for the
19administration of the automated traffic law enforcement
20system. The proceeds from a school district's automated traffic
21law enforcement system's fines shall be divided equally between
22the school district and the municipality or county
23administering the automated traffic law enforcement system.
24(Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)
25 (625 ILCS 5/11-1201.1)

10100HB2170sam001- 456 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Sec. 11-1201.1. Automated Railroad Crossing Enforcement
2System.
3 (a) For the purposes of this Section, an automated railroad
4grade crossing enforcement system is a system in a municipality
5or county operated by a governmental agency that produces a
6recorded image of a motor vehicle's violation of a provision of
7this Code or local ordinance and is designed to obtain a clear
8recorded image of the vehicle and vehicle's license plate. The
9recorded image must also display the time, date, and location
10of the violation.
11 As used in this Section, "recorded images" means images
12recorded by an automated railroad grade crossing enforcement
13system on:
14 (1) 2 or more photographs;
15 (2) 2 or more microphotographs;
16 (3) 2 or more electronic images; or
17 (4) a video recording showing the motor vehicle and, on
18 at least one image or portion of the recording, clearly
19 identifying the registration plate or digital registration
20 plate number of the motor vehicle.
21 (b) The Illinois Commerce Commission may, in cooperation
22with a local law enforcement agency, establish in any county or
23municipality an automated railroad grade crossing enforcement
24system at any railroad grade crossing equipped with a crossing
25gate designated by local authorities. Local authorities
26desiring the establishment of an automated railroad crossing

10100HB2170sam001- 457 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1enforcement system must initiate the process by enacting a
2local ordinance requesting the creation of such a system. After
3the ordinance has been enacted, and before any additional steps
4toward the establishment of the system are undertaken, the
5local authorities and the Commission must agree to a plan for
6obtaining, from any combination of federal, State, and local
7funding sources, the moneys required for the purchase and
8installation of any necessary equipment.
9 (b-1) (Blank.)
10 (c) For each violation of Section 11-1201 of this Code or a
11local ordinance recorded by an automated railroad grade
12crossing enforcement system, the county or municipality having
13jurisdiction shall issue a written notice of the violation to
14the registered owner of the vehicle as the alleged violator.
15The notice shall be delivered to the registered owner of the
16vehicle, by mail, no later than 90 days after the violation.
17 The notice shall include:
18 (1) the name and address of the registered owner of the
19 vehicle;
20 (2) the registration number of the motor vehicle
21 involved in the violation;
22 (3) the violation charged;
23 (4) the location where the violation occurred;
24 (5) the date and time of the violation;
25 (6) a copy of the recorded images;
26 (7) the amount of the civil penalty imposed and the

10100HB2170sam001- 458 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 date by which the civil penalty should be paid;
2 (8) a statement that recorded images are evidence of a
3 violation of a railroad grade crossing;
4 (9) a warning that failure to pay the civil penalty or
5 to contest liability in a timely manner is an admission of
6 liability and may result in a suspension of the driving
7 privileges of the registered owner of the vehicle; and
8 (10) a statement that the person may elect to proceed
9 by:
10 (A) paying the fine; or
11 (B) challenging the charge in court, by mail, or by
12 administrative hearing.
13 (d) (Blank). If a person charged with a traffic violation,
14as a result of an automated railroad grade crossing enforcement
15system, does not pay or successfully contest the civil penalty
16resulting from that violation, the Secretary of State shall
17suspend the driving privileges of the registered owner of the
18vehicle under Section 6-306.5 of this Code for failing to pay
19any fine or penalty due and owing as a result of 5 violations
20of the automated railroad grade crossing enforcement system.
21 (d-1) (Blank.)
22 (d-2) (Blank.)
23 (e) Based on inspection of recorded images produced by an
24automated railroad grade crossing enforcement system, a notice
25alleging that the violation occurred shall be evidence of the
26facts contained in the notice and admissible in any proceeding

10100HB2170sam001- 459 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1alleging a violation under this Section.
2 (e-1) Recorded images made by an automated railroad grade
3crossing enforcement system are confidential and shall be made
4available only to the alleged violator and governmental and law
5enforcement agencies for purposes of adjudicating a violation
6of this Section, for statistical purposes, or for other
7governmental purposes. Any recorded image evidencing a
8violation of this Section, however, may be admissible in any
9proceeding resulting from the issuance of the citation.
10 (e-2) The court or hearing officer may consider the
11following in the defense of a violation:
12 (1) that the motor vehicle or registration plates or
13 digital registration plates of the motor vehicle were
14 stolen before the violation occurred and not under the
15 control of or in the possession of the owner at the time of
16 the violation;
17 (2) that the driver of the motor vehicle received a
18 Uniform Traffic Citation from a police officer at the time
19 of the violation for the same offense;
20 (3) any other evidence or issues provided by municipal
21 or county ordinance.
22 (e-3) To demonstrate that the motor vehicle or the
23registration plates or digital registration plates were stolen
24before the violation occurred and were not under the control or
25possession of the owner at the time of the violation, the owner
26must submit proof that a report concerning the stolen motor

10100HB2170sam001- 460 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1vehicle or registration plates was filed with a law enforcement
2agency in a timely manner.
3 (f) Rail crossings equipped with an automatic railroad
4grade crossing enforcement system shall be posted with a sign
5visible to approaching traffic stating that the railroad grade
6crossing is being monitored, that citations will be issued, and
7the amount of the fine for violation.
8 (g) The compensation paid for an automated railroad grade
9crossing enforcement system must be based on the value of the
10equipment or the services provided and may not be based on the
11number of citations issued or the revenue generated by the
12system.
13 (h) (Blank.)
14 (i) If any part or parts of this Section are held by a
15court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional, the
16unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity of the
17remaining parts of this Section. The General Assembly hereby
18declares that it would have passed the remaining parts of this
19Section if it had known that the other part or parts of this
20Section would be declared unconstitutional.
21 (j) Penalty. A civil fine of $250 shall be imposed for a
22first violation of this Section, and a civil fine of $500 shall
23be imposed for a second or subsequent violation of this
24Section.
25(Source: P.A. 101-395, eff. 8-16-19.)

10100HB2170sam001- 461 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
Article 115.
2 Section 115-5. The School Code is amended by changing
3Section 21B-50 as follows:
4 (105 ILCS 5/21B-50)
5 Sec. 21B-50. Alternative Educator Licensure Program.
6 (a) There is established an alternative educator licensure
7program, to be known as the Alternative Educator Licensure
8Program for Teachers.
9 (b) The Alternative Educator Licensure Program for
10Teachers may be offered by a recognized institution approved to
11offer educator preparation programs by the State Board of
12Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation
13and Licensure Board.
14 The program shall be comprised of 4 phases:
15 (1) A course of study that at a minimum includes
16 instructional planning; instructional strategies,
17 including special education, reading, and English language
18 learning; classroom management; and the assessment of
19 students and use of data to drive instruction.
20 (2) A year of residency, which is a candidate's
21 assignment to a full-time teaching position or as a
22 co-teacher for one full school year. An individual must
23 hold an Educator License with Stipulations with an
24 alternative provisional educator endorsement in order to

10100HB2170sam001- 462 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 enter the residency and must complete additional program
2 requirements that address required State and national
3 standards, pass the State Board's teacher performance
4 assessment no later than the end of the first semester of
5 the second year of residency, as required under phase (3)
6 of this subsection (b), and be recommended by the principal
7 or qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under
8 subsection (d) of this Section, and the program coordinator
9 to continue with the second year of the residency.
10 (3) A second year of residency, which shall include the
11 candidate's assignment to a full-time teaching position
12 for one school year. The candidate must be assigned an
13 experienced teacher to act as a mentor and coach the
14 candidate through the second year of residency.
15 (4) A comprehensive assessment of the candidate's
16 teaching effectiveness, as evaluated by the principal or
17 qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under
18 subsection (d) of this Section, and the program
19 coordinator, at the end of the second year of residency. If
20 there is disagreement between the 2 evaluators about the
21 candidate's teaching effectiveness, the candidate may
22 complete one additional year of residency teaching under a
23 professional development plan developed by the principal
24 or qualified equivalent and the preparation program. At the
25 completion of the third year, a candidate must have
26 positive evaluations and a recommendation for full

10100HB2170sam001- 463 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 licensure from both the principal or qualified equivalent
2 and the program coordinator or no Professional Educator
3 License shall be issued.
4 Successful completion of the program shall be deemed to
5satisfy any other practice or student teaching and content
6matter requirements established by law.
7 (c) An alternative provisional educator endorsement on an
8Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 2 years of
9teaching in the public schools, including without limitation a
10preschool educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code
11or charter school, or in a State-recognized nonpublic school in
12which the chief administrator is required to have the licensure
13necessary to be a principal in a public school in this State
14and in which a majority of the teachers are required to have
15the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public school in
16this State, but may be renewed for a third year if needed to
17complete the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for
18Teachers. The endorsement shall be issued only once to an
19individual who meets all of the following requirements:
20 (1) Has graduated from a regionally accredited college
21 or university with a bachelor's degree or higher.
22 (2) (Blank). Has a cumulative grade point average of
23 3.0 or greater on a 4.0 scale or its equivalent on another
24 scale.
25 (3) Has completed a major in the content area if
26 seeking a middle or secondary level endorsement or, if

10100HB2170sam001- 464 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 seeking an early childhood, elementary, or special
2 education endorsement, has completed a major in the content
3 area of reading, English/language arts, mathematics, or
4 one of the sciences. If the individual does not have a
5 major in a content area for any level of teaching, he or
6 she must submit transcripts to the State Board of Education
7 to be reviewed for equivalency.
8 (4) Has successfully completed phase (1) of subsection
9 (b) of this Section.
10 (5) Has passed a content area test required for the
11 specific endorsement for admission into the program, as
12 required under Section 21B-30 of this Code.
13 A candidate possessing the alternative provisional
14educator endorsement may receive a salary, benefits, and any
15other terms of employment offered to teachers in the school who
16are members of an exclusive bargaining representative, if any,
17but a school is not required to provide these benefits during
18the years of residency if the candidate is serving only as a
19co-teacher. If the candidate is serving as the teacher of
20record, the candidate must receive a salary, benefits, and any
21other terms of employment. Residency experiences must not be
22counted towards tenure.
23 (d) The recognized institution offering the Alternative
24Educator Licensure Program for Teachers must partner with a
25school district, including without limitation a preschool
26educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code or

10100HB2170sam001- 465 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1charter school, or a State-recognized, nonpublic school in this
2State in which the chief administrator is required to have the
3licensure necessary to be a principal in a public school in
4this State and in which a majority of the teachers are required
5to have the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public
6school in this State. A recognized institution that partners
7with a public school district administering a preschool
8educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code must
9require a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates in the
10program. A recognized institution that partners with an
11eligible entity administering a preschool educational program
12under Section 2-3.71 of this Code and that is not a public
13school district must require a principal or qualified
14equivalent of a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates
15in the program. The program presented for approval by the State
16Board of Education must demonstrate the supports that are to be
17provided to assist the provisional teacher during the 2-year
18residency period. These supports must provide additional
19contact hours with mentors during the first year of residency.
20 (e) Upon completion of the 4 phases outlined in subsection
21(b) of this Section and all assessments required under Section
2221B-30 of this Code, an individual shall receive a Professional
23Educator License.
24 (f) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the
25State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such
26rules as may be necessary to establish and implement the

10100HB2170sam001- 466 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1Alternative Educator Licensure Program for Teachers.
2(Source: P.A. 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-822, eff. 1-1-19;
3101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19; 101-643, eff.
46-18-20.)
5
Article 120.
6 Section 120-5. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act
7is amended by changing Section 50 as follows:
8 (110 ILCS 947/50)
9 Sec. 50. Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship
10program.
11 (a) As used in this Section:
12 "Eligible applicant" means a minority student who has
13 graduated from high school or has received a high school
14 equivalency certificate and has maintained a cumulative
15 grade point average of no less than 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and
16 who by reason thereof is entitled to apply for scholarships
17 to be awarded under this Section.
18 "Minority student" means a student who is any of the
19 following:
20 (1) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person
21 having origins in any of the original peoples of North
22 and South America, including Central America, and who
23 maintains tribal affiliation or community attachment).

10100HB2170sam001- 467 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (2) Asian (a person having origins in any of the
2 original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or
3 the Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited
4 to, Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia,
5 Pakistan, the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and
6 Vietnam).
7 (3) Black or African American (a person having
8 origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa).
9 Terms such as "Haitian" or "Negro" can be used in
10 addition to "Black or African American".
11 (4) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican,
12 Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other
13 Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race).
14 (5) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a
15 person having origins in any of the original peoples of
16 Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
17 "Qualified bilingual minority applicant" means a
18 minority student who demonstrates proficiency in a
19 language other than English by (i) receiving a State Seal
20 of Biliteracy from the State Board of Education or (ii)
21 receiving a passing score on an educator licensure target
22 language proficiency test.
23 "Qualified student" means a person (i) who is a
24 resident of this State and eligible for State financial aid
25 under Section 15 of the Retention of Illinois Students and
26 Equity Act a citizen or permanent resident of the United

10100HB2170sam001- 468 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 States; (ii) who is a minority student, as defined in this
2 Section; (iii) who, as an eligible applicant, has made a
3 timely application for a minority teaching scholarship
4 under this Section; (iv) who is enrolled on at least a
5 half-time basis at a qualified Illinois institution of
6 higher learning; (v) who is enrolled in a course of study
7 leading to teacher licensure, including alternative
8 teacher licensure, or, if the student is already licensed
9 to teach, in a course of study leading to an additional
10 teaching endorsement or a master's degree in an academic
11 field in which he or she is teaching or plans to teach or
12 who has received one or more College and Career Pathway
13 Endorsements pursuant to Section 80 of the Postsecondary
14 and Workforce Readiness Act and commits to enrolling in a
15 course of study leading to teacher licensure, including
16 alternative teacher licensure; (vi) who maintains a grade
17 point average of no less than 2.5 on a 4.0 scale; and (vii)
18 who continues to advance satisfactorily toward the
19 attainment of a degree.
20 (b) In order to encourage academically talented Illinois
21minority students to pursue teaching careers at the preschool
22or elementary or secondary school level, each qualified student
23shall be awarded a minority teacher scholarship to any
24qualified Illinois institution of higher learning. However,
25preference may be given to qualified applicants enrolled at or
26above the junior level.

10100HB2170sam001- 469 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 (c) Each minority teacher scholarship awarded under this
2Section shall be in an amount sufficient to pay the tuition and
3fees and room and board costs of the qualified Illinois
4institution of higher learning at which the recipient is
5enrolled, up to an annual maximum of $5,000; except that in the
6case of a recipient who does not reside on-campus at the
7institution at which he or she is enrolled, the amount of the
8scholarship shall be sufficient to pay tuition and fee expenses
9and a commuter allowance, up to an annual maximum of $5,000.
10However, if at least $2,850,000 is appropriated in a given
11fiscal year for the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship
12program, then, in each fiscal year thereafter, each scholarship
13awarded under this Section shall be in an amount sufficient to
14pay the tuition and fees and room and board costs of the
15qualified Illinois institution of higher learning at which the
16recipient is enrolled, up to an annual maximum of $7,500;
17except that in the case of a recipient who does not reside
18on-campus at the institution at which he or she is enrolled,
19the amount of the scholarship shall be sufficient to pay
20tuition and fee expenses and a commuter allowance, up to an
21annual maximum of $7,500.
22 (d) The total amount of minority teacher scholarship
23assistance awarded by the Commission under this Section to an
24individual in any given fiscal year, when added to other
25financial assistance awarded to that individual for that year,
26shall not exceed the cost of attendance at the institution at

10100HB2170sam001- 470 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1which the student is enrolled. If the amount of minority
2teacher scholarship to be awarded to a qualified student as
3provided in subsection (c) of this Section exceeds the cost of
4attendance at the institution at which the student is enrolled,
5the minority teacher scholarship shall be reduced by an amount
6equal to the amount by which the combined financial assistance
7available to the student exceeds the cost of attendance.
8 (e) The maximum number of academic terms for which a
9qualified student can receive minority teacher scholarship
10assistance shall be 8 semesters or 12 quarters.
11 (f) In any academic year for which an eligible applicant
12under this Section accepts financial assistance through the
13Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarship Program, as authorized by
14Section 551 et seq. of the Higher Education Act of 1965, the
15applicant shall not be eligible for scholarship assistance
16awarded under this Section.
17 (g) All applications for minority teacher scholarships to
18be awarded under this Section shall be made to the Commission
19on forms which the Commission shall provide for eligible
20applicants. The form of applications and the information
21required to be set forth therein shall be determined by the
22Commission, and the Commission shall require eligible
23applicants to submit with their applications such supporting
24documents or recommendations as the Commission deems
25necessary.
26 (h) Subject to a separate appropriation for such purposes,

10100HB2170sam001- 471 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1payment of any minority teacher scholarship awarded under this
2Section shall be determined by the Commission. All scholarship
3funds distributed in accordance with this subsection shall be
4paid to the institution and used only for payment of the
5tuition and fee and room and board expenses incurred by the
6student in connection with his or her attendance at a qualified
7Illinois institution of higher learning. Any minority teacher
8scholarship awarded under this Section shall be applicable to 2
9semesters or 3 quarters of enrollment. If a qualified student
10withdraws from enrollment prior to completion of the first
11semester or quarter for which the minority teacher scholarship
12is applicable, the school shall refund to the Commission the
13full amount of the minority teacher scholarship.
14 (i) The Commission shall administer the minority teacher
15scholarship aid program established by this Section and shall
16make all necessary and proper rules not inconsistent with this
17Section for its effective implementation.
18 (j) When an appropriation to the Commission for a given
19fiscal year is insufficient to provide scholarships to all
20qualified students, the Commission shall allocate the
21appropriation in accordance with this subsection. If funds are
22insufficient to provide all qualified students with a
23scholarship as authorized by this Section, the Commission shall
24allocate the available scholarship funds for that fiscal year
25to qualified students who submit a complete application form on
26or before a date specified by the Commission based on the

10100HB2170sam001- 472 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1following order of priority:
2 (1) To students who received a scholarship under this
3 Section in the prior academic year and who remain eligible
4 for a minority teacher scholarship under this Section.
5 (2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (k), to
6 students who demonstrate financial need, as determined by
7 the Commission. on the basis of the date the Commission
8 receives a complete application form.
9 (k) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) of the provisions of
10subsection (j) or any other provision of this Section, at least
1135% 30% of the funds appropriated for scholarships awarded
12under this Section in each fiscal year shall be reserved for
13qualified male minority applicants, with priority being given
14to qualified Black male applicants beginning with fiscal year
152023. If the Commission does not receive enough applications
16from qualified male minorities on or before January 1 of each
17fiscal year to award 35% 30% of the funds appropriated for
18these scholarships to qualified male minority applicants, then
19the Commission may award a portion of the reserved funds to
20qualified female minority applicants in accordance with
21subsection (j).
22 Beginning with fiscal year 2023, if at least $2,850,000 but
23less than $4,200,000 is appropriated in a given fiscal year for
24scholarships awarded under this Section, then at least 10% of
25the funds appropriated shall be reserved for qualified
26bilingual minority applicants, with priority being given to

10100HB2170sam001- 473 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1qualified bilingual minority applicants who are enrolled in an
2educator preparation program with a concentration in
3bilingual, bicultural education. Beginning with fiscal year
42023, if at least $4,200,000 is appropriated in a given fiscal
5year for the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship program,
6then at least 30% of the funds appropriated shall be reserved
7for qualified bilingual minority applicants, with priority
8being given to qualified bilingual minority applicants who are
9enrolled in an educator preparation program with a
10concentration in bilingual, bicultural education. Beginning
11with fiscal year 2023, if at least $2,850,000 is appropriated
12in a given fiscal year for scholarships awarded under this
13Section but the Commission does not receive enough applications
14from qualified bilingual minority applicants on or before
15January 1 of that fiscal year to award at least 10% of the
16funds appropriated to qualified bilingual minority applicants,
17then the Commission may, in its discretion, award a portion of
18the reserved funds to other qualified students in accordance
19with subsection (j).
20 (l) Prior to receiving scholarship assistance for any
21academic year, each recipient of a minority teacher scholarship
22awarded under this Section shall be required by the Commission
23to sign an agreement under which the recipient pledges that,
24within the one-year period following the termination of the
25program for which the recipient was awarded a minority teacher
26scholarship, the recipient (i) shall begin teaching for a

10100HB2170sam001- 474 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1period of not less than one year for each year of scholarship
2assistance he or she was awarded under this Section; and (ii)
3shall fulfill this teaching obligation at a nonprofit Illinois
4public, private, or parochial preschool, elementary school, or
5secondary school at which no less than 30% of the enrolled
6students are minority students in the year during which the
7recipient begins teaching at the school or may instead, if the
8recipient received a scholarship as a qualified bilingual
9minority applicant, fulfill this teaching obligation in a
10program in transitional bilingual education pursuant to
11Article 14C of the School Code or in a school in which 20 or
12more English learner students in the same language
13classification are enrolled; and (iii) shall, upon request by
14the Commission, provide the Commission with evidence that he or
15she is fulfilling or has fulfilled the terms of the teaching
16agreement provided for in this subsection.
17 (m) If a recipient of a minority teacher scholarship
18awarded under this Section fails to fulfill the teaching
19obligation set forth in subsection (l) of this Section, the
20Commission shall require the recipient to repay the amount of
21the scholarships received, prorated according to the fraction
22of the teaching obligation not completed, at a rate of interest
23equal to 5%, and, if applicable, reasonable collection fees.
24The Commission is authorized to establish rules relating to its
25collection activities for repayment of scholarships under this
26Section. All repayments collected under this Section shall be

10100HB2170sam001- 475 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1forwarded to the State Comptroller for deposit into the State's
2General Revenue Fund.
3 (n) A recipient of minority teacher scholarship shall not
4be considered in violation of the agreement entered into
5pursuant to subsection (l) if the recipient (i) enrolls on a
6full time basis as a graduate student in a course of study
7related to the field of teaching at a qualified Illinois
8institution of higher learning; (ii) is serving, not in excess
9of 3 years, as a member of the armed services of the United
10States; (iii) is a person with a temporary total disability for
11a period of time not to exceed 3 years as established by sworn
12affidavit of a qualified physician; (iv) is seeking and unable
13to find full time employment as a teacher at an Illinois
14public, private, or parochial preschool or elementary or
15secondary school that satisfies the criteria set forth in
16subsection (l) of this Section and is able to provide evidence
17of that fact; (v) becomes a person with a permanent total
18disability as established by sworn affidavit of a qualified
19physician; (vi) is taking additional courses, on at least a
20half-time basis, needed to obtain licensure as a teacher in
21Illinois; or (vii) is fulfilling teaching requirements
22associated with other programs administered by the Commission
23and cannot concurrently fulfill them under this Section in a
24period of time equal to the length of the teaching obligation.
25 (o) Scholarship recipients under this Section who withdraw
26from a program of teacher education but remain enrolled in

10100HB2170sam001- 476 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1school to continue their postsecondary studies in another
2academic discipline shall not be required to commence repayment
3of their Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship so long as
4they remain enrolled in school on a full-time basis or if they
5can document for the Commission special circumstances that
6warrant extension of repayment.
7 (p) If the Minority Teachers of Illinois scholarship
8program does not expend at least 90% of the amount appropriated
9for the program in a given fiscal year for 3 consecutive fiscal
10years and the Commission does not receive enough applications
11from the groups identified in subsection (k) on or before
12January 1 in each of those fiscal years to meet the percentage
13reserved for those groups under subsection (k), then up to 3%
14of amount appropriated for the program for each of next 3
15fiscal years shall be allocated to increasing awareness of the
16program and for the recruitment of Black male applicants. The
17Commission shall make a recommendation to the General Assembly
18by January 1 of the year immediately following the end of that
19third fiscal year regarding whether the amount allocated to
20increasing awareness and recruitment should continue.
21 (q) Each qualified Illinois institution of higher learning
22that receives funds from the Minority Teachers of Illinois
23scholarship program shall host an annual information session at
24the institution about the program for teacher candidates of
25color in accordance with rules adopted by the Commission.
26Additionally, the institution shall ensure that each

10100HB2170sam001- 477 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1scholarship recipient enrolled at the institution meets with an
2academic advisor at least once per academic year to facilitate
3on-time completion of the recipient's educator preparation
4program.
5(Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15; 100-235, eff. 6-1-18.)
6
Article 125.
7 Section 125-5. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act
8is amended by changing Section 65.100 as follows:
9 (110 ILCS 947/65.100)
10 (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024)
11 Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program.
12 (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following
13findings:
14 (1) Both access and affordability are important
15 aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and
16 Career Success report.
17 (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to
18 the percentage of family income needed to pay for college.
19 (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase,
20 rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability
21 of college attendance decreases.
22 (4) There is further research indicating that
23 socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of

10100HB2170sam001- 478 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 students to use loans to attend college.
2 (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease
3 the amount of loans that students must use to pay for
4 tuition.
5 (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount
6 can make the difference in a student choosing to attend
7 college and enhance college access for low-income and
8 middle-income families.
9 (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for
10 college attendance is met, the federally determined
11 Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting
12 amount.
13 (8) This State is the second largest exporter of
14 students in the country.
15 (9) When talented Illinois students attend
16 universities in this State, the State and those
17 universities benefit.
18 (10) State universities in other states have adopted
19 pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents
20 to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to
21 remain in this State for college.
22 (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at
23 Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to
24 maintain and educate a highly trained workforce.
25 (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually
26 targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for

10100HB2170sam001- 479 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 public universities.
2 (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to
3 strategically use tuition discounting, the public
4 university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition
5 revenue by increasing enrollment yields.
6 (b) In this Section:
7 "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school
8in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of
9Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due
10course will be completed by the end of the school year and who
11meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this
12Section.
13 "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary
14charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the
15additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are
16required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic
17period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does
18not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other
19contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part.
20The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this
21Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of
22tuition and other necessary fees.
23 (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public
24university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot
25program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year,
26the Commission shall receive and consider applications from

10100HB2170sam001- 480 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1public universities under this Section. Subject to
2appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by
3the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may
4award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that
5the applicant meets all of the following criteria:
6 (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen
7 or eligible noncitizen of the United States.
8 (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal
9 Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a
10 household income no greater than 6 times the poverty
11 guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by
12 the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the
13 authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the
14 applicant at the time of initial application shall be
15 deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the
16 duration of the pilot program.
17 (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point
18 average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as
19 determined by the public university campus.
20 (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an
21 undergraduate student on a full-time basis.
22 (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate
23 degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours.
24 (6) He or she is not incarcerated.
25 (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or
26 does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal

10100HB2170sam001- 481 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 grant or scholarship.
2 (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the
3 public university campus.
4 (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant
5renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this
6Section.
7 (e) Each participating public university campus shall post
8on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements
9for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that
10include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The
11criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission
12and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the
13information on their respective Internet websites.
14 (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program,
15the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each
16public university in an amount proportionate to the number of
17undergraduate students who are residents of this State and
18citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who
19were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous
20academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission
21on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms
22that the Commission shall provide to each public university
23campus. The form of the application and the information
24required shall be determined by the Commission and shall
25include, without limitation, the total public university
26campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission

10100HB2170sam001- 482 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the
2total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of
3this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting
4documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public
5university campus shall match the amount of funds received by
6the Commission with financial aid for eligible students.
7 A public university that has reported to the Commission
8that at least 49% of its student body received financial aid
9under the federal Pell Grant program for the previous academic
10year shall match 20% of the amount of funds received from the
11Commission for financial aid for eligible students.
12 A public university that has reported to the Commission
13that less than 49% of its student body received financial aid
14under the federal Pell Grant program for the previous academic
15year shall match 60% of the amount of funds received from the
16Commission for financial aid for eligible students.
17 A public university campus is not required to claim its
18entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all
19public universities, on a date determined by the Commission,
20any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to
21those public university campuses in the proportion determined
22under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those
23public university campuses not claiming their full
24allocations.
25 Each public university campus may determine the award
26amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis,

10100HB2170sam001- 483 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not
2be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his
3or her first year attending the public university campus.
4Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced
5due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including,
6but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit
7hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time
8student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition
9rate.
10 An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this
11Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant
12aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total
13cost of attendance at the public university campus.
14 (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under
15this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for
16students attending the public university campus during the
17academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any
18other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a
19public university campus under this Section that are not
20granted to students in the academic year for which the funds
21are received may be retained by the public university campus
22for expenditure on students participating in the Program or
23students eligible to participate in the Program.
24 (h) Each public university campus that establishes a
25Program under this Section must annually report to the
26Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission,

10100HB2170sam001- 484 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus
2who are residents of this State.
3 (i) Each public university campus must report to the
4Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the
5public university campus to undergraduate students in the
62017-2018 academic year, not including the summer term. To be
7eligible to receive funds under the Program, a public
8university campus may not decrease the total amount of non-loan
9financial aid it gives to undergraduate students, not including
10any funds received from the Commission under this Section or
11any funds used to match grant awards under this Section, to an
12amount lower than the reported amount for the 2017-2018
13academic year, not including the summer term.
14 (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each
15public university campus that participates in the Program under
16this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission
17with all of the following information:
18 (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and
19 enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability
20 at the public university campus.
21 (2) Total funds received by the public university
22 campus under the Program.
23 (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to
24 undergraduate students attending the public university
25 campus.
26 (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public

10100HB2170sam001- 485 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 university campus.
2 (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds
3 retained by the public university campus.
4 (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed
5 under the Program by the public university campus.
6 (7) The total number of students receiving grants from
7 the public university campus under the Program and those
8 students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family
9 size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant
10 eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of
11 each grant award. This information shall include unit
12 record data on those students regarding variables
13 associated with the parameters of the public university's
14 Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or
15 SAT college admissions test score, high school or
16 university cumulative grade point average, or program of
17 study.
18 On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before
19October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with
20the findings under this subsection (j) and any other
21information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i)
22the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives,
23(iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv)
24the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the
25Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with
26the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of

10100HB2170sam001- 486 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the
2Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report
3may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose
4personally identifying information of individual students.
5 The sharing and reporting of student data under this
6subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements
7under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of
81974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties
9must preserve the confidentiality of the information as
10required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this
11Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of
12Information Act.
13 Public university campuses that fail to submit a report
14under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other
15requirements under this Section may not be eligible for
16distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic
17year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each
18academic year thereafter.
19 (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this
20Section.
21 (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
22(Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18;
23100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-613, eff.
246-1-20; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.)
25
Article 130.

10100HB2170sam001- 487 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Section 130-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as
2the Transitions in Education Act. References in this Article to
3"this Act" mean this Article.
4 Section 130-5. Findings; policies.
5 (a) The General Assembly finds the following:
6 (1) Teachers are the single most important in-school
7 factor in supporting student outcomes and success; yet,
8 Illinois is suffering from a profound teacher shortage
9 across the State.
10 (2) To reverse this shortage, Illinois needs to develop
11 and invest in a robust and diverse educator pipeline,
12 addressing any barriers or gaps that limit high quality
13 candidates, particularly candidates of color, from
14 becoming teachers.
15 (3) Illinois loses many high quality, diverse educator
16 candidates in postsecondary programs due to confusion or
17 lack of course transfer credits and course articulation
18 from Illinois's 2-year to 4-year institutions.
19 (4) Lack of alignment and transferability of course
20 credits may often force candidates to spend additional time
21 and money to earn a degree or lead to an inability to
22 complete a degree.
23 (5) In 1993, the Board of Higher Education, the
24 Illinois Community College Board, and the Transfer

10100HB2170sam001- 488 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 Coordinators of Illinois Colleges and Universities brought
2 together faculty from public and independent, associate,
3 and baccalaureate degree-granting institutions across the
4 State to develop the Illinois Articulation Initiative
5 (IAI).
6 (6) The goal of IAI is to facilitate the transfer of
7 courses from one participating college or university to
8 another in order to complete a baccalaureate degree.
9 (7) The Student Transfer Achievement Reform (STAR)
10 Act, as mandated by subsection (b) of Section 25 of the
11 Act, is designed to facilitate transfer among Illinois
12 public institutions, particularly for students with a
13 completed Associate of Arts or an Associate of Science
14 degree.
15 (8) While Illinois is a leading state for college
16 completion rates for adult learners and transfer students
17 from community colleges, it needs to increase the number of
18 high-quality postsecondary teaching credentials to meet
19 the demands of our schools and education workforce.
20 (9) With the rising costs of higher education for
21 Illinois students and families, the State needs to ensure
22 to the maximize extent possible that community college
23 courses will transfer with full credit for the student and
24 be accepted at an Illinois public or private institution as
25 they pursue a baccalaureate degree in education.
26 (10) Illinois can do this by improving transitions all

10100HB2170sam001- 489 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1 along the education pipeline; for postsecondary education,
2 this means strengthening articulation through stable
3 funding and the expansion of transfer tools, such as
4 Transferology and the IAI through development of an
5 objective measure of transfer and acceptance of credits in
6 education degrees.
7 (11) The IAI Education Pathway can be modeled off of
8 existing IAI major pathways like Early Childhood Education
9 and Criminal Justice.
10 (b) The General Assembly encourages the Board of Higher
11Education, the State Board of Education, and the Illinois
12Community College Board, as part of the IAI, to do all of the
13following:
14 (1) To jointly establish a task force for a Major Panel
15 in Education and identify respective recommended major
16 courses that would be accepted as credit toward the
17 education major at the receiving institutions.
18 (2) As part of the report on the status of the Illinois
19 Articulation Initiative pursuant to Section 25 of the
20 Illinois Articulation Initiative Act, the Board of Higher
21 Education and the Illinois Community College Board are
22 encourage to include in the annual report to the General
23 Assembly, the Governor, and the Illinois P-20 Council the
24 progress made on the task force on the Education Major
25 Panel.

10100HB2170sam001- 490 -LRB101 07409 CMG 74497 a
1
Article 999.
2 Section 999-999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon
3becoming law, except that Article 115 takes effect July 1,
42021.".
feedback